MICROMASTER 440. Parameter List Issue 01/06. User Documentation 6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0

Transcription

1 MICROMASTER 44 Parameter List Issue /6 User Documentation 6SE64-5BB-BP

2 Available Documentation for the MICROMASTER 44 Getting Started Guide Is for quick commissioning with SDP and BOP. Operating Instructions Gives information about features of the MICROMASTER 44, Installation, Commissioning, Control modes, System Parameter structure, Troubleshooting, Specifications and available options of the MICROMASTER 44. Parameter List The Parameter List contains the description of all Parameters structured in functional order and a detailed description. The Parameter list also includes a series of function plans. Catalogues In the catalogue you will find all needs to select a certain inverter, as well as filters chokes, operator panels or communications options.

3 Block Diagram and Terminals MICROMASTER 44 Parameter List Function Diagrams Parameter List User Documentation Faults and Alarms Abbreviations Valid for Issue /6 Converter Type Software Version MICROMASTER 44 V. Issue /6

4 Notes Issue /6! Warning Please refer to all Definitions and Warnings contained in the Operating Instructions. You will find the Operating Instructions on the Docu CD delivered with your inverter. If the CD is lost, it can be ordered via your local Siemens department under the Order No. 6SE64-5AD-AP. Information about MICROMASTER 44 is also available from: Regional Contacts Please get in touch with your contact for Technical Support in your Region for questions about services, prices and conditions of Technical Support. Central Technical Support The competent consulting service for technical issues with a broad range of requirementsbased services around our products and systems. Europe / Africa Tel: +49 () 8 55 Fax: +49 () adsupport@siemens.com America Tel: Fax: simatic.hotline@sea.siemens.com Asia / Pacific Tel: Fax: adsupport.asia@siemens.com Online Service & Support The comprehensive, generally available information system over the Internet, from product support to service & support to the support tools in the shop. Internet Address Customers can access technical and general information under the following address: Printed in the Federal Republic of Germany Approved Siemens Quality for Software and Training is to DIN ISO 9, Reg. No. 6- The reproduction, transmission or use of this document, or its contents is not permitted unless authorized in writing. Offenders will be liable for damages. All rights including rights created by patent grant or registration of a utility model or design are reserved. Siemens AG - 6 All Rights Reserved. MICROMASTER is a registered trademark of Siemens Siemens-Aktiengesellschaft. Other functions not described in this document may be available. However, this fact shall not constitute an obligation to supply such functions with a new control, or when servicing. We have checked that the contents of this document correspond to the hardware and software described. There may be discrepancies nevertheless, and no guarantee can be given that they are completely identical. The information contained in this document is reviewed regularly and any necessary changes will be included in the next edition. We welcome suggestions for improvement. Siemens handbooks are printed on chlorine-free paper that has been produced from managed sustainable forests. No solvents have been used in the printing or binding process. Document subject to change without prior notice. Printed in the Federal Republic of Germany Siemens-Aktiengesellschaft. 4 6SE64-5BB-BP

5 Issue /6 Table of Contents Parameters MICROMASTER 44 This Parameter List must only be used together with the Operating Instructions of the MICROMASTER 44. Please pay special attention to the Warnings, Cautions, Notices and Notes contained in these manuals. Table of Contents Block Diagram and Terminals...7. Block Diagram...7. Power Terminals...8. Control Terminals... Parameters.... Introduction to MICROMASTER System Parameters.... Quick commissioning (P = )...5. Command and Drive Datasets - Overview Binector Input Parameters....5 Connector Input Parameters....6 Binector Output Parameters....7 Connector Output Parameters....8 Connector/Binector Output Parameters...4 Parameter Description...5. Common parameters...5. Diagnosis parameters...9. Inverter parameters (HW) Motor parameters Speed encoder Application macros Motor temperature Command source Digital inputs Digital outputs Analog inputs Analog outputs...9. Parameter / command / drive data set BICO command parameters....5 Communication parameters Setpoint source....7 Fixed frequencies....8 Motorized potentiometer (MOP)....9 JOG.... Setpoint channel SE64-5BB-BP 5

6 Table of Contents Issue /6. Ramp-function generator.... Flying restart Automatic restart Motor holding brake DC braking Compound braking Dynamic braking Vdc controller Control mode V/f control technique Slip compensation Resonance damping Imax controller Soft starting Field-orientated vector control Speed controller with/without encoder Droop Speed controller pre-control Torque control Supplementary torque setpoint Torque / power limiting Flux control Current controller Motor model Inverter parameters (Modulator) Motor data identification Speed optimization Reference parameters Communication parameters (USS, CB) Faults, Alarms, Monitoring Load torque monitoring Technology controller (PID controller)....8 Positioning down ramp Free function blocks (FFB) Inverter parameters Function Diagrams Faults and Alarms Fault messages Alarm Messages Abbreviations SE64-5BB-BP

7 Jog Issue /6 Block Diagram and Terminals Block Diagram and Terminals. Block Diagram PE / AC - 4 V AC 8-48 V AC 5-6 V SI External 4 V + _ 4 V DIN DIN DIN DIN4 DIN5 DIN6 4.7 kω Motor PTC KTY84 - ma max. 5 Ω PNP or NPN DC- ADC+ ADC- 4 ADC+ ADC- DIN 5 DIN 6 DIN 7 DIN4 8 DIN5 6 DIN PTCA 4 PTCB 5 DAC+ DAC- + V V A/D A/D Opto Isolation Output +4 V max. ma (isolated) Output V max. ma (isolated) A/D D/A CPU BOP link Frame sizes A to F Frame sizes FX and GX RS Hz5. I Fn P BOP/AOP = PE ~ L/L, N/L or L/L, N/L,L or L, L, L = DCNA DCPA B+/DC+ B- DCNS DCPS R External braking module connection Connection for dv/dt filter - ma max. 5 Ω DAC+ 6 DAC- 7 D/A ~ Relay COM NO 9 NC 8 6 Hz Not used 5 Hz DIP switch (on Control Board) V DC / 5 A (resistive) 5 V AC / A (inductive) Relay Relay COM NO COM 5 NO 4 NC - ma current - V voltage ADC ADC DIP switch (on I/O Board) P+ 9 N- RS485 COM link CB Option automatic PE M U,V,W 6SE64-5BB-BP 7

8 Block Diagram and Terminals Issue /6. Power Terminals You can gain access to the mains and motor terminals by removing the front covers. Fig. - Frame Size A - F 8 6SE64-5BB-BP

9 Issue /6 Block Diagram and Terminals Hoisting eyes Shield connection Mains cable PE Cable opening for mains conection U/L, V/L, W/L Cable opening DCPA, DCNA for connection of an external braking unit Mains cable Phase U/L, V/L, W/L Connection to Y-Capacitor Connection DCPA, DCNA for external braking unit Top adjustment rail Top retaining screw Connection for dv/dt filter DCPS, DCNS Status Display Panel Elektronic box Bottom adjustment rail Bottom retaining screw Fan screws Fan Shield connection control leads Fan fuses Transformer adaption Motor cable Phase U, V, W Motor cable PE Shield connection Fig. - Frame Size FX 6SE64-5BB-BP 9

10 Block Diagram and Terminals Issue /6 Hoisting eyes Shield connection Mains cable PE Cable opening for mains conection U/L, V/L, W/L Cable opening DCPA, DCNA for connection of an external braking unit Mains cable Phase U/L, V/L, W/L Connection to Y-Capacitor Connection DCPA, DCNA for external braking unit Top adjustment rail Top retaining screw Connection for dv/dt filter DCPS, DCNS Status Display Panel Elektronic box Bottom adjustment rail Bottom retaining screw Fan screws Fan Shield connection control leads Fan fuses Transformer adaption Motor cable Phase U, V, W Motor cable PE Shield connection Fig. - Frame Size GX 6SE64-5BB-BP

11 Issue /6 Block Diagram and Terminals. Control Terminals Terminal Designation Function - Output + V - Output V ADC+ Analog input (+) 4 ADC- Analog input (-) 5 DIN Digital input 6 DIN Digital input 7 DIN Digital input 8 DIN4 Digital input Isolated output +4 V / max. ma ADC+ Analog input (+) ADC- Analog input (-) DAC+ Analog output (+) DAC- Analog output (-) 4 PTCA Connection for PTC / KTY84 5 PTCB Connection for PTC / KTY84 6 DIN5 Digital input 5 7 DIN6 Digital input 6 8 DOUT/NC Digital output / NC contact 9 DOUT/NO Digital output / NO contact DOUT/COM Digital output / Changeover contact DOUT/NO Digital output / NO contact DOUT/COM Digital output / Changeover contact DOUT/NC Digital output / NC contact 4 DOUT/NO Digital output / NO contact 5 DOUT/COM Digital output / Changeover contact 6 DAC+ Analog output (+) 7 DAC- Analog output (-) 8 - Isolated output V / max. ma 9 P+ RS485 port P- RS485 port Fig. -4 Control terminals of MICROMASTER 44 6SE64-5BB-BP

12 Parameters Issue /6 Parameters. Introduction to MICROMASTER System Parameters The layout of the parameter description is as follows. Par number Parameter name 9 Min: [index] CStat: 5 Datatype 7 Unit: Def: 4 P-Group: 6 active: 8 Quick Comm: Max: : Description:. Parameter number Indicates the relevant parameter number. The numbers used are 4-digit numbers in the range to Numbers prefixed with an r indicate that the parameter is a read-only parameter, which displays a particular value but cannot be changed directly by specifying a different value via this parameter number (in such cases, dashes - are entered at the points Unit, Min, Def and Max in the header of the parameter description. All other parameters are prefixed with a P. The values of these parameters can be changed directly in the range indicated by the Min and Max settings in the header. [index] indicates that the parameter is an indexed parameter and specifies the number of indices available.. Parameter name Indicates the name of the relevant parameter. Certain parameter names include the following abbreviated prefixes: BI, BO, CI, and CO followed by a colon. These abbreviations have the following meanings: P9999 Binector input, i.e. parameter selects the source of a binary BI = () signal BO = r9999 Binector output, i.e. parameter connects as a binary signal CI = CO = CO/BO = r9999 (999:9) r9999 [99] r9999 r9999 Connector input, i.e. parameter selects the source of an analog signal Connector output, i.e. parameter connects as an analog signal Connector/Binector output, i.e. parameter connects as an analog signal and/or as a binary signal To make use of BiCo you will need access to the full parameter list. At this level many new parameter settings are possible, including BiCo functionality. BiCo functionality is a different, more flexible way of setting and combining input and output functions. It can be used in most cases in conjunction with the simple, level settings. The BiCo system allows complex functions to be programmed. Boolean and mathematical relationships can be set up between inputs (digital, analog, serial etc.) and outputs (inverter current, frequency, analog output, relays, etc.). 6SE64-5BB-BP

13 Issue /6 Parameters. CStat Commissioning status of the parameter. Three states are possible: Commissioning C Run U Ready to run T This indicates when the parameter can be changed. One, two or all three states may be specified. If all three states are specified, this means that it is possible to change this parameter setting in all three inverter states 4. P-Group Indicates the functional group of the particular. Note Parameter P4 (parameter filter) acts as a filter and focuses access to parameters according to the functional group selected. 5. Datatype The data types available are shown in the table below. Notation Meaning U6 U I6 I Float 6-bit unsigned -bit unsigned 6-bit integer -bit integer Floating point 6. Active Indicates whether Immediately changes to the parameter values take effective immediately after they have been entered, or Confirm the P button on the operator panel (BOP or AOP) must be pressed before the changes take effect. 7. Unit Indicates the unit of measure applicable to the parameter values 8. QuickComm Indicates whether or not (Yes or No) a parameter can only be changed during quick commissioning, i.e. when P (parameter groups for commissioning) is set to (quick commissioning). 9. Min Indicates the minimum value to which the parameter can be set.. Def Indicates the default value, i.e. the value which applies if the user does not specify a particular value for the parameter.. Max Indicates the maximum value to which the parameter can be set.. Indicates the level of user access. There are four access levels: Standard, Extended, Expert and Service. The number of parameters that appear in each functional group depends on the access level set in P (user access level). 6SE64-5BB-BP

14 Parameters Issue /6 Operators. Description The parameter description consists of the sections and contents listed below. Some of these sections and contents are optional and will be omitted on a caseto-case basis if not applicable. Description: Diagram: Settings: Example: Brief explanation of the parameter function. Where applicable, diagram to illustrate the effects of parameters on a characteristic curve, for example List of applicable settings. These include Possible settings, Most common settings, Index and Bitfields Optional example of the effects of a particular parameter setting. Any conditions that must be satisfied in connection with this parameter. Also any particular effects, which this parameter has on other parameter(s) or which other parameters have on this one. Warning / Caution / Notice / Important information which must be heeded to prevent personal injury or damage to equipment / specific information which should be heeded in order to avoid problems / information which may be helpful to the user More details: Any sources of more detailed information concerning the particular parameter. The following operators are used in the parameter list to represent mathematical interrelationships: Arithmetic operators + Addition - Subtraction * Multiplication / Division Comparison operators > Greater than >= Greater than / equal to < Less than <= Less than / equal to Equivalence operators == Equal to!= Not equal to Logical operators && AND logic operation OR logic operation 4 6SE64-5BB-BP

15 Issue /6 Parameters. Quick commissioning (P = ) The following parameters are necessary for quick commissioning (P = ). Quick commissioning (P = ) Par.-No. Name Access level Cstat P Europe / North America C P5 Inverter application C P Select motor type C P4 Motor voltage rating C P5 Motor current rating C P7 Motor power rating C P8 Motor cosphi rating C P9 Motor efficiency rating C P Motor frequency rating C P Motor speed rating C P Motor magnetizing current CT P5 Motor cooling CT P64 Motor overload factor [%] CUT P7 Selection of command source CT P Selection of frequency setpoint CT P8 Min. speed CUT P8 Max. speed CT P Ramp-up time CUT P Ramp-down time CUT P5 OFF ramp-down time CUT P Control mode CT P5 Selection of torque setpoint CT P9 Select motor data identification CT P96 Speed control optimisation CT P9 End of quick commissioning C When P = is chosen, P (user access level) can be used to select the parameters to be accessed. This parameter also allows selection of a user-defined parameter list for quick commissioning. At the end of the quick commissioning sequence, set P9 = to carry out the necessary motor calculations and clear all other parameters (not included in P = ) to their default settings. Note This applies only in Quick Commissioning mode. Reset to Factory default To reset all parameters to the factory default settings; the following parameters should be set as follows: Set P = Set P97 = Note The reset process takes approximately seconds to complete. Reset to Factory default 6SE64-5BB-BP 5

16 Parameters Issue /6 Seven-segment display The seven-segment display is structured as follows: Segment Bit Segment Bit The significance of the relevant bits in the display is described in the status and control word parameters. 6 6SE64-5BB-BP

17 Issue /6 Parameters. Command and Drive Datasets - Overview Command Datasets (CDS) ParNo Parameter text ) P7[] Selection of command source X P7[] Function of digital input X P7[] Function of digital input X P7[] Function of digital input X P74[] Function of digital input 4 X ParNo Parameter text ) P74[] BI: Disable additional setpoint X P75[] CI: Additional setpoint X P76[] CI: Additional setpoint scaling X P[] BI: Inhibit neg. freq. setpoint X P[] BI: Reverse X P75[] Function of digital input 5 X P76[] Function of digital input 6 X P77[] Function of digital input 7 X P78[] Function of digital input 8 X P79[] Selection of cmd. & freq. setp. X P4[] BI: Enable JOG ramp times X P4[] BI: RFG enable X P4[] BI: RFG start X P4[] BI: RFG enable setpoint X P[] BI: Enable DC braking X P7[] BI: Function of digital output X P7[] BI: Function of digital output X P7[] BI: Function of digital output X P8[] BI: Download parameter set P8[] BI: Download parameter set P[] CI: Voltage setpoint X P477[] BI: Set integrator of n-ctrl. X P478[] CI: Set integrator value n-ctrl. X P5[] Selection of torque setpoint X P5[] BI: Change to torque control X P84[] BI: ON/OFF X P84[] BI: ON reverse/off X P844[] BI:. OFF X P845[] BI:. OFF X P848[] BI:. OFF X P5[] CI: Torque setpoint X P5[] CI: Additional torque setpoint X P5[] CI: Upper torque limit P5[] CI: Lower torque limit P[] BI:. Faults acknowledgement X P849[] BI:. OFF X P85[] BI: Pulse enable X P[] Selection of frequency setpoint X P[] BI: Fixed freq. selection Bit X P[] BI: Fixed freq. selection Bit X P4[] BI:. Faults acknowledgement X P6[] BI: External fault X P[] BI: Enable PID controller P[] BI: Fixed PID setp. select Bit X P[] BI: Fixed PID setp. select Bit X P[] BI: Fixed freq. selection Bit X P[] BI: Fixed freq. selection Bit X P6[] BI: Fixed freq. selection Bit 4 X P8[] BI: Fixed freq. selection Bit 5 X P5[] BI: Enable MOP (UP-command) X P[] BI: Fixed PID setp. select Bit X P[] BI: Fixed PID setp. select Bit X P6[] BI: Fixed PID setp. select Bit 4 X P8[] BI: Fixed PID setp. select Bit 5 X P5[] BI: Enable PID-MOP (UP-cmd) X P6[] BI: Enable MOP (DOWN-command) X P55[] BI: Enable JOG right X P56[] BI: Enable JOG left X P7[] CI: Main setpoint X P7[] CI: Main setpoint scaling X P6[] BI: Enable PID-MOP (DOWN-cmd) X P5[] CI: PID setpoint X P54[] CI: PID trim source X P64[] CI: PID feedback X ) X = Parameters will be altered during data set switchover (CDS) in the state "Run" = Parameters will be altered in the state "Ready" only 6SE64-5BB-BP 7

18 Parameters Issue /6 Drive Datasets (DDS) ParNo P5[] r5[] P9[] P[] P4[] Parameter text Display selection CO: Act. motor temperature Inverter protection Select motor type Rated motor voltage ParNo Parameter text r7[] Stator resistance [%] r7[] Cable resistance [%] r7[] Rated stator resistance [%] r74[] Rotor resistance [%] r76[] Rated rotor resistance [%] P5[] P7[] P8[] P9[] P[] Rated motor current Rated motor power Rated motor cosphi Rated motor efficiency Rated motor frequency r77[] Total leakage reactance [%] r8[] Main reactance [%] r84[] Rotor time constant r86[] Total leakage time constant P4[] Select encoder type P[] Rated motor speed P48[] Encoder pulses per revolution r[] Motor pole pairs P49[] Reaction on freq. signal loss P4[] Motor pole pair number P49[] Allowed frequency difference P[] Motor magnetizing current P494[] Delay frequency loss reaction r[] Rated motor slip P5[] Technological application r[] Rated magnetization current P5[] Unit for positioning signal r[] Rated power factor P5[] Unit conversion r[] Rated motor torque P6[] Motor temperature sensor P5[] Motor cooling P64[] Threshold motor temperature P4[] Calculation of motor parameters P65[] Ambient motor temperature P4[] Motor inertia [kg*m^] P66[] Overtemperature stator iron P4[] Total/motor inertia ratio P67[] Overtemperature stator winding P44[] Motor weight P68[] Overtemperature rotor winding r45[] Motor start-up time r6[] CO: Ambient temperature P46[] Magnetization time r6[] CO: Stator iron temperature P47[] P5[] P5[] P54[] P56[] Demagnetization time Stator resistance (line-to-line) Cable resistance Rotor resistance Stator leakage inductance r6[] CO: Stator winding temperature r6[] CO: Rotor winding temperature P64[] Motor overload factor [%] P[] Fixed frequency P[] Fixed frequency P58[] Rotor leakage inductance P6[] Main inductance P6[] Magnetizing curve flux P6[] Magnetizing curve flux P64[] Magnetizing curve flux P[] Fixed frequency P4[] Fixed frequency 4 P5[] Fixed frequency 5 P6[] Fixed frequency 6 P7[] Fixed frequency 7 P65[] Magnetizing curve flux 4 P66[] Magnetizing curve imag P67[] Magnetizing curve imag P68[] Magnetizing curve imag P69[] Magnetizing curve imag 4 P8[] Fixed frequency 8 P9[] Fixed frequency 9 P[] Fixed frequency P[] Fixed frequency P[] Fixed frequency 8 6SE64-5BB-BP

19 Issue /6 Parameters ParNo Parameter text P[] Fixed frequency P4[] Fixed frequency 4 P5[] Fixed frequency 5 P[] Setpoint memory of the MOP P4[] Setpoint of the MOP ParNo P57[] P[] P[] P[] P[] Parameter text Freq limit for kinetic buffering Control mode Continuous boost Acceleration boost Starting boost P58[] P59[] P6[] P6[] P8[] JOG frequency right JOG frequency left JOG ramp-up time JOG ramp-down time Min. frequency P6[] Boost end frequency P[] Programmable V/f freq. coord. P[] Programmable V/f volt. coord. P[] Programmable V/f freq. coord. P[] Programmable V/f volt. coord. P8[] Max. frequency P9[] Skip frequency P9[] Skip frequency P9[] Skip frequency P94[] Skip frequency 4 P4[] Programmable V/f freq. coord. P5[] Programmable V/f volt. coord. P[] Start frequency for FCC P5[] Slip compensation P6[] Slip limit P[] Skip frequency bandwidth P8[] Resonance damping gain V/f P[] Ramp-up time P4[] Imax freq. controller prop. gain P[] Ramp-down time P4[] Imax freq. ctrl. integral time P[] Ramp-up initial rounding time P45[] Imax voltage ctrl. prop. gain P[] Ramp-up final rounding time P46[] Imax voltage ctrl. integral time P[] Ramp-down initial rounding time P5[] Voltage soft start P[] Ramp-down final rounding time P4[] Configuration of speed control P4[] Rounding type P44[] Filter time for act. speed P5[] OFF ramp-down time P45[] Filter time for act. freq (SLVC) P[] Motor-current: Flying start P46[] Gain speed controller P[] Search rate: Flying start P46[] Integral time speed controller P[] DC braking current P47[] Gain speed controller (SLVC) P[] Duration of DC braking P47[] Integral time n-ctrl. (SLVC) P4[] DC braking start frequency P488[] Droop input source P6[] Compound braking current P489[] Droop scaling P4[] Configuration of Vdc controller P49[] Enable droop P4[] Dynamic factor of Vdc-max P496[] Scaling accel. precontrol P45[] Switch on level kin. buffering P499[] Scaling accel. torque control r46[] CO:Switch-on level kin buffering P5[] CO: Upper torque limit P47[] Dyn. factor of kinetic buffering P5[] CO: Lower torque limit P5[] Gain of Vdc-controller P55[] Scaling lower torque limit P5[] Integration time Vdc-controller P5[] Motoring power limitation P5[] Differential time Vdc-controller P5[] Regenerative power limitation P5[] Vdc-controller output limitation P57[] CO: Fixed value flux setpoint P56[] Reaction of kinetic buffering P574[] Dynamic voltage headroom 6SE64-5BB-BP 9

20 Parameters Issue /6 ParNo P58[] P58[] P596[] P6[] P6[] P654[] P75[] P77[] P745[] P75[] P755[] P756[] P758[] P759[] P764[] P767[] P78[] P78[] P786[] P8[] P8[] P99[] P[] P[] P[] P[] P4[] P5[] P5[] P55[] P56[] P57[] P58[] P59[] P6[] P6[] P6[] P6[] P64[] P65[] P66[] P67[] P68[] Parameter text Efficiency optimization Smooth time for flux setpoint Int. time field weak. controller Continuous torque boost (SLVC) Acc. torque boost (SLVC) Smooth time for Isq setpoint Gain current controller Integral time current controller Variance flux error Control word of motor model Start-freq. motor model (SLVC) Hyst.-freq. motor model (SLVC) Chng-ov. del. t SLVC op.-lp ctrl Chng-ov. del. t SLVC cl.-lp ctrl Kp of n-adaption (SLVC) Tn of n-adaption (SLVC) Control word of Rs/Rr-adaption Tn of Rs-adaption Tn of Xm-adaption Max. modulation Reverse output phase sequence Ctrl. word of motor data ident. Reference frequency Reference voltage Reference current Reference torque Reference power Hysteresis frequency f_hys Time-constant frequency filter Threshold frequency f_ Delay time of threshold freq f_ Threshold frequency f_ Delay time of threshold freq f_ Threshold frequency f_ Delay time of threshold freq f_ Min. threshold for freq. setp. Hysteresis freq. for overfreq. Entry freq. for perm. deviation Hysteresis frequency deviation Delay time permitted deviation Delay time ramp up completed Switch-off frequency f_off Delay time T_off ParNo Parameter text P7[] Threshold current I_thresh P7[] Delay time current P7[] Threshold DC-link voltage P7[] Delay time DC-link voltage P74[] Torque threshold M_thresh P76[] Delay time for torque threshold P77[] Delay time for motor is blocked P78[] Delay time for motor pulled out P8[] Belt failure detection mode P8[] Belt threshold frequency P8[] Belt threshold frequency P84[] Belt threshold frequency P85[] Upper torque threshold P86[] Lower torque threshold P87[] Upper torque threshold P88[] Lower torque threshold P89[] Upper torque threshold P9[] Lower torque threshold P9[] Time delay for belt failure P[] Fixed PID setpoint P[] Fixed PID setpoint P[] Fixed PID setpoint P4[] Fixed PID setpoint 4 P5[] Fixed PID setpoint 5 P6[] Fixed PID setpoint 6 P7[] Fixed PID setpoint 7 P8[] Fixed PID setpoint 8 P9[] Fixed PID setpoint 9 P[] Fixed PID setpoint P[] Fixed PID setpoint P[] Fixed PID setpoint P[] Fixed PID setpoint P4[] Fixed PID setpoint 4 P5[] Fixed PID setpoint 5 P[] Setpoint memory of PID-MOP P4[] Setpoint of PID-MOP P48[] Position mode P48[] Gearbox ratio input P48[] Gearbox ratio output P484[] No. of shaft turns = Unit P487[] Positional error trim value P488[] Distance / No. of revolutions 6SE64-5BB-BP

21 Issue /6 Parameters.4 Binector Input Parameters ParNo Parameter text P7[] BI: Function of digital output P7[] BI: Function of digital output P7[] BI: Function of digital output P8[] BI: Download parameter set P8[] BI: Download parameter set ParNo P5[] P[] P4[] P6[] P[] Parameter text BI: Change to torque control BI:. Faults acknowledgement BI:. Faults acknowledgement BI: External fault BI: Enable PID controller P8 BI: CDS bit (Local / Remote) P8 BI: CDS bit P8 BI: DDS bit P8 BI: DDS bit P84[] BI: ON/OFF P[] BI: Fixed PID setp. select Bit P[] BI: Fixed PID setp. select Bit P[] BI: Fixed PID setp. select Bit P[] BI: Fixed PID setp. select Bit P6[] BI: Fixed PID setp. select Bit 4 P84[] P844[] P845[] P848[] P849[] BI: ON reverse/off BI:. OFF BI:. OFF BI:. OFF BI:. OFF P8[] BI: Fixed PID setp. select Bit 5 P5[] BI: Enable PID-MOP (UP-cmd) P6[] BI: Enable PID-MOP (DOWN-cmd) P8[] BI: AND P8[] BI: AND P85[] BI: Pulse enable P[] BI: Fixed freq. selection Bit P[] BI: Fixed freq. selection Bit P[] BI: Fixed freq. selection Bit P[] BI: Fixed freq. selection Bit P84[] BI: AND P86[] BI: OR P88[] BI: OR P8[] BI: OR P8[] BI: XOR P6[] BI: Fixed freq. selection Bit 4 P8[] BI: Fixed freq. selection Bit 5 P5[] BI: Enable MOP (UP-command) P6[] BI: Enable MOP (DOWN-command) P55[] BI: Enable JOG right P84[] BI: XOR P86[] BI: XOR P88 BI: NOT P8 BI: NOT P8 BI: NOT P56[] P74[] P[] P[] P4[] BI: Enable JOG left BI: Disable additional setpoint BI: Inhibit neg. freq. setpoint BI: Reverse BI: Enable JOG ramp times P84[4] BI: D-FF P87[4] BI: D-FF P84[] BI: RS-FF P84[] BI: RS-FF P846[] BI: RS-FF P4[] P4[] P4[] P[] P477[] BI: RFG enable BI: RFG start BI: RFG enable setpoint BI: Enable DC braking BI: Set integrator of n-ctrl. P849 BI: Timer P854 BI: Timer P859 BI: Timer P864 BI: Timer 4 6SE64-5BB-BP

22 Parameters Issue /6.5 Connector Input Parameters ParNo P95[] P77[] P7[] P7[] P75[] Parameter text CI: Display PZD signals CI: DAC CI: Main setpoint CI: Main setpoint scaling CI: Additional setpoint ParNo Parameter text P5[] CI: PID setpoint P54[] CI: PID trim source P64[] CI: PID feedback P869[] CI: ADD P87[] CI: ADD P76[] P[] P478[] P5[] P5[] CI: Additional setpoint scaling CI: Voltage setpoint CI: Set integrator value n-ctrl. CI: Torque setpoint CI: Additional torque setpoint P87[] CI: SUB P875[] CI: SUB P877[] CI: MUL P879[] CI: MUL P88[] CI: DIV P5[] P5[] P6[8] P9[8] P5[8] CI: Upper torque limit CI: Lower torque limit CI: PZD to BOP link (USS) CI: PZD to COM link (USS) CI: PZD to CB P88[] CI: DIV P885[] CI: CMP P887[] CI: CMP.6 Binector Output Parameters ParNo r75 r r r6 r7 Parameter text BO: Status word of ADC BO: CtrlWrd from BOP link (USS) BO: CtrlWrd from BOP link (USS) BO: CtrlWrd from COM link (USS) BO: CtrlWrd from COM link (USS) ParNo Parameter text r86 BO: NOT-Q D-FF r88 BO: Q D-FF r89 BO: NOT-Q D-FF r84 BO: Q RS-FF r84 BO: NOT-Q RS-FF r9 BO: Control word from CB r9 BO: Control word from CB r8 BO: AND r8 BO: AND r85 BO: AND r844 BO: Q RS-FF r845 BO: NOT-Q RS-FF r847 BO: Q RS-FF r848 BO: NOT-Q RS-FF r85 BO: Timer r87 BO: OR r89 BO: OR r8 BO: OR r8 BO: XOR r85 BO: XOR r85 BO: Nout timer r857 BO: Timer r858 BO: Nout timer r86 BO: Timer r86 BO: Nout timer r87 BO: XOR r89 BO: NOT r8 BO: NOT r8 BO: NOT r85 BO: Q D-FF r867 BO: Timer 4 r868 BO: Nout timer 4 r886 BO: CMP r888 BO: CMP 6SE64-5BB-BP

23 Issue /6 Parameters.7 Connector Output Parameters ParNo r r r4 r5 r6 Parameter text CO: Freq. setpoint before RFG CO: Act. filtered frequency CO: Act. filtered output freq. CO: Act. filtered output voltage CO: Act. filtered DC-link volt. ParNo Parameter text r95 CO: Total stator resistance [%] r96 CO: Act. rotor resistance r6[] CO: Ambient temperature r6[] CO: Stator iron temperature r6[] CO: Stator winding temperature r7 CO: Act. filtered output current r6[] CO: Rotor winding temperature r9 CO: Flux gen. current r755[] CO: Act. ADC after scal. [4h] r CO: Torque gen. current r947[8] CO: Letzte Fehlermeldung r CO: Act. filtered torque r948[] CO: Fehlerzeit r CO: Act. filtered power r949[8] CO: Fehlerwert r5[] CO: Act. motor temperature r4 CO: Act. fixed frequency r6 CO:Inverter overload utilization r5 CO: Act. Output freq. of the MOP r7[5] CO: Inverter temperature [ C] r78 CO: Total frequency setpoint r8 CO: Act. power factor r79 CO: Selected frequency setpoint r9 CO: Energy consumpt. meter [kwh] r4 CO: Freq. setp. after dir. ctrl. r5 CO: Active command data set r9 CO: Freq. setpoint before RFG r5[] CO: Active drive data set (DDS) r7 CO: Frequency setpoint after RFG r6 CO: Act. encoder frequency r4 CO: Switch-on level of Vdc-max r6 CO: Freq. setpoint r46[] CO:Switch-on level kin buffering r6 CO: Act. frequency r5 CO: Total boost voltage r64 CO: Dev. frequency controller r7 CO: V/f slip frequency r65 CO: Slip frequency r4 CO: Imax controller freq. output r66 CO: Act. output frequency r44 CO: Imax controller volt. output r67 CO: Act. output current limit r48 CO: Freq. setpoint to controller r68 CO: Output current r445 CO: Act. filtered frequency r69[6] CO: Act. phase currents r48 CO: Integral output of n-ctrl. r7 CO: Act. DC-link voltage r49 CO: Droop frequency r7 CO: Max. output voltage r58 CO: Torque setpoint r7 CO: Act. output voltage r55 CO: Additional torque setpoint r74 CO: Act. modulation r58 CO: Acceleration torque r75 CO: Current setpoint Isd P5[] CO: Upper torque limit r76 CO: Act. current Isd P5[] CO: Lower torque limit r77 CO: Current setpoint Isq r56 CO: Upper torque limitation r78 CO: Act. current Isq r57 CO: Lower torque limitation r79 CO: Torque setpoint (total) r56 CO: Max. trq. motoring current r8 CO: Act. torque r84 CO: Act. air gap flux r86 CO: Act. active current r9 CO: Act. rotor angle r94 CO: Stator resistance IGBT [%] r57 r58 r59 P57[] r58 CO: Max trq regenerative current CO: Upper torque limit (total) CO: Lower torque limit (total) CO: Fixed value flux setpoint CO: Flux setpoint (smoothed) 6SE64-5BB-BP

24 Parameters Issue /6 ParNo Parameter text ParNo Parameter text r597 CO: Outp. field weak. controller r5[8] CO: PZD from CB r598 CO: Flux setpoint (total) r69 CO: Act. filtered frequency r78 CO: Output of Isq controller r4 CO: Act. fixed PID setpoint r79 CO: Integral output of Isq ctrl. r5 CO: Output setpoint of PID-MOP r7 CO: Output of Isd controller r6 CO: PID setpoint after PID-RFG r74 CO: Integral output of Isd ctrl. r6 CO: Filtered PID setp. after RFG r75 CO: Integral limit of Isd ctrl. r66 CO: PID filtered feedback r78 CO: Decoupling voltage r7 CO: PID scaled feedback r77 CO: Prop. output of n-adaption r7 CO: PID error r746 CO: Flussabweichung r94 CO: Act. PID output r77 r778 r8 r5[8] r8[8] CO: Int. output of n-adaption CO: Flux angle difference CO: Act. pulse frequency CO: PZD from BOP link (USS) CO: PZD from COM link (USS) r87 CO: ADD r87 CO: ADD r874 CO: SUB r876 CO: SUB r878 CO: MUL r88 CO: MUL r88 CO: DIV r884 CO: DIV P889 CO: Fixed setpoint in [%] P89 CO: Fixed setpoint in [%].8 Connector/Binector Output Parameters ParNo Parameter text r9 CO/BO: BOP control word r5 CO/BO: Act. status word r5 CO/BO: Act. status word r54 CO/BO: Act. control word r55 CO/BO: Act. control word ParNo r56 r4 r7 r747 r785 Parameter text CO/BO: Status of motor control CO/BO: Encoder status word CO/BO: Binary input values CO/BO: State of digital outputs CO/BO: Zustand Analogausgang r47 CO/BO: Status of motor control r97 CO/BO: Monitoring word r98 CO/BO: Monitoring word 4 6SE64-5BB-BP

25 Issue /6 Parameter Description Parameter Description Note 4 Parameters are not visible with BOP or AOP.. Common parameters r Drive display Min: - Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: - P-Group: ALWAYS Max: - Displays the user selected output as defined in P5. Pressing the "Fn" button for seconds allows the user to view the values of DC link voltage, output frequency, output voltage, output current, and chosen r setting (defined in P5). r Drive state Min: - Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: - P-Group: COMMANDS Max: - Displays actual drive state. Possible Settings: Commissioning mode (P!= ) Drive ready Drive fault active Drive starting (DC-link precharging) 4 Drive running 5 Stopping (ramping down) State visible only while precharging DC link, and when externally powered communications board is fitted. P User access level Min: CStat: CUT Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: P-Group: ALWAYS Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: 4 Defines user access level to parameter sets. The default setting (standard) is sufficient for most simple applications. Possible Settings: User defined parameter list - see P for details on use Standard: Allows access into most frequently used parameters. Extended: Allows extended access e.g. to inverter I/O functions. Expert: For expert use only. 4 Service: Only for use by authorized service personal - password protected. P4 Parameter filter Min: CStat: CUT Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: P-Group: ALWAYS Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: Filters available parameters according to functionality to enable a more focussed approach to commissioning. Possible Settings: All parameters Inverter Motor 4 Speed sensor 5 Technol. application / units 7 Commands, binary I/O 8 ADC and DAC Setpoint channel / RFG Drive features Motor control Communication Alarms / warnings / monitoring Technology controller (e.g. PID) Example: P4 = specifies that only PID parameters will be visible. 6SE64-5BB-BP 5

26 Parameter Description Issue /6 The parameters are sub-divided into groups (P-Group) according to their functionality. This increases the transparency and allows a parameter to be quickly searched for. Furthermore, parameter P4 can be used to control the ability to be visualized for the operator panel. Value P-Group ALWAYS INVERTER MOTOR ENCODER TECH_APL COMMANDS TERMINAL SETPOINT FUNC CONTROL COMM ALARMS TECH Group All parameters Drive inverter parameters Motor parameters Speed encoder Technical applications / units Control commands, digital I/O Analog inputs/outputs Setpoint channel and ramp-function gen. Drive inverter functions Motor open-loop/closed-loop control Communications Faults, warnings, monitoring functions Technological controller (PID controller) Parameter area Parameters marked "Quick Comm: Yes" in the parameter header can only be set when P = (Quick Commissioning). P5[] Display selection Min: CStat: CUT Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: P-Group: FUNC Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: 4 Selects display for parameter r (drive display). P5[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P5[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P5[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) Common Settings: Actual frequency 5 Output voltage 6 DC link voltage 7 Output current Notice: These settings refer to read only parameter numbers ("rxxxx"). Details: See relevant "rxxxx" parameter descriptions. P6 Display mode Min: CStat: CUT Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: P-Group: FUNC Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: 4 Defines mode of display for r (drive display). Possible Settings: In Ready state alternate between setpoint and output frequency. In run display output frequency In Ready state display setpoint. In run display output frequency. In Ready state alternate between P5 value and r value. In run display P5 value In Ready state alternate between r value and r value. In run display r value 4 In all states just display P5 - When inverter is not running, the display alternates between the values for "Not Running" and "Running". - Per default, the setpoint and actual frequency values are displayed alternately. P7 Backlight delay time Min: CStat: CUT Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: P-Group: FUNC Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: Defines time period after which the backlight display turns off if no operator keys have been pressed. Value: P7 = : Backlight always on (default state). P7 = - : Number of seconds after which the backlight will turn off. 6 6SE64-5BB-BP

27 Issue /6 Parameter Description P Commissioning parameter Min: CStat: CT Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: P-Group: ALWAYS Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: Filters parameters so that only those related to a particular functional group are selected. Possible Settings: Ready Quick commissioning Inverter 9 Download Factory setting - Reset to for inverter to run. - P (user access level) also determines access to parameters. P = The inverter can be commissioned very quickly and easily by setting P =. After that only the important parameters (e.g.: P4, P5, etc.) are visible. The value of these parameters must be entered one after the other. The end of quick commissioning and the start of internal calculation will be done by setting P9 = -. Afterward parameter P and P9 will be reset to zero automatically. P = For service purposes only. P = 9 To transfer a parameter file via PC tool (e.g.: DriveMonitor, STARTER) parameter P will be set to 9 by the PC tool. When download has been finished PC tool resets parameter P to zero. P = When resetting the parameters of inverter P must be set to. Resetting of the parameters will be started by setting parameter P97 =. The inverter will automatically reset all its parameters to their default settings. This can prove beneficial if you experience problems during parameter setup and wish to start again. Duration of factory setting will take about 6 s. P Lock for user defined parameter Min: CStat: CUT Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: P-Group: FUNC Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: 6555 Details: See parameter P (user defined parameter) P Key for user defined parameter Min: CStat: CUT Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: P-Group: FUNC Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: 6555 Details: See parameter P (user defined parameter). P[] User defined parameter Min: CStat: CUT Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: P-Group: FUNC Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: 6555 Defines a limited set of parameters to which the end user will have access. Instructions for use:. Set P = (expert user). Go to P indices to 6 (user list). Enter into P index to 6 the parameters required to be visible in the user-defined list. The following values are fixed and cannot be changed: - P index 9 = (key for user defined parameter) - P index 8 = (commissioning parameter filter) - P index 7 = (user access level) 4. Set P = to activate the user defined parameter. 6SE64-5BB-BP 7

28 Parameter Description Issue /6 P[] : st user parameter P[] : nd user parameter P[] : rd user parameter P[] : 4th user parameter P[4] : 5th user parameter P[5] : 6th user parameter P[6] : 7th user parameter P[7] : 8th user parameter P[8] : 9th user parameter P[9] : th user parameter P[] : th user parameter P[] : th user parameter P[] : th user parameter P[] : 4th user parameter P[4] : 5th user parameter P[5] : 6th user parameter P[6] : 7th user parameter P[7] : 8th user parameter P[8] : 9th user parameter P[9] : th user parameter First, set P ("lock") to a different value than P ("key") to prevent changes to user-defined parameter. Then, set P to to activate the user-defined list. When locked and the user-defined parameter is activated, the only way to exit the user-defined parameter (and view other parameters) is to set P ("key") to the value in P ("lock"). - Alternatively, set P = (commissioning parameter filter = factory setting) and P97 = (factory reset) to perform a complete factory reset. - The default values of P ("lock") and P ("key") are the same. P4[] Store mode Min: CStat: UT Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: P-Group: - Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: Sets the store mode for parameters ("volatile" (RAM) or "nonvolatile" (EEPROM)). Possible Settings: Volatile (RAM) Nonvolatile (EEPROM) P4[] : Serial interface COM link P4[] : Serial interface BOP link P4[] : PROFIBUS / CB. With the BOP the parameter will always be stored in the EEPROM.. P4 itself will always be stored in the EEPROM.. P4 will not be changed by performing a factory reset (P = and P97 = ). 4. P4 can be transferred during a DOWNLOAD (P = 9). 5. If "Store request via USS/CB = volatile (RAM)" and "P4[x] = volatile (RAM)", you can make a transfer of all parameter values into the nonvolatile memory via P If "Store request via USS/CB" and P4[x] are not consistent, the setting of P4[x] = "store nonvolatile (EEPROM)" has always higher priority. Store request via USS/CB EEPROM EEPROM RAM RAM Value of P4[x] RAM EEPROM RAM EEPROM Result EEPROM EEPROM RAM EEPROM 8 6SE64-5BB-BP

29 Issue /6 Parameter Description. Diagnosis parameters r8 Firmware version Min: - Datatype: Float Unit: - Def: - P-Group: INVERTER Max: - Displays version number of installed firmware. r9 CO/BO: BOP control word Min: - Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: - P-Group: COMMANDS Max: - Displays status of operator panel commands. The settings below are used as the "source" codes for keypad control when connecting to BICO input parameters. Bitfields: Bit ON/OFF NO YES Bit OFF: Electrical stop YES NO Bit8 JOG right NO YES Bit Reverse (setpoint inversion) NO YES Bit Motor potentiometer MOP up NO YES Bit4 Motor potentiometer MOP down NO YES When BICO technology is used to allocate functions to panel buttons, this parameter displays the actual status of the relevant command. The following functions can be "connected" to individual buttons: - ON/OFF, - OFF, - JOG, - REVERSE, - INCREASE, - DECREASE r CO: Freq. setpoint before RFG Min: - Datatype: Float Unit: Hz Def: - P-Group: CONTROL Max: - Displays actual frequency setpoint (input from ramp function generator). JOG P P9 P8 P8 P P5... Setpoint source Reverse Inhibit neg. freq. setpoint Skip frequency IfI RFG Motor control r79 r4 r r7 r78 r9 r CO: Act. filtered frequency Min: - Datatype: Float Unit: Hz Def: - P-Group: CONTROL Max: - Displays actual inverter output frequency (r) excluding slip compensation, resonance damping and frequency limitation. r Act. filtered rotor speed Min: - Datatype: Float Unit: /min Def: - P-Group: CONTROL Max: - Displays calculated rotor speed based on inverter output frequency [Hz] x / number of poles. r[/min] = r[hz] 6 r This calculation makes no allowance for load-dependent slip. 6SE64-5BB-BP 9

30 Parameter Description Issue /6 r4 CO: Act. filtered output freq. Min: - Datatype: Float Unit: Hz Def: - P-Group: CONTROL Max: - Displays actual output frequency. Slip compensation, resonance damping and frequency limitation are included. r5 CO: Act. filtered output voltage Min: - Datatype: Float Unit: V Def: - P-Group: CONTROL Max: - Displays [rms] voltage applied to motor. r6 CO: Act. filtered DC-link volt. Min: - Datatype: Float Unit: V Def: - P-Group: INVERTER Max: - Displays DC-link voltage. U DC_max_trip F Mains - 4 V 8-48 V 5-6 V 4 V (FS A - C) 4 V (FS D - F) U DC_min_trip F 5 V U DC_max_warn A5 (P4) U DC_max_ctrl 84 V (FS A - C) 8 V (FS D - F) 8 V (FS FX, GX) 4 V (FS A - F) 8 V (FS FX, GX) r4 V 5 V U DC_min_warn A5 (P4) U DC_min_ctrl P45[%] P U DC_Comp (P6) U DC_Chopper (P7).98 r4.98 r4 r7 CO: Act. filtered output current Min: - Datatype: Float Unit: A Def: - P-Group: CONTROL Max: - Displays [rms] value of motor current [A]. r9 CO: Act. filtered current Isd Min: - Datatype: Float Unit: A Def: - P-Group: CONTROL Max: - Displays flux-generating current component. The flux-generating current component is based on the nominal flux, which is calculated from the motor parameters (P4 - Calculation of motor parameters). Applies when vector control is selected in P (control mode); otherwise, the display shows the value zero. The flux-generating current component is generally constant up to the base speed of the motor; above base speed, this component is weakened (field weakening) thus enabling an increase in motor speed but at reduced torque. r CO: Act. filtered current Isq Min: - Datatype: Float Unit: A Def: - P-Group: CONTROL Max: - Displays torque-generating current component. For asynchronous motors, a limit is calculated for the torque generating current component (in conjunction with the maximum possible output voltage (r7), motor leakage and current field weakening (r77)) and this prevents motor stalling. 6SE64-5BB-BP

31 Issue /6 Parameter Description r CO: Act. filtered torque Min: - Datatype: Float Unit: Nm Def: - P-Group: CONTROL Max: - Displays electrical torque. Lm mm = Zp Ψrd isq mm : Motor torque LR Zp : Pole pair number Ψrd : Rotor flux LR : Rotor inductance Valid for V/f-caracteristic: Lm : Magnetizing inductance u is cosϕ Rs is isq : Torque-generating current isq e e : Motor counter EMF Output value will be zero at low speeds when the current injection is active (r75.5 = ). The electrical torque is not the same as the mechanical torque, which can be measured on the shaft. Due to windage and friction a part of the electrical torque is lost in the motor. r CO: Act. filtered power Min: - Datatype: Float Unit: - Def: - P-Group: CONTROL Max: - Displays motor power (power output at the motor shaft). Motor ω, M Pmech = ω M = π f M r[kw ] = π r [/min] r[nm] 6 r[hp] =.75 r[kw] Value is displayed in [kw] or [hp] depending on setting for P (operation for Europe / North America). r5[] CO: Act. motor temperature Min: - Datatype: Float Unit: C Def: - P-Group: MOTOR Max: - Displays measured motor temperature. r5[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) r5[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) r5[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) 6SE64-5BB-BP

32 Parameter Description Issue /6 r6 CO:Inverter overload utilization Min: - Datatype: Float Unit: % Def: - P-Group: INVERTER Max: - 4 Displays inverter overload utilization calculated via It model. The actual It value relative to the max. possible It value supplies utilization in [%]. If the current exceeds the threshold for P94 (inverter It overload warning), alarm A55 (inverter It) is generated and the output current of the inverter reduced via P9 (inverter overload reaction). If % utilization is exceeded, alarm F5 (inverter It) is tripped. Example: Normalized output current r7 r7 % i t [%] r6 Reaction via P9 Default: "current reduction" t P94 (95 %) A55 r6 > : If the nominal current of the inverter is exceed, utilization will be displayed. Otherwise, % utilization is displayed. r7[5] CO: Inverter temperature [ C] Min: - Datatype: Float Unit: C Def: - P-Group: INVERTER Max: - Displays measured heatsink temperature and calculated junction temperature of IGBTs based on thermal model. r7[] : Measured heat sink temperature r7[] : Chip temperature r7[] : Rectifier temperature r7[] : Inverter ambient temperature r7[4] : Control board temperature r8 CO: Act. power factor Min: - Datatype: Float Unit: - Def: - P-Group: CONTROL Max: - Displays actual power factor. Applies when V/f control is selected in P (control mode); otherwise, the display shows the value. r9 CO: Energy consumpt. meter [kwh] Min: - Datatype: Float Unit: kwh Def: - P-Group: INVERTER Max: - Displays electrical energy used by inverter since display was last reset (see P4 - reset energy consumption meter). t t t act t r9 = PW dt = act u i cosϕ dt Value is reset when P4 = (reset energy consumption meter). 6SE64-5BB-BP

33 Issue /6 Parameter Description P4 Reset energy consumption meter Min: CStat: CT Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: P-Group: INVERTER Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: Resets value of parameter r9 (energy consumption meter) to zero. Possible Settings: No reset Reset r9 to No reset until "P" is pressed. r5 CO: Active command data set Min: - Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: - P-Group: COMMANDS Max: - Displays currently selected and active command data set (CDS). Possible Settings: st. Command data set (CDS) nd. Command data set (CDS) rd. Command data set (CDS) Details: See parameter P8. r5[] CO: Active drive data set (DDS) Min: - Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: - P-Group: COMMANDS Max: - Displays currently selected and active drive data set (DDS). Possible Settings: st. Drive data set (DDS) nd. Drive data set (DDS) rd. Drive data set (DDS) r5[] : Selected drive data set r5[] : Active drive data set Details: See parameter P8. 6SE64-5BB-BP

34 Parameter Description Issue /6 r5 CO/BO: Act. status word Min: - Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: - P-Group: COMMANDS Max: - Displays first active status word of inverter (bit format) and can be used to diagnose inverter status. Bitfields: Bit Drive ready NO YES Bit Drive ready to run NO YES Bit Drive running NO YES Bit Drive fault active NO YES Bit4 OFF active YES NO Bit5 OFF active YES NO Bit6 ON inhibit active NO YES Bit7 Drive warning active NO YES Bit8 Deviation setpoint / act. value YES NO Bit9 PZD control NO YES Bit Maximum frequency reached NO YES Bit Warning: Motor current limit YES NO Bit Motor holding brake active NO YES Bit Motor overload YES NO Bit4 Motor runs right NO YES Bit5 Inverter overload YES NO r5 Bit - Bit: State-sequence diagram after Power On or ON/OFF respectively: ==> see below Power ON Drive ready r5 Bit ON/OFF r5 Bit Pre-charging active Drive ready to run Pulse enable r5 Bit Drive running Ramping finished r5 Bit9 t t t t t t t t r5 Bit "Drive fault active": Output of Bit (Fault) will be inverted on digital output (Low = Fault, High = No Fault). r5 Bit8 "Deviation setpoint / act. value" ==> see parameter P64 r5 Bit "f_act >= P8 (f_max)" ==> see parameter P8 r5 Bit "Motor holding brake active" ==> see parameter P5 4 6SE64-5BB-BP

35 Issue /6 Parameter Description r5 Bit4 "Motor runs right" ==> see below ON/OFF r54 Bit Reverse r54 Bit ON t t f act t Drive running r5 Bit Motor runs right r5 Bit4 left not defined last state is displayed Details: The 7-segment display of the bit-parameters (binary parameters) is explained in the Introduction of the Parameter List. r5 CO/BO: Act. status word Min: - Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: - P-Group: COMMANDS Max: - Displays second status word of inverter (in bit format). Bitfields: Bit DC brake active NO YES Bit f_act > P67 (f_off) NO YES Bit f_act <= P8 (f_min) NO YES Bit Act. current r7 > P7 NO YES Bit4 f_act > P55 (f_) NO YES Bit5 f_act <= P55 (f_) NO YES Bit6 f_act >= setpoint NO YES Bit7 Act. Vdc r6 < P7 NO YES Bit8 Act. Vdc r6 > P7 NO YES Bit9 Ramping finished NO YES Bit PID output r94 == P9 (PID_min) NO YES Bit PID output r94 == P9 (PID_max) NO YES t t Bit4 Download data set from AOP NO YES Bit5 Download data set from AOP NO YES - r5 Bit ==> see parameter P - r5 Bit ==> see parameter P67 - r5 Bit ==> see parameter P8 - r5 Bit ==> see parameter P7 - r5 Bit4 ==> see parameter P55 - r5 Bit5 ==> see parameter P55 - r5 Bit6 ==> see parameter P5 - r5 Bit7 ==> see parameter P7 - r5 Bit8 ==> see parameter P7 6SE64-5BB-BP 5

36 Parameter Description Issue /6 r5 Bit9 "Ramping finished" ==> see below ON OFF t f f set f act t Ramping finished r5 Bit9 Details: See description of seven-segment display given in the "Introduction to MICROMASTER System Parameters" in this manual. r54 CO/BO: Act. control word Min: - Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: - P-Group: COMMANDS Max: - t Displays first control word of inverter and can be used to diagnose which commands are active. Bitfields: Bit ON/OFF NO YES Bit OFF: Electrical stop YES NO Bit OFF: Fast stop YES NO Bit Pulses enabled NO YES Bit4 RFG enable NO YES Bit5 RFG start NO YES Bit6 Setpoint enable NO YES Bit7 Fault acknowledge NO YES Bit8 JOG right NO YES Bit9 JOG left NO YES Bit Control from PLC NO YES Bit Reverse (setpoint inversion) NO YES Bit Motor potentiometer MOP up NO YES Bit4 Motor potentiometer MOP down NO YES Bit5 CDS Bit (Local/Remote) NO YES Details: See description of seven-segment display given in the "Introduction to MICROMASTER System Parameters" in this manual. r55 CO/BO: Act. control word Min: - Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: - P-Group: COMMANDS Max: - Displays additional control word of inverter and can be used to diagnose which commands are active. Bitfields: Bit Fixed frequency Bit NO YES Bit Fixed frequency Bit NO YES Bit Fixed frequency Bit NO YES Bit Fixed frequency Bit NO YES Bit4 Drive data set (DDS) Bit NO YES Bit5 Drive data set (DDS) Bit NO YES Bit8 PID enabled NO YES Bit9 DC brake enabled NO YES Bit Droop enabled NO YES Bit Torque control NO YES Bit External fault YES NO Bit5 Command data set (CDS) Bit NO YES Details: See description of seven-segment display given in the "Introduction to MICROMASTER System Parameters" in this handbook. 6 6SE64-5BB-BP

37 Issue /6 Parameter Description r56 CO/BO: Status of motor control Min: - Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: - P-Group: CONTROL Max: - Displays status of motor control (MM4: V/f status), which can be used to diagnose inverter status. Bitfields: Bit Init. control finished NO YES Bit Motor demagnetizing finished NO YES Bit Pulses enabled NO YES Bit Voltage soft start selected NO YES Bit4 Motor excitation finished NO YES Bit5 Starting boost active NO YES Bit6 Acceleration boost active NO YES Bit7 Frequency is negative NO YES Bit8 Field weakening active NO YES Bit9 Volts setpoint limited NO YES Bit Slip frequency limited NO YES Bit F_out > F_max Freq. limited NO YES Bit Phase reversal selected NO YES Bit I-max controller active NO YES Bit4 Vdc-max controller active NO YES Bit5 KIB (Vdc-min control) active NO YES Details: See description of seven-segment display given in the introduction. r6 CO: Act. encoder frequency Min: - Datatype: Float Unit: Hz Def: - P-Group: CONTROL Max: - Displays actual frequency detected by encoder. r6 CO: Freq. setpoint Min: - Datatype: Float Unit: Hz Def: - P-Group: CONTROL Max: - Displays frequency setpoint of vector controller. r6 CO: Act. frequency Min: - Datatype: Float Unit: Hz Def: - P-Group: CONTROL Max: - Displays actual unfiltered frequency. This value is not smoothed in contrary to r. Act. frequencies: V/f P 6 ms 6 r Act. filtered speed r Act. filtered frequency r SLVC (Observer model) Encoder r 6 P48, P4 <,, Act. frequency r6 Act. encoder frequency r6 P =, and P4 = --> F9 6SE64-5BB-BP 7

38 Parameter Description Issue /6 r64 CO: Dev. frequency controller Min: - Datatype: Float Unit: Hz Def: - P-Group: CONTROL Max: - Displays actual deviation of speed controller. This value is calculated from the frequency setpoint (r6) and the actual frequency (r6). Applies when vector control is selected in P (control mode); otherwise, the display shows the value zero. r65 CO: Slip frequency Min: - Datatype: Float Unit: % Def: - P-Group: CONTROL Max: - Displays slip frequency of motor in [%] relative to the rated motor frequency (P). Details: For V/f control, see also P5 (slip compensation). r66 CO: Act. output frequency Min: - Datatype: Float Unit: Hz Def: - P-Group: CONTROL Max: - Displays actual output frequency. The output frequency is limited by the values entered in P8 (min. frequency) and P8 (max. frequency). r67 CO: Act. output current limit Min: - Datatype: Float Unit: A Def: - P-Group: CONTROL Max: - Displays valid maximum output current of inverter. Parameter r67 is influenced/determined by the following factors: - Rated motor current P5 - Motor overload factor P64 - Motor protection in dependency of P6 - r67 is less than or equal to maximum inverter current r9 - Inverter protection in dependency of P9 P5 Motor Inverter P64 r9 Motor protection Inverter protection Min r67 A reduction of r67 may indicate an inverter overload or a motor overload. r68 CO: Output current Min: - Datatype: Float Unit: A Def: - P-Group: CONTROL Max: - Displays unfiltered [rms] value of motor current [A]. This is used for the process control (contrary to the smoothed output current r7, that is used for display). r69[6] CO: Act. phase currents Min: - Datatype: Float Unit: A Def: - P-Group: CONTROL Max: - Displays phase currents. r69[] : U_phase r69[] : V_phase r69[] : W_phase r69[] : Offset U_phase r69[4] : Offset V_phase r69[5] : Offset W_phase 4 8 6SE64-5BB-BP

39 Issue /6 Parameter Description r7 CO: Act. DC-link voltage Min: - Datatype: Float Unit: V Def: - P-Group: INVERTER Max: - Displays (unfiltered) DC-link voltage. Used for process control purposes (in contrast to r6 (actual DC-link voltage), which is filtered and is used to display the value on the BOP/AOP). r7 CO: Max. output voltage Min: - Datatype: Float Unit: V Def: - P-Group: CONTROL Max: - Displays maximum output voltage. r7 V max (Inverter) P4 V n V (Motor) V max = f(v dc,mod max) V out (Inverter) P f n (Motor) f P, Φ Power Flux ~ f Field weakening - The actual maximum output voltage depends on the actual incoming line supply voltage. - The maximum possible output voltage r7 of the drive inverter is determined by the DC link voltage r6 and the maximum modulation depth P8 in the gating unit. - The maximum output voltage r7 is tracked with the DC link voltage so that the highest possible value is always and automatically achieved. - The output voltage only reaches the calculated maximum value under steady-state conditions at the rated load. - In the no-load and partial load ranges, lower output voltages r5 are obtained. r7 CO: Act. output voltage Min: - Datatype: Float Unit: V Def: - P-Group: CONTROL Max: - f Displays output voltage. r74 CO: Act. modulation Min: - Datatype: Float Unit: % Def: - P-Group: CONTROL Max: - 4 Displays actual modulation index. The modulation index is defined as ratio between the magnitude of the fundamental component in the inverter phase output voltage and half of the dc-link voltage. 6SE64-5BB-BP 9

40 Parameter Description Issue /6 r75 CO: Current setpoint Isd Min: - Datatype: Float Unit: A Def: - P-Group: CONTROL Max: - Displays setpoint of flux generating current component. Applies when vector control is selected in P (control mode); otherwise, the display shows the value zero. r76 CO: Act. current Isd Min: - Datatype: Float Unit: A Def: - P-Group: CONTROL Max: - Displays flux generating current component. Applies when vector control is selected in P (control mode); otherwise, the display shows the value zero. r77 CO: Current setpoint Isq Min: - Datatype: Float Unit: A Def: - P-Group: CONTROL Max: - Displays setpoint for component of torque generating current. Applies when vector control is selected in P (control mode); otherwise, the display shows the value zero. r78 CO: Act. current Isq Min: - Datatype: Float Unit: A Def: - P-Group: CONTROL Max: - Displays component of torque generating current. r79 CO: Torque setpoint (total) Min: - Datatype: Float Unit: Nm Def: - P-Group: CONTROL Max: - Displays total torque setpoint. Applies when vector control is selected in P (control mode); otherwise, the display shows the value zero. r8 CO: Act. torque Min: - Datatype: Float Unit: Nm Def: - P-Group: CONTROL Max: - Displays actual torque. Output value will be zero at low frequencies when current injection is active (r75.5 = ). r84 CO: Act. air gap flux Min: - Datatype: Float Unit: % Def: - P-Group: CONTROL Max: Displays air gap flux in [%] relative to the rated motor flux. r86 CO: Act. active current Min: - Datatype: Float Unit: A Def: - P-Group: CONTROL Max: - Displays active (real part) of motor current. Applies when V/f control is selected in P (control mode); otherwise, the display shows the value zero. r9 CO: Act. rotor angle Min: - Datatype: Float Unit: Def: - P-Group: CONTROL Max: - Indicates the current angle of the rotor. This function is not available on single input channel encoders. 4 6SE64-5BB-BP

41 Issue /6 Parameter Description P95[] CI: Display PZD signals Min: : CStat: CT Datatype: U Unit: - Def: : P-Group: CONTROL Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: 4: Selects source of display for PZD signals. P95[] : P95[] : P95[] : P95[] : P95[4] : P95[5] : P95[6] : P95[7] : P95[8] : st PZD signal nd PZD signal rd PZD signal 4th PZD signal 5th PZD signal 6th PZD signal 7th PZD signal 8th PZD signal 9th PZD signal P95[9] : th PZD signal r96[] PZD signals Min: - Datatype: Float Unit: % Def: - P-Group: CONTROL Max: - Displays PZD signals in [%]. r96[] : st PZD signal r96[] : nd PZD signal r96[] : rd PZD signal r96[] : 4th PZD signal r96[4] : 5th PZD signal r96[5] : 6th PZD signal r96[6] : 7th PZD signal r96[7] : 8th PZD signal r96[8] : 9th PZD signal r96[9] : th PZD signal r96 = % corresponds to 4 hex. 6SE64-5BB-BP 4

42 Parameter Description Issue /6. Inverter parameters (HW) P Europe / North America Min: CStat: C Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: P-Group: QUICK Active: first confirm QuickComm.: Yes Max: Determines whether power settings (e.g. nominal rating plate power - P7) are expressed in [kw] or [hp]. The default settings for the nominal rating plate frequency (P) and maximum motor frequency (P8) are also set automatically here, in addition to reference frequency (P). Possible Settings: Europe [kw], frequency default 5 Hz North America [hp], frequency default 6 Hz North America [kw], frequency default 6 Hz Where: - Stop drive first (i.e. disable all pulses) before you change this parameter. - P can only be changed when P = (Commissioning mode) via the respective Commissioing interface (e.g. BOP). - Changing P resets all rated motor parameters as well as other parameters that depend on the rated motor parameters (see P4 - calculation of motor parameters). Changing P overwrites the settings of the DIP5/6 switch (location shown in the diagram below):. Parameter P has an higher priority than the DIP5/6 switch.. However, after the inverter is powered-on again and P <, the DIP5/6 setting will take priority and overwrite P.. The DIP5/6 switch does not have any effect, if P =. Remove I/O board Power cycle P =? yes yes Quick commissioning P = P =? no no no P =? DIP5/6 DIP5/6 = 5 Hz? no yes yes Power in kw Frequency 5 Hz Power in kw Frequency 6 Hz Power in hp Frequency 6 Hz P = P = P = Notice: P setting (==> [kw], frequency default 6 [Hz]) is not overwritten by the setting of DIP switch (see diagram above). P99 Equipment system number Min: CStat: UT Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: P-Group: - Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: 55 Equipment system number This parameter has no operation effect. 4 6SE64-5BB-BP

43 Issue /6 Parameter Description r Act. power stack code number Min: - Datatype: U Unit: - Def: - P-Group: INVERTER Max: - Identifies hardware variant as shown in table below. Code- No. MM44 MLFB Input Voltage & Frequency CT Power VT Power kw kw Internal Filter 4 6SE644-UC-AAx /AC-4V +% -% 47-6Hz,, no A 4 6SE644-UC-5AAx /AC-4V +% -% 47-6Hz,5,5 no A 4 6SE644-UC-7AAx /AC-4V +% -% 47-6Hz,7,7 no A 44 6SE644-UC5-5AAx /AC-4V +% -% 47-6Hz,55,55 no A 45 6SE644-UC7-5AAx /AC-4V +% -% 47-6Hz,75,75 no A 46 6SE644-AB-AAx AC-4V +% -% 47-6Hz,, Cl. A A 47 6SE644-AB-5AAx AC-4V +% -% 47-6Hz,5,5 Cl. A A 48 6SE644-AB-7AAx AC-4V +% -% 47-6Hz,7,7 Cl. A A 49 6SE644-AB5-5AAx AC-4V +% -% 47-6Hz,55,55 Cl. A A 5 6SE644-AB7-5AAx AC-4V +% -% 47-6Hz,75,75 Cl. A A 5 6SE644-UC-BAx /AC-4V +% -% 47-6Hz,, no B 5 6SE644-UC-5BAx /AC-4V +% -% 47-6Hz,5,5 no B 5 6SE644-UC-BAx /AC-4V +% -% 47-6Hz,, no B 54 6SE644-AB-BAx AC-4V +% -% 47-6Hz,, Cl. A B 55 6SE644-AB-5BAx AC-4V +% -% 47-6Hz,5,5 Cl. A B 56 6SE644-AB-BAx AC-4V +% -% 47-6Hz,, Cl. A B 57 6SE644-UC-CAx /AC-4V +% -% 47-6Hz no C 58 6SE644-UC4-CAx AC-4V +% -% 47-6Hz 4 5,5 no C 59 6SE644-UC5-5CAx AC-4V +% -% 47-6Hz 5,5 7,5 no C 6 6SE644-AB-CAx AC-4V +% -% 47-6Hz Cl. A C 6 6SE644-AC-CAx AC-4V +% -% 47-6Hz Cl. A C 6 6SE644-AC4-CAx AC-4V +% -% 47-6Hz 4 5,5 Cl. A C 6 6SE644-AC5-5CAx AC-4V +% -% 47-6Hz 5,5 7,5 Cl. A C 64 6SE644-UC7-5DAx AC-4V +% -% 47-6Hz 7,5 no D 65 6SE644-UC-DAx AC-4V +% -% 47-6Hz 5 no D 66 6SE644-UC-5DAx AC-4V +% -% 47-6Hz 5 8,5 no D 67 6SE644-AC7-5DAx AC-4V +% -% 47-6Hz 7,5 Cl. A D 68 6SE644-AC-DAx AC-4V +% -% 47-6Hz 5 Cl. A D 69 6SE644-AC-5DAx AC-4V +% -% 47-6Hz 5 8,5 Cl. A D 7 6SE644-UC-8EAx AC-4V +% -% 47-6Hz 8,5 no E 7 6SE644-UC-EAx AC-4V +% -% 47-6Hz no E 7 6SE644-AC-8EAx AC-4V +% -% 47-6Hz 8,5 Cl. A E 7 6SE644-AC-EAx AC-4V +% -% 47-6Hz Cl. A E 74 6SE644-UC-FAx AC-4V +% -% 47-6Hz 7 no F 75 6SE644-UC-7FAx AC-4V +% -% 47-6Hz 7 45 no F 76 6SE644-UC4-5FAx AC-4V +% -% 47-6Hz no F 77 6SE644-AC-FAx AC-4V +% -% 47-6Hz 7 Cl. A F 78 6SE644-AC-7FAx AC-4V +% -% 47-6Hz 7 45 Cl. A F 79 6SE644-AC4-5FAx AC-4V +% -% 47-6Hz Cl. A F 8 6SE644-UD-7AAx AC8-48V +% -% 47-6Hz,7,7 no A 8 6SE644-UD5-5AAx AC8-48V +% -% 47-6Hz,55,55 no A 8 6SE644-UD7-5AAx AC8-48V +% -% 47-6Hz,75,75 no A 8 6SE644-UD-AAx AC8-48V +% -% 47-6Hz,, no A 84 6SE644-UD-5AAx AC8-48V +% -% 47-6Hz,5,5 no A 85 6SE644-UD-BAx AC8-48V +% -% 47-6Hz,, no B 86 6SE644-UD-BAx AC8-48V +% -% 47-6Hz no B 87 6SE644-UD4-BAx AC8-48V +% -% 47-6Hz 4 4 no B 88 6SE644-AD-BAx AC8-48V +% -% 47-6Hz,, Cl. A B 89 6SE644-AD-BAx AC8-48V +% -% 47-6Hz Cl. A B 9 6SE644-AD4-BAx AC8-48V +% -% 47-6Hz 4 4 Cl. A B 9 6SE644-UD5-5CAx AC8-48V +% -% 47-6Hz 5,5 7,5 no C 9 6SE644-UD7-5CAx AC8-48V +% -% 47-6Hz 7,5 no C 9 6SE644-UD-CAx AC8-48V +% -% 47-6Hz 5 no C Frame Size 6SE64-5BB-BP 4

44 Parameter Description Issue /6 Code- No. MM44 MLFB Input Voltage & Frequency CT Power VT Power kw kw Internal Filter 94 6SE644-AD5-5CAx AC8-48V +% -% 47-6Hz 5,5 7,5 Cl. A C 95 6SE644-AD7-5CAx AC8-48V +% -% 47-6Hz 7,5 Cl. A C 96 6SE644-AD-CAx AC8-48V +% -% 47-6Hz 5 Cl. A C 97 6SE644-UD-5DAx AC8-48V +% -% 47-6Hz 5 8,5 no D 98 6SE644-UD-8DAx AC8-48V +% -% 47-6Hz 8,5 no D 99 6SE644-UD-DAx AC8-48V +% -% 47-6Hz no D 6SE644-AD-5DAx AC8-48V +% -% 47-6Hz 5 8,5 Cl. A D 6SE644-AD-8DAx AC8-48V +% -% 47-6Hz 8,5 Cl. A D 6SE644-AD-DAx AC8-48V +% -% 47-6Hz Cl. A D 6SE644-UD-EAx AC8-48V +% -% 47-6Hz 7 no E 4 6SE644-UD-7EAx AC8-48V +% -% 47-6Hz 7 45 no E 5 6SE644-AD-EAx AC8-48V +% -% 47-6Hz 7 Cl. A E 6 6SE644-AD-7EAx AC8-48V +% -% 47-6Hz 7 45 Cl. A E 7 6SE644-UD4-5FAx AC8-48V +% -% 47-6Hz no F 8 6SE644-UD5-5FAx AC8-48V +% -% 47-6Hz no F 9 6SE644-UD7-5FAx AC8-48V +% -% 47-6Hz 75 9 no F 6SE644-AD4-5FAx AC8-48V +% -% 47-6Hz Cl. A F 6SE644-AD5-5FAx AC8-48V +% -% 47-6Hz Cl. A F 6SE644-AD7-5FAx AC8-48V +% -% 47-6Hz 75 9 Cl. A F 6SE644-UE7-5CAx AC5-6V +% -% 47-6Hz,75,5 no C 4 6SE644-UE-5CAx AC5-6V +% -% 47-6Hz,5, no C 5 6SE644-UE-CAx AC5-6V +% -% 47-6Hz, 4 no C 6 6SE644-UE4-CAx AC5-6V +% -% 47-6Hz 4 5,5 no C 7 6SE644-UE5-5CAx AC5-6V +% -% 47-6Hz 5,5 7,5 no C 8 6SE644-UE7-5CAx AC5-6V +% -% 47-6Hz 7,5 no C 9 6SE644-UE-CAx AC5-6V +% -% 47-6Hz 5 no C 6SE644-UE-5DAx AC5-6V +% -% 47-6Hz 5 8,5 no D 6SE644-UE-8DAx AC5-6V +% -% 47-6Hz 8,5 no D 6SE644-UE-DAx AC5-6V +% -% 47-6Hz no D 6SE644-UE-EAx AC5-6V +% -% 47-6Hz 7 no E 4 6SE644-UE-7EAx AC5-6V +% -% 47-6Hz 7 45 no E 5 6SE644-UE4-5FAx AC5-6V +% -% 47-6Hz no F 6 6SE644-UE5-5FAx AC5-6V +% -% 47-6Hz no F 7 6SE644-UE7-5FAx AC5-6V +% -% 47-6Hz 75 9 no F 6SE644-UD8-8FAx AC4-48V +% -% 47-6Hz 9 no FX 6SE644-UD4-FAx AC4-48V +% -% 47-6Hz no FX 6SE644-UD4-GAx AC4-48V +% -% 47-6Hz 6 no GX 4 6SE644-UD4-6GAx AC4-48V +% -% 47-6Hz 6 no GX 5 6SE644-UD4-GAx AC4-48V +% -% 47-6Hz 5 no GX Frame Size Notice: Parameter r = indicates that no power stack has been identified. P Power stack code number Min: CStat: C Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: P-Group: INVERTER Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: 6555 Confirms actual power stack identified. r Act. inverter type Min: - Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: - P-Group: INVERTER Max: - Type number of actual inverter identified. Possible Settings: MICROMASTER 4 MICROMASTER 44 MICRO- / COMBIMASTER 4 4 MICROMASTER 4 5 Reserved 6 MICROMASTER 44 PX 7 MICROMASTER SE64-5BB-BP

45 Issue /6 Parameter Description r4 Power stack features Min: - Datatype: U Unit: - Def: - P-Group: INVERTER Max: - Displays hardware features of power stack. Bitfields: Bit DC input voltage NO YES Bit RFI filter NO YES Parameter r4 = indicates that no power stack has been identified. P5 Inverter application Min: CStat: C Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: P-Group: INVERTER Active: first confirm QuickComm.: Yes Max: Selects inverter application. The inverter and motor requirements are determined by the speed range and torque requirements of the load. The relationship between speed and torque for different loads (constant torque loads or variable torque loads). Possible Settings: Constant torque Variable torque Constant torque (CT): CT is used if the application needs a constant torque on the whole frequency range. Many loads can be considered to be constant torque loads. Typical constant torque loads are conveyors, compressors and positve displacement pumps (see diagram). Variable torque (VT): VT is used if the application has a parabolic frequency-torque characteristic like many fans and pumps. Variable torque allows with the same inverter: - Higher rated inverter current r7 - Higher rated inverter power r6 - Higher threshold for It protection If P5 is modified in quick commissioning it immediately calculates various motor parameters: - P5 Rated motor current - P7 Rated motor power - P64 Motor overload factor Torque Power Characteristic M ~ f M = const. M ~ f M ~ f P = const. P ~ f P ~ f P ~ f P M M f P f M P f M P f Application Winders Facing lathes Rotary cutting machines Hoisting gear Belt conveyors Process machines Involving forming Rolling mills Planers Compressors Calenders with viscous friction Eddy-current brakes Pumps Fans Centrifuges 6SE64-5BB-BP 45

46 Parameter Description Issue /6 It is recommended to modify P5 first. Afterwards motor parameter may be adapted. Motor parameter will be overridden by changing this sequence. P5 Inverter parameters r7 I I,n r8 P I,n r9 I I,max Motor parameters P5 I M,n P7 P M,n P64 I M,max Technology parameter P5 User P5 Control parameter P P Notice: - The parameter value is not reset by the factory setting (see P97). - To set P5 = (variable torque) is not possible for all inverters. - Use setting (variable torque) only for variable-torque applications (e.g. pumps and fans). If used for constant-load applications, It warning will be produced too late, causing overheating in the motor. r6 Rated inverter power [kw] / [hp] Min: - Datatype: Float Unit: - Def: - P-Group: INVERTER Max: - Displays nominal rated motor power from inverter. Value is displayed in [kw] or [hp] depending on setting for P (operation for Europe / North America). r6[hp] =.75 r6[kw] r7[] Rated inverter current Min: - Datatype: Float Unit: A Def: - P-Group: INVERTER Max: - Indicates the rated inverter current. r7[] : Rated inverter current r7[] : Rated VT current r7[] : Rated CT current VT (variable torque) and CT (constant torque) specify the overload capability (CT/VT application) of the inverter. The definition of the rated as well as the overload and base load values depend on the inverter type and inverter power. The different values can be taken from the appropriate Catalog or are saved in the drive inverter (refer to Fig.). The VT rated current r7[] or CT rated current r7[] represent the matching 4-pole Siemens IEC standard motor for the selected load duty cycle (refer to the diagram). Parameters r7[] or r7[] are used as default values for P5 as a function of the CT/VT application (load duty cycle). If r7[] = r7[], then it is not possible to make a differentiation between a CT/VT application. Overload in operation is only possible if, before the overload condition, the load current was less than the rated current. For drives, which must be able to handle overload conditions, it is first necessary to define a base load current for the required load. If the full overload capability is used, then this is detected using an I²t monitoring and the power module is protected as a function of parameter P9. r8 Rated inverter voltage Min: - Datatype: U Unit: V Def: - P-Group: INVERTER Max: - Displays nominal AC supply voltage of inverter. Value: r8 = : - 4 V +/- % r8 = 4 : 8-48 V +/- % r8 = 575 : 5-6 V +/- % 46 6SE64-5BB-BP

47 Issue /6 Parameter Description r9 Maximum inverter current Min: - Datatype: Float Unit: A Def: - P-Group: INVERTER Max: - Displays maximum output current of inverter. Parameter r9 depends on the derating which is affected by pulse frequency P8, ambient temperature and altitude. The data of deration is given in the OPERATING INSRTRUCTION. P Supply voltage Min: CStat: CT Datatype: U6 Unit: V Def: P-Group: INVERTER Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max: Parameter P defines the supply voltage. Its default value depends upon the type of inverter. If P does not correspond to the supply voltage, then it must be modified. When P has been modified, the following thresholds are changed: Optimizes Vdc controller, which extends the ramp-down time if regenerative energy from motor would otherwise cause DC link overvoltage trips. Reducing the value enables controller to cut in earlier and reduce the risk of overvoltage. Set P54 ("Auto detect Vdc switch-on levels") =. Cut-in levels for Vdc-controller and compound braking are then derived directly from P (supply voltage). Vdc_min switch-on level Vdc_max switch-on level Compound braking switch-on level Dynamic braking switch-on level = P45 P =.5 P =. P =. P - If mains voltage is higher than value entered, automatic deactivation of the Vdc controller may occur to avoid acceleration of the motor. An alarm will be issued in this case (A9). - Default value is depending on inverter type and its rating data. r[] Max. cable length Min: - Datatype: U6 Unit: m Def: - P-Group: INVERTER Max: - Indexed parameter to display maximum allowable cable length between inverter and motor. r[] : Max. allowed unscreened cable length r[] : Max. allowed screened cable length Notice: For full EMC compliance, the screened cable must not exceed 5 m in length when an EMC filter is fitted. 6SE64-5BB-BP 47

48 Parameter Description Issue /6 P9 Inverter overload reaction Min: CStat: CT Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: P-Group: INVERTER Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: Selects reaction of inverter to an internal over-temperature. Following physical values influence the inverter overload protection (see diagram): - heat sink temperature - junction temperature (IGBT temperature) - inverter I²t Inverter monitoring Inverter overload reaction P9 r6 r7 i t P94 Heat sink temperature P9 IGBT temperature P9 i_max control (U/f) Current control (SLVC, VC) f_pulse control A54 A55 A56 F4 F5 Possible Settings: Reduce output frequency Trip (F4) Reduce pulse frequency and output frequency Reduce pulse frequency then trip (F4) Notice: P9 = : Reduction of output frequency is only effective if the load is also reduced. This is for example valid for variable torque applications with a quadratic torque characteristic as pumps or fans. A trip will always result, if the action taken does not sufficiently reduce internal temperature. The pulse frequency P8 is reduced only if higher than khz. The actual pulse frequency is displayed in parameter r8. P9[] Inverter protection Min: CStat: CT Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: P-Group: INVERTER Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max: 7 Bit shows if phase loss dedection (input phase) of phase inverters is enabled after factory reset. Default setting of phase loss is disabled for FSA - FSC. FSD and greater it is enabled. Bitfields: Bit Reserved NO YES Bit Reserved NO YES Bit Phase loss detection enable NO YES P9[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P9[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P9[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) Details: See P9 (inverter overload reaction) SE64-5BB-BP

49 Issue /6 Parameter Description P9 Inverter temperature warning Min: CStat: CUT Datatype: U6 Unit: C Def: 5 P-Group: INVERTER Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: 5 Defines the temperature difference (in ºC) between the Overtemperature trip threshold and the warning threshold of the inverter. The trip threshold is stored internally by the inverter and cannot be changed by the user. Temperature warning threshold of inverter T_warn T = T - P9 warn trip Temperature shutdown threshold of inverter T_trip Temperature Heat sink IGBT A - C C 4 C D - F 95 C 45 C F 6 V 8 C 45 C MM44, Frame Size FX 95 kw kw CT CT 88 C 5 C 9 C 5 C kw CT 8 C 45 C GX 6 kw CT 8 C 47 C kw CT 88 C 5 C Input rectifier - Cooling air C 55 C 75 C 55 C 75 C 55 C 75 C 55 C 75 C 5 C Control board C 65 C 65 C 65 C 65 C If the actual inverter temperature (r7) exceeds the corresponding threshold, a warning A54, if the temperature still increases then a fault F4 will be displayed. P94 Inverter It overload warning Min:. CStat: CUT Datatype: Float Unit: % Def: 95. P-Group: INVERTER Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max:. Defines the [%] value at which alarm A55 (inverter It) is generated. Inverter It calculation is used to determine a maximum tolerable period for inverter overload. The It calculation value is deemed = % when this maximum tolerable period is reached. That the output current of the inverter has been reduced and that the value of It does not exceed %. P94 = % corresponds to stationary nominal load. P95 Inverter fan off delay time Min: CStat: CUT Datatype: U6 Unit: s Def: P-Group: TERMINAL Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: 6 4 Defines inverter fan switch off delay time in seconds after drive has stopped. Setting to, inverter fan will switch off when the drive stops, that is no delay. 6SE64-5BB-BP 49

50 Parameter Description Issue /6.4 Motor parameters P[] Select motor type Min: CStat: C Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: P-Group: MOTOR Active: first confirm QuickComm.: Yes Max: Selects motor type. This parameter is required during commissioning to select motor type and optimize inverter performance. Most motors are asynchronous; if in doubt, use the formula below. x = P 6 P x =,,..., n : Synchronous motor x,,..., n : Asynchronous motor If the result is a whole number, the motor is synchronous. Possible Settings: Asynchronous rotational motor Synchronous rotational motor P[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) Changeable only when P = (quick commissioning). If synchronous motor is selected, the following functions are not available: - P8 Power factor - P9 Motor efficiency - P46 Magnetization time - P47 Demagnetization time - P5 Slip compensation - P6 Slip limit - P Motor magnetizing current - P Rated motor slip - P Rated magnetization current - P Rated power factor - P84 Rotor time constant - P, P, P Flying start - P, P, P DC braking 5 6SE64-5BB-BP

51 Issue /6 Parameter Description P4[] Rated motor voltage Min: CStat: C Datatype: U6 Unit: V Def: P-Group: MOTOR Active: first confirm QuickComm.: Yes Max: Nominal motor voltage [V] from rating plate. Following diagram shows a typical rating plate with the locations of the relevant motor data. Line supply voltage MICROMASTER 4 MICROMASTER 4 MICROMASTER 4 MICROMASTER 4 MICROMASTER 44 AC V *) X AC V X - X - X AC V - - X - X AC 4 V - X X X X AC 5 V X *) Line supply voltage -ph. V AC is stepped-up --> frequency inverter output voltage -ph. V AC P4[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P4[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P4[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) - Changeable only when P = (quick commissioning). - Default value is depending on inverter type and its rating data. Caution: The input of rating plate data must correspond with the wiring of the motor (star / delta). This means, if delta wiring is used for the motor, delta rating plate data has to be entered. IEC Motor W U U V V W W U U V V W U U V W Delta connection V W Star connection e.g.: Volts V (Delta connection) / 4 V (Star connection) 6SE64-5BB-BP 5

52 Parameter Description Issue /6 NEMA Motor T Connected Volts U V W Connection together low T -T 7 T -T 8 T -T 9 T 4-T 5-T 6 Y Y high T T T T -T 7 T -T 8 T -T 9 Y e.g.: Volts V YY (low) / 46 V Y (high) T 4 T 7 T 6 T 9 T 8 T 5 T T T Volts low high U V W Connected together Connection T -T 6-T 7 T -T 4-T 8 T -T 5-T 9 - T T T T 4-T 7 T 5-T 8 T 6-T 9 P5[] Rated motor current Min:. CStat: C Datatype: Float Unit: A Def:.5 P-Group: MOTOR Active: first confirm QuickComm.: Yes Max:. Nominal motor current [A] from rating plate - see diagram in P4. P5[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P5[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P5[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) - Changeable only when P = (quick commissioning). - Default value is depending on inverter type and its rating data. T T 9 T 6 T 8 T 5 T 4 T 7 T - Depends also on P (motor magnetization current). The maximum value of P5 depends on the maximum inverter current r9 and the motor type: Asynchronous motor : Synchronous motor : P5max, asyn= r9 P5max, syn= r9 It is recommanded that the ratio of P5 (rated motor current) and r7 (rated inverter current) should not be lower than: U/f : 8 P5 r7 SLVC and VC : 4 P5 r7 P7[] Rated motor power Min:. CStat: C Datatype: Float Unit: - Def:. P-Group: MOTOR Active: first confirm QuickComm.: Yes Max:. Nominal motor power [kw/hp] from rating plate. P7[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P7[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P7[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) - If P =, values will be in [hp] - see diagram P4 (rating plate). - Changeable only when P = (quick commissioning). - Default value is depending on inverter type and its rating data. 5 6SE64-5BB-BP

53 Issue /6 Parameter Description P8[] Rated motor cosphi Min:. CStat: C Datatype: Float Unit: - Def:. P-Group: MOTOR Active: first confirm QuickComm.: Yes Max:. Nominal motor power factor (cosphi) from rating plate - see diagram P4. P8[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P8[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P8[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) - Changeable only when P = (quick commissioning). - Visible only when P = or, (motor power entered in [kw]). - Default value is depending on inverter type and its rating data. - Setting causes internal calculation of value. Calculated value see r. P9[] Rated motor efficiency Min:. CStat: C Datatype: Float Unit: % Def:. P-Group: MOTOR Active: first confirm QuickComm.: Yes Max: 99.9 Nominal motor efficiency in [%] from rating plate. P9[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P9[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P9[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) - Changeable only when P = (quick commissioning). - Visible only when P =, (i.e. motor power entered in [hp]). - Default value is depending on inverter type and its rating data. - Setting causes internal calculation of value. Calculated value see r. P9 = % corresponds to superconducting. Details: See diagram in P4 (rating plate). P[] Rated motor frequency Min:. CStat: C Datatype: Float Unit: Hz Def: 5. P-Group: MOTOR Active: first confirm QuickComm.: Yes Max: 65. Nominal motor frequency [Hz] from rating plate. P[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) - Changeable only when P = (quick commissioning). - Pole pair number recalculated automatically if parameter is changed. Details: See diagram in P4 (rating plate) P[] Rated motor speed Min: CStat: C Datatype: U6 Unit: /min Def: P-Group: MOTOR Active: first confirm QuickComm.: Yes Max: 4 Nominal motor speed [rpm] from rating plate. P[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) - Changeable only when P = (quick commissioning). - Setting causes internal calculation of value. - Slip compensation in V/f control requires rated motor speed for correct operation. - Pole pair number recalculated automatically if parameter is changed. - Default value is depending on inverter type and its rating data. - Required for vector control and V/f control with speed controller. Details: See diagram in P4 (rating plate) 6SE64-5BB-BP 5

54 Parameter Description Issue /6 r[] Motor pole pairs Min: - Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: - P-Group: MOTOR Max: - Displays number of motor pole pairs that the inverter is currently using for internal calculations. r[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) r[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) r[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) Value: r = : -pole motor r = : 4-pole motor etc. Recalculated automatically when P (rated motor frequency) or P (rated motor speed) is changed. r= 6 P P P4[] Motor pole pair number Min: CStat: C Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: P-Group: MOTOR Active: first confirm QuickComm.: Yes Max: 99 Specifies number of pole pairs of motor. P4[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P4[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P4[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) Value: P4 = : -pole motor P4 = : 4-pole motor etc. Recalculated automatically when P (rated motor frequency) or P (rated motor speed) is changed. P[] Motor magnetizing current Min:. CStat: CT Datatype: Float Unit: % Def:. P-Group: MOTOR Active: Immediately QuickComm.: Yes Max: 99. Defines motor magnetization current in [%] relative to P5 (rated motor current). P[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) Setting P = : causes calculation by - P4 = (data entered from rating plate) or by - P9 = - (end of quick commissioning). The calculated value is displayed in parameter r. r[] Rated motor slip Min: - Datatype: Float Unit: % Def: - P-Group: MOTOR Max: - Displays nominal motor slip in [%] relative to P (rated motor frequency) and P (rated motor speed). P P r r[%] = 6 % P r[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) r[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) r[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) r[] Rated magnetization current Min: - Datatype: Float Unit: A Def: - P-Group: MOTOR Max: - Displays calculated magnetizing current of motor in [A]. r[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) r[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) r[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) 54 6SE64-5BB-BP

55 Issue /6 Parameter Description r[] Rated power factor Min: - Datatype: Float Unit: - Def: - P-Group: MOTOR Max: - Displays power factor for motor r[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) r[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) r[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) Value is calculated internally if P8 (rated motor cosphi) set to ; otherwise, value entered in P8 is displayed. r[] Rated motor torque Min: - Datatype: Float Unit: Nm Def: - P-Group: MOTOR Max: - Displays rated motor torque. r[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) r[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) r[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) Value is calculated from P7 (rated motor power) and P (rated motor speed). r[nm] = P7[kW] P[/min] π 6 P5[] Motor cooling Min: CStat: CT Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: P-Group: MOTOR Active: first confirm QuickComm.: Yes Max: Selects motor cooling system used. Possible Settings: Self-cooled: Using shaft mounted fan attached to motor Force-cooled: Using separately powered cooling fan Self-cooled and internal fan Force-cooled and internal fan P5[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P5[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P5[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) Caution: The following combination of parameter setting should not be combined: - P6 = and P5 = or : When P5 = or the inverter cools the motor using a shaft mounted fan. If this is used in conjunction with P6 the cooling of the motor will be inefficient. In essence, if the it calculation reduces the output frequency, then the shaft mounted fan will also reduce its cooling effect, the motor will then eventually overheat and trip. - Exception: Applications with variable torque the reduction of max. current leeds automatically to a reduction of the load / output current. Notice: Motors of series LA and LA8 have an internal fan. This internal motor fan must not be confused with the fan at the end of the motor shaft. 6SE64-5BB-BP 55

56 Parameter Description Issue /6 P4[] Calculation of motor parameters Min: CStat: CT Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: P-Group: MOTOR Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: 4 Calculates various motor parameters (see table below). This parameter is required during commissioning to optimize inverter performance. Possible Settings: No calculation Complete parameterization Calculation of equivalent circuit data Calculation of V/f and vector control data 4 Calculation of controller settings only P4[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P4[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P4[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) P4 = : No calculation P4 = : The motor weight/moment of inertia (P44, P4) are determined starting from the rating plate parameters (P - P5), the motor equivalent circuit diagram parameters (ESB, P5 - P69). The V/f control/vector control parameters and reference quantities are then pre-assigned (includes all of the calculations from P4 =,,4). P4 = : The motor equivalent circuit diagram parameters (ESB, P5 - P69) are calculated starting from the rating plate parameters (without any other pre-assignments made). P4 = : The V/f control/vector control parameters are determined (includes all calculations from P4 = 4) starting from the motor equivalent circuit diagram parameters (ESB, P5 - P69) and motor weight/moment of inertia, moment of inertia ratio (P44, P4, P4). P4 = 4: The vector control parameters are pre-assigned starting from the motor equivalent circuit diagram parameters (ESB, P5 - P69) and motor weight/moment of inertia, moment of inertia ratio (P44, P4, P4). 56 6SE64-5BB-BP

57 Issue /6 Parameter Description P4[] Motor inertia [kg*m^] P4[] Total/motor inertia ratio P44[] Motor weight P46[] Magnetization time P47[] Demagnetization time P5[] Stator resistance (line-to-line) P5[] Cable resistance P54[] Rotor resistance P56[] Stator leakage inductance P58[] Rotor leakage inductance P6[] Main inductance P6[] Magnetizing curve flux P6[] Magnetizing curve flux P64[] Magnetizing curve flux P65[] Magnetizing curve flux 4 P66[] Magnetizing curve imag P67[] Magnetizing curve imag P68[] Magnetizing curve imag P69[] Magnetizing curve imag 4 P65[] Ambient motor temperature P5[] Vdc-controller output limitation P6[] Boost end frequency P46[] Gain speed controller P46[] Integral time speed controller P47[] Gain speed controller (SLVC) P47[] Integral time n-ctrl. (SLVC) P5[] CO: Upper torque limit P5[] CO: Lower torque limit P5[] Motoring power limitation P5[] Regenerative power limitation P75[] Gain current controller P77[] Integral time current controller P764[] Kp of n-adaption (SLVC) P767[] Tn of n-adaption (SLVC) P[] Reference frequency P[] Reference current P[] Reference torque P74[] Torque threshold M_thresh P85[] Upper torque threshold P86[] Lower torque threshold P87[] Upper torque threshold P88[] Lower torque threshold P89[] Upper torque threshold P9[] Lower torque threshold P4 = x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x P4 = x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x P4 = x x x x x x x x x x x x P4 = 4 x x x x x x x x 6SE64-5BB-BP 57

58 Parameter Description Issue /6 P4[] Motor inertia [kg*m^] Min:. CStat: CUT Datatype: Float Unit: - Def:.8 P-Group: MOTOR Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max:. Sets no-load inertia of motor. Together with P4 (inertia ratio total/motor) and P496 (scaling factor acceleration), this value produces the acceleration torque (r57), which can be added to any additional torque produced from a BICO source (P5), and incorporated in the torque control function. P4[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P4[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P4[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) The result of P4 * P4 is included in the speed controller calculation. P4 * P4 (inertia ratio total/motor) = total motor inertia P496 (scaling factor acceleration) = % activates acceleration pre-control for the speed controller and calculates the torque from P4 (motor inertia) and P4 (inertia ratio total/motor). P4[] Total/motor inertia ratio Min:. CStat: CUT Datatype: Float Unit: - Def:. P-Group: MOTOR Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max: 4. Specifies ratio between total inertia (load + motor) and motor inertia. P4[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P4[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P4[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) P44[] Motor weight Min:. CStat: CUT Datatype: Float Unit: kg Def: 9.4 P-Group: MOTOR Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max: 65. Specifies motor weight [kg]. P44[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P44[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P44[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) - This value is used in the motor thermal model. - It is normally calculated automatically from P4 (motor parameters) but can also be entered manually. - Default value is depending on inverter type and its rating data. r45[] Motor start-up time Min: - Datatype: Float Unit: s Def: - P-Group: MOTOR Max: - Displays motor start-up time. This time corresponds to the standardized motor inertia. The start-up time is the time taken to reach rated motor speed from standstill at acceleration with rated motor torque (r). r45[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) r45[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) r45[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) P46[] Magnetization time Min:. CStat: CUT Datatype: Float Unit: s Def:. P-Group: MOTOR Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max:. Sets magnetization time [s], i.e. waiting time between pulse enable and start of ramp-up. Motor magnetization builds up during this time. Magnetization time is normally calculated automatically from the motor data and corresponds to the rotor time constant (r84). P46[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P46[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P46[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) - If boost settings are higher than %, magnetization time may be reduced. - Default value is depending on inverter type and its rating data. - An excessive reduction of this time can result in insufficient motor magnetization. 58 6SE64-5BB-BP

59 Issue /6 Parameter Description P47[] Demagnetization time Min:. CStat: CUT Datatype: Float Unit: s Def:. P-Group: MOTOR Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max:. Defines the de-magnetization time for the connected induction motor. The de-magnetization time is the time that must expire between powering-down the drive (OFF or a drive inverter fault/error) and powering-up again. The drive inverter is prevented from being powered-up again within this time interval. The flux in the induction motor is reduced to a low value during this demagnetization time. ON OFF OFF inactive active f OFF Motor coasts down t t P47[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P47[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P47[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) P47 - The de-magnetization time is approximately 5% of the rotor time constant (r84) in seconds. - The pre-assignment (default value) depends on the drive inverter type and its rated/nominal values. - It is not active after a normal ramp-down - i.e. after OFF or OFF. - If this time is excessively shortened, then the drive inverter will be tripped (shut down) due to an overcurrent condition. - If a synchronous motor is connected, the de-magnetization time should be set to. P5[] Stator resistance (line-to-line) Min:. CStat: CUT Datatype: Float Unit: Ohm Def: 4. P-Group: MOTOR Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max:. Stator resistance value in [Ohms] for connected motor (from line-to-line). The parameter value includes the cable resistance. t P5 = (R R ) Cable + S There are three ways to determine the value for this parameter:. Calculate using - P4 = (data entered from rating plate) or - P =, P9 =, or (end of quick commissioning).. Measure using P9 = (motor data identification - value for stator resistance is overwritten).. Measure manually using an Ohmmeter. P5[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P5[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P5[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) - Since measured line-to-line, this value may appear to be higher (up to times higher) than expected. - The value entered in P5 (stator resistance) is the one obtained by the method last used. - Default value is depending on inverter type and its rating data. 6SE64-5BB-BP 59

60 Parameter Description Issue /6 P5[] Cable resistance Min:. CStat: CUT Datatype: Float Unit: Ohm Def:. P-Group: MOTOR Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max:. Describes cable resistance between inverter and motor for one phase. Inverter M d R = ρ l A l l : Cable length A : Cable cross-section ρ : Specific resistance d : Cable diameter d A = π Ω mm ρcu =,78 m P5[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P5[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P5[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) P54[] Rotor resistance Min:. CStat: CUT Datatype: Float Unit: Ohm Def:. P-Group: MOTOR Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max:. Sets rotor resistance of motor equivalent circuit (phase value). P54[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P54[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P54[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) Calculated automatically using the motor model or determined using P9 (motor identification). P56[] Stator leakage inductance Min:. CStat: CUT Datatype: Float Unit: - Def:. P-Group: MOTOR Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max:. 4 4 Sets stator leakage inductance [mh] of motor equivalent circuit (phase value). Stator leakage reactance: P56 XσS = ω LσS = π f LσS = π P P56[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P56[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P56[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) Calculated automatically using the motor model or determined using P9 (motor identification). P58[] Rotor leakage inductance Min:. CStat: CUT Datatype: Float Unit: - Def:. P-Group: MOTOR Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max:. 4 Sets rotor leakage inductance [mh] of motor equivalent circuit (phase value). Rotor leakage reactance: P58 XσR = ω LσR = π f LσR = π P P58[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P58[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P58[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) Calculated automatically using the motor model or determined using P9 (motor identification). 6 6SE64-5BB-BP

61 Issue /6 Parameter Description P6[] Main inductance Min:. CStat: CUT Datatype: Float Unit: - Def:. P-Group: MOTOR Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max:. 4 Sets main inductance [mh] of the motor equivalent circuit (phase value), see diagram below. Main reactance: P6 Xm = ω Lm = π f Lm = π P P6[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P6[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P6[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) Calculated automatically using the motor model or determined using P9 (motor identification). Caution: The data of equivalent circuit relates to the star equivalent circuit. Any data of the delta equivalent circuit available, therefore must be transformed to the star equivalent circuit before entering into the inverter. T-equivalent circuit : On-state voltage..... [V] P85 (.4) Inverter Gating dead time [us] P88 (.5) Cable Cable resistance..... [Ohm] P5.D (.) Stator res. (LL)..... [Ohm] P5.D ( 4.) P5 = (R + R S) Cable Motor Stator leak.induct..... P56.D (.) Rotor leak.induct P58.D (.) Rotor resistance..... [Ohm] P54.D (.) i S i R R Cable R S L σs i µ L σr R R C Cable Main inductance..... P6.D (.) L m L S = L σs + L m L R = L σr + L m Invers - Γ -equivalent circuit : Cable res. [%] r7.d Stator res. [%] r7.d Tot.leak.react. [%] r77.d Rotor res. [%] r74.d i S i RΓ R Cable R S X σ i µγ (r) R RΓ C Cable X mγ Main reactance [%] r8.d 6SE64-5BB-BP 6

62 Parameter Description Issue /6 Conversion: T-equivalent curcuit --> LσR kσ R = + Lm Lm LmΓ = k σr RR RRΓ = kσ R L Lσ = LσS + k σr σr Invers - Γ - equivalent circuit Conversion: Invers - Γ - equivalent circuit --> Lσ Lσ kσγ = + ( kσ) = +.5 LmΓ LmΓ R R = R RΓ k σγ LσS = kσ Lσ =.5 Lσ T-equivalent curcuit LσR = ( kσ) Lσ kσγ =.5 Lσ kσγ Rated motor impedance: Z N = V ph I ph = VN = IN P4 P5 <=>% P6[] Magnetizing curve flux Min:. CStat: CUT Datatype: Float Unit: % Def: 6. P-Group: MOTOR Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max:. 4 Specifies first flux value of saturation characteristic in [%] relative to rated motor voltage (P4). The parameter settings for the values of P6 to P65 respectively P66 to P69 are illustrated in the diagram below. Φ [%] P65 P64 % P6 P6 P6[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P6[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P6[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) P66 P67 % P68 P69 i µ [%] iµ [%] = iµ [A] r - P6 = % corresponds to rated motor flux - Rated flux = rated EMF - The value belongs to the first magnetizing current value and must be smaller than or equal to magnetizing curve flux (P6). - If the magnetization values entered in P6 to P65 respectively P66 to P69 do not match the conditions (see below), a linear characteristic is applied internally. P65 P64 P6 P6 P69 P68 P67 P66 P6[] Magnetizing curve flux Min:. CStat: CUT Datatype: Float Unit: % Def: 85. P-Group: MOTOR Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max:. Specifies second flux value of saturation characteristic in [%] relative to rated motor voltage (P4). P6[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P6[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P6[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) Details: See P6 (magnetizing curve flux ). 6 6SE64-5BB-BP 4

63 Issue /6 Parameter Description P64[] Magnetizing curve flux Min:. CStat: CUT Datatype: Float Unit: % Def: 5. P-Group: MOTOR Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max:. Specifies third flux value of saturation characteristic in [%] relative to rated motor voltage (P4). P64[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P64[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P64[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) Details: See P6 (magnetizing curve flux ). P65[] Magnetizing curve flux 4 Min:. CStat: CUT Datatype: Float Unit: % Def: 5. P-Group: MOTOR Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max:. Specifies fourth flux value of saturation characteristic in [%] relative to rated motor voltage (P4). P65[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P65[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P65[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) Details: See P6 (magnetizing curve flux ). P66[] Magnetizing curve imag Min:. CStat: CUT Datatype: Float Unit: % Def: 5. P-Group: MOTOR Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max: 5. Specifies first magnetizing current value of the saturation characteristic in [%] relative to the rated magnetizing current (P). P66[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P66[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P66[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) Affects P (motor magnetizing current). Details: See P6 (magnetizing curve flux ). P67[] Magnetizing curve imag Min:. CStat: CUT Datatype: Float Unit: % Def: 75. P-Group: MOTOR Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max: Specifies second magnetizing current value of saturation characteristic in [%] relative to rated magnetizing current (P). P67[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P67[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P67[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) Affects P (motor magnetizing current). Details: See P6 (magnetizing curve flux ). P68[] Magnetizing curve imag Min:. CStat: CUT Datatype: Float Unit: % Def: 5. P-Group: MOTOR Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max: 5. Specifies third magnetizing current value of saturation characteristic in [%] relative to rated magnetizing current (P). P68[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P68[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P68[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) Affects P (motor magnetizing current). Details: See P6 (magnetizing curve flux ). 4 6SE64-5BB-BP 6

64 Parameter Description Issue /6 P69[] Magnetizing curve imag 4 Min:. CStat: CUT Datatype: Float Unit: % Def: 7. P-Group: MOTOR Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max: 5. 4 Specifies fourth magnetizing current value of saturation characteristic in [%] relative to rated magnetizing current (P). P69[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P69[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P69[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) Affects P (motor magnetizing current). Details: See P6 (magnetizing curve flux ). r7[] Stator resistance [%] Min: - Datatype: Float Unit: % Def: - P-Group: MOTOR Max: - Displays standardized stator resistance of motor equivalent circuit (phase value) in [%] of the temperature value in P65. r7[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) r7[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) r7[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) Rated motor impedance: Z N = V ph I ph = VN = IN P4 P5 <=>% r7[] Cable resistance [%] Min: - Datatype: Float Unit: % Def: - P-Group: MOTOR Max: - Displays standardized cable resistance of motor equivalent circuit (phase value)in [%]. It is estimated to be % of the stator resistance. r7[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) r7[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) r7[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) Rated motor impedance: Z N = V ph I ph = VN = IN P4 P5 <=>% r7[] Rated stator resistance [%] Min: - Datatype: Float Unit: % Def: - P-Group: MOTOR Max: - Displays the nominal stator resistance of the motor equivalent circuit diagram (phase value) as a [%] at the ambient temperature + temperature rise of the stator winding. r7[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) r7[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) r7[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) - ambient temperature, refer to P65 - temperature rise of the stator winding, refer to P67 Rated motor impedance: Z N = V ph I ph = VN IN = P4 P5 <=>% 64 6SE64-5BB-BP

65 Issue /6 Parameter Description r74[] Rotor resistance [%] Min: - Datatype: Float Unit: % Def: - P-Group: MOTOR Max: - 4 Displays the rotor resistance of the motor equivalent circuit diagram (phase value) as a [%] at the ambient temperature (in the cold state). r74= RRΓ % = ZN r74[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) r74[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) r74[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) Ambient temperature, refer to P65 Rated motor impedance: Z N = V ph I ph = VN = IN RR P54 P6 % = kσr ZN ZN (+ P58) P4 P5 <=>% % r76[] Rated rotor resistance [%] Min: - Datatype: Float Unit: % Def: - P-Group: MOTOR Max: - Displays the nominal rotor resistance of the motor equivalent circuit diagram (phase value) as a [%] at the ambient temperature + temperature rise of the rotor winding. r76[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) r76[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) r76[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) - ambient temperature, refer to P65 - temperature rise of the rotor winding, refer to P68 Rated motor impedance: Z N = V ph I ph = VN = IN P4 P5 <=>% r77[] Total leakage reactance [%] Min: - Datatype: Float Unit: % Def: - P-Group: MOTOR Max: Displays standardized total leakage reactance of the motor equivalent circuit (phase value) in [%]. LσR LσS + r77 Lσ % kσr = = ZN ZN r77[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) r77[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) r77[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) Rated motor impedance: Z N = V ph I ph = VN = IN P4 P5 P58 P6 P56 + % = P58 + P6 % ZN <=>% r8[] Main reactance [%] Min: - Datatype: Float Unit: % Def: - P-Group: MOTOR Max: - 4 Displays standardized main reactance of the motor equivalent circuit (phase value) in [%]. r8 = LmΓ % = ZN Lm kσr ZN r8[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) r8[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) r8[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) Rated motor impedance: Z N = V ph I ph = VN = IN P4 P5 % = <=>% P6 % ZN (P6+ P58) 6SE64-5BB-BP 65

66 Parameter Description Issue /6 r84[] Rotor time constant Min: - Datatype: Float Unit: ms Def: - P-Group: MOTOR Max: - Displays calculated rotor time constant [ms]. r84[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) r84[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) r84[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) r86[] Total leakage time constant Min: - Datatype: Float Unit: ms Def: - P-Group: MOTOR Max: - Displays total leakage time constant of motor. r86[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) r86[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) r86[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) r94 CO: Stator resistance IGBT [%] Min: - Datatype: Float Unit: % Def: - P-Group: MOTOR Max: - Displays stator resistance calculated in [%] from IGBT ON voltage and current amplitude. Rated motor impedance: Z N = V ph I ph = VN = IN P4 P5 <=>% r95 CO: Total stator resistance [%] Min: - Datatype: Float Unit: % Def: - P-Group: MOTOR Max: Displays the actual stator resistance (combined stator/cable resistance) of the motor as a [%] as a function of the actual stator winding temperature. Actual stator winding temperature, refer to r6 Rated motor impedance: Z N = V ph I ph = VN = IN P4 P5 <=>% r96 CO: Act. rotor resistance Min: - Datatype: Float Unit: % Def: - P-Group: MOTOR Max: - Displays the actual rotor resistance of the motor equivalent circuit diagram (phase value) as a [%] as a function of the actual rotor winding temperature. - Actual rotor winding temperature, refer to r6 - Values greater than 5 % tend to produce excessive motor slip. Check rated motor speed [rpm] value (P). Rated motor impedance: Z N = V ph I ph = VN = IN P4 P5 <=>% 66 6SE64-5BB-BP

67 Issue /6 Parameter Description.5 Speed encoder P4[] Select encoder type Min: CStat: CT Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: P-Group: ENCODER Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max: Selects encoder type (number of encoder channels). Possible Settings: Disabled Single channel encoder Quadrature encoder without zero pulse P4[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P4[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P4[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) Following table displays the setting of P4 which depends upon the number of encoder channels: Parameter Terminal Track Encoder output P4 = P4 = A A AN A B A AN B BN single ended differential single ended differential Following table displays the setting the of the encoder DIPs on the encoder option modul which have to be set depending on the encoder type (TTL, HTL) and encoder output: Type Output single ended differential TTL (e.g. XP8-) HTL (e.g. XP8-) Caution: When using Vector Control with encoder-feedback, the direction of rotation of the Encoder and Motor must be the same. If this is not achieved, then the functional operation of the Vector Control will not be guaranteed (positive instead of negative feedback). Extreme care must therefore be taken with respect to the connection of the motor to the inverter as well as the correct connection of the encoder to the Encoder module. Motor and Encoder must not be incorrectly wired up! When commissioning Vector Control with encoder-feedback (VC), the drive should be configured for V/f mode (see P) first. Run the drive and compare r6 with r that should agree in - sign and - magnitude (with a deviation of only a few percent). Only if both criteria are fullfilled, change P and select VC (P = or ). P4 = (single channel encoder) will only allow operation in one direction. If operation in both directions is required, connect an encoder with channels (A and B) and select setting. See the Operating Instructions of the encoder module for more information. Encoders with zero pulse can also be connected, but the zero pulse is not used in MM4. The term "quadrature" in setting refers to two periodic functions separated by a quarter cycle or 9 degrees. 6SE64-5BB-BP 67

68 Parameter Description Issue /6 r4 CO/BO: Encoder status word Min: - Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: - P-Group: COMMANDS Max: - Displays status word of encoder (in bit format). Bitfields: Bit Encoder module active NO YES Bit Encoder error NO YES Bit Signal o.k. NO YES Bit Encoder low speed loss NO YES Bit4 HW timer used NO YES Details: See description of seven-segment display given in the "Introduction to MICROMASTER System Parameters" in this manual. P48[] Encoder pulses per revolution Min: CStat: CT Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: 4 P-Group: ENCODER Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max: Specifies the number of encoder pulses per revolution. P48[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P48[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P48[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) The encoder resolution (pulses per revolution P48) which may be entered will be limited by the max. pulse frequency of the encoder option board (f_max = khz). The following equation calculates the encoder frequency depending on the encoder resoulution and the rotational speed (rpm). The encoder frequency has to be less than the max. pulse frequency: p48 x rpm f max > f = 6 P49[] Reaction on freq. signal loss Min: CStat: CT Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: P-Group: ENCODER Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: Selects reaction on loss of frequency signal. Possible Settings: Do not change to SLVC Change to SLVC P49[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P49[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P49[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) P49[] Allowed frequency difference Min:. CStat: CT Datatype: Float Unit: Hz Def:. P-Group: ENCODER Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max:. Parameter P49 is used for low and high frequency encoder loss detection (fault: F9).. High frequency encoder loss detection: This condition occurs when the allowed frequency and the allowed difference of the frequency signals between samples, set in P49 is exceeded. Condition: - Act. freq. > P49 and f(t_) - f(t_) > P49. Low frequency encoder loss detection: This condition occurs when the actual frequency is < P49 when encoder loss occurs. Condition a): - r6 = and torque limit and then - r6 = with setpoint frequency > for time > P494 or Condition b): - Act. freq. < P49 and f (t_) < P49 and ASIC detect channel B loss This parameter is updated when motor start-up time P45 is changed or when a frequency-loop optimisation is performed (P96 = ). There is a fixed delay of 4 ms before acting upon loss of encoder at high frequencies. Caution: P49 = (disabled): When allowed frequency difference is set to, both the high frequency and low frequency encoder loss detection is disabled, thus encoder loss will not be detected. If encoder loss detection is disabled and encoder loss occurs, then operation of the motor may become unstable. 68 6SE64-5BB-BP

69 Issue /6 Parameter Description The value of P49 should be approx. x rated slip, if the motor power is less (<=) 9 kw The value of P49 should be approx. 4x rated slip, if the motor power is greater (>) 9 kw P494[] Delay frequency loss reaction Min: CStat: CUT Datatype: U6 Unit: ms Def: P-Group: ENCODER Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: 65 Used for low frequency encoder loss detection. If the motor shaft frequency is less than the value in P49 then encoder loss is detected using a low frequency encoder loss detection algorithm. This parameter selects the delay between loss of encoder at low frequency and reaction to the encoder loss. P494[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P494[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P494[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) This parameter is updated when motor start-up time P45 is changed or when a frequency-loop optimisation is performed (P96 = ). Caution: P494 = (disabled): When the delay in P494 is set to, then low frequency encoder loss detection is disabled and low frequency encoder loss cannot be detected (high frequency encoder loss detection will still operate if P49 > ). If low frequency encoder loss detection is disabled and encoder should be lost at low frequency, then operation of motor may become unstable..6 Application macros P5[] Technological application Min: CStat: CT Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: P-Group: TECH_APL Active: first confirm QuickComm.: Yes Max: Selects technological application. Sets control mode (P). Possible Settings: Constant torque Pumps and fans Simple Positioning P5[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P5[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P5[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) See parameter P5.7 Motor temperature P6[] Motor temperature sensor Min: CStat: CUT Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: P-Group: MOTOR Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: Selects motor temperature sensor. Possible Settings: No sensor PTC thermistor KTY84 P6[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P6[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P6[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) If "no sensor" is selected, the motor temperature monitoring will be done based on the estimated value of the thermal motor model. The temperature of the motor, when a thermal sensor is connected is calculated using the thermal motor model. When a KTY sensor is fitted, the loss of connection can be detected (Alarm F5). Using the methods described above the monitoring of the temperature will automatically switch to the thermal model using values derived from the estimated value. Using a PTC sensor the temperature of the motor is calculated by the sensor in conjunction with the thermal model. This allows for redundancy of the monitoring process. 6SE64-5BB-BP 69

70 Parameter Description Issue /6 5 V ADC PTC KTY T = 4 s Fault F5 Signal loss detection Equivalent circuit data Power dissipation P V,mot P6 P6 = No sensor PTC KTY ϑ Thermal motor model V & r6 r6 r6 r5 P64 r5 Bit Motor temp. reaction P6 Thermal motor model: The data, required for the thermal motor model, is estimated from the rating plate data entered during the quick commissioning. This data permits reliable, stable operation for standard Siemens motors. If required, parameter changes must be made for motors from third-party manufacturers. We always recommend that an automatic motor data identification run is made after quick commissioning so that the electrical equivalent circuit diagram data can be determined. This allows a more precise calculation of the losses which occur in the motor which has a positive impact on the accuracy of the thermal motor model. PTC sensor: A PTC temperature sensor (Positive-Temperature-Characteristic) is a resistor with a positive temperature characteristic which, at normal temperatures, has a low resistance value ( 5- Ohm). Normally, three PTC temperature sensors are connected in series in the motor (depending on the motor manufacturer), thus producing a "cold resistance value" ranging from 5 to Ohm. PTC temperature sensors are also frequently referred to as cold conductors. However, at a certain threshold temperature, the resistance rises rapidly. The threshold temperature is selected by the motor manufacturer in such a way that it corresponds to the nominal temperature value of the motor insulation. This allows the change in the resistance value to be deployed to protect the motor, as the PTCs are embedded in the motor windings. PTC temperature sensors are not suitable for measuring temperature. When the PTC is connected to the control terminals 4 and 5 of the MM4 and the selection motor temperature sensor has been activated by the setting P6 = (PTC sensor), the PTC temperature sensor then protects the motor by means of the trip device in the MM4. Should the resistance value of Ohm be exceeded, the inverter displays error F (motor overheating). If the resistance value is below Ohm, the error F5 (no motor temperature signal) is then output. This protects the motor from overheating and also from a sensor wire breakage. The motor is additionally monitored by the thermal motor model in the inverter, thus providing a redundant system for monitoring the motor. KTY84 sensor: The sensor KTY84 is basically a semi-conductor thermo-sensor (diode), the resistance value of which varies from some 5 Ohm at C to 6 Ohm at C. It has a positive temperature coefficient and, in contrast to the PTCs, has an almost linear temperature characteristic. The resistor behaviour is comparable to that of a measuring resistor with a very high temperature coefficient. Note the following when connecting the polarity. Connect the sensor so that the diode is polarized in the operative direction. That means that the anode needs to be connected to terminal 4 = PTC A (+) and the cathode to terminal 5 = PTC B (-). If the temperature monitoring function is activated with the setting P6 =, the temperature of the sensor (thus that of the motor windings) is then written to parameter r5. The motor overheating warning threshold needs to be assigned with parameter P64 (the works setting is C). This warning threshold depends on the motors thermal class. Also refer to the table below in this context. 7 6SE64-5BB-BP

71 Issue /6 Parameter Description Extract of IEC 85 Insulation class End temperature Y 9 C A 5 C E C B C F 55 C H 8 C The motor overheating disturbance threshold is automatically set by the inverter at % higher than the temperature declared in parameter P64. If the sensor KTY84 is activated, the motor temperature is then additionally calculated via the thermal motor model. Should the sensor KTY84 recognise a wire breakage, an alarm F5 (loss of the motor temperature signal) is then generated and the thermal motor model is automatically switched to. Connection failure: If the connection to the PTC or KTY84 sensor becomes open circuit or short circuit, a fault will be indicated, and by default the drive will trip. P64[] Threshold motor temperature Min:. CStat: CUT Datatype: Float Unit: C Def:. P-Group: MOTOR Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max:. Enters warning threshold for motor temperature protection. The trip temperature defined always % higher than the warning level P64. When act. motor temperature exeeds trip temperature than inverter trip as defined in P6. ϑtrip =. ϑwarn =. P64 ϑ warn : Warning threshold (P64) ϑ trip : Trip threshold (max. permissible temperature) P64[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P64[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P64[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) This value should be at least 4 C greater than the motor ambient temperature P65. P64 P C Default value depends on P (select motor type). P6[] Motor temperature reaction Min: CStat: CT Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: P-Group: MOTOR Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: Defines reaction when motor temperature reaches warning threshold. Possible Settings: Warning, no reaction, no trip Warning, Imax reduction, trip F Warning, no reaction, trip F P6[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P6[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P6[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) ϑ ϑ warn : trip =. ϑwarn =. P64 Warning threshold (P64) ϑ trip : Trip threshold (max. permissible temperature) P6 = : If the max. permissible current Imax is reduced, this results in a lower output frequency. The motor temperature depends on many factors. These factors include the size of the motor, the ambient temperature, the previous motor load and naturally the load current. Because most motors are cooled by fans integrated in the motor and running at the motor speed, the speed of the motor is also important. Clearly a motor running with a high current (maybe due to boost) and a low speed, will overheat more quickly than one running at 5 or 6 Hz, full load. The MM4 take account of these factors. 6SE64-5BB-BP 7

72 Parameter Description Issue /6 P65[] Ambient motor temperature Min: -4. CStat: CUT Datatype: Float Unit: C Def:. P-Group: MOTOR Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max: 8. Ambient temperature of motor. The parameter for the stator resistance P5 and rotor resistance P54 relate to the ambient temperature. P66 P67 P68 P4 P5 P7 P8 P P r6 P65 Thermal motor model r6 r6 Equivalent circuit r6 P65[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P65[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P65[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) P9 Following items should be considered when using P65: - The ambient temperature has to be entered prior to motor data identification. - An accuracy of +/- 5 C is adequate. - The motor data identification should be carried out on a cold motor (ambient temperature = stator temperature = rotor temperature). - The highest accuracy at temperature adaption of the stator resistance and rotor resistance can be achieved by connecting a KTY84 sensor. P66[] Overtemperature stator iron Min:. CStat: CUT Datatype: Float Unit: C Def: 5. P-Group: MOTOR Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max:. Overtemperature of stator iron. P66[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P66[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P66[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) See parameter P SE64-5BB-BP

73 Issue /6 Parameter Description P67[] Overtemperature stator winding Min:. CStat: CUT Datatype: Float Unit: C Def: 8. P-Group: MOTOR Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max:. 4 Overtemperature of the stator winding. P67[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P67[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P67[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) Temperature rise: The losses occurring in the motor are converted into heat (thermal energy). This is the reason that permissible limit temperature rises are defined for windings and other mechanical parts and components of the motors. The temperature rise of the motor is defined as the difference between the temperature of a motor component (e.g. rotor winding) and the temperature of the cooling medium (e.g. ambient air temperature) (EN 64-). The temperature rise determined by the motor manufacturer by making the appropriate measurements is the difference between the temperature of the winding at the end of the measurement and the temperature of the cooling medium. ϑü = ϑ ϑk ϑ ü : Temperature rise ϑ : Temperature at the end of the measurement : Cooling-medium temperature ϑ K The permissible temperature rises of the windings is classified in insulating classes. The insulating class valid for the particular motor is specified on the motor rating plate. The following points should be carefully observed: - The temperature rises of the stator/rotor winding are only applicable for sinusoidal operation (basic fundamental). - The temperature of stator/rotor winding rises when the motor is fed with a sinusoidal voltage as well as also losses (modulation losses, losses due to harmonics) caused as a result of drive converter operation. - The value may only be modified if the motor is in the cold condition (ambient temperature). The motor identification run should be carried-out after the value has been changed. P68[] Overtemperature rotor winding Min:. CStat: CUT Datatype: Float Unit: C Def:. P-Group: MOTOR Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max:. 4 Overtemperature of the rotor winding. P68[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P68[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P68[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) See parameter P67 r6[] CO: Ambient temperature Min: - Datatype: Float Unit: C Def: - P-Group: MOTOR Max: - Displays ambient temperature of motor mass model. r6[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) r6[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) r6[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) r6[] CO: Stator iron temperature Min: - Datatype: Float Unit: C Def: - P-Group: MOTOR Max: - Displays iron temperature of motor mass model. r6[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) r6[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) r6[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) r6[] CO: Stator winding temperature Min: - Datatype: Float Unit: C Def: - P-Group: MOTOR Max: Displays stator winding temperature of motor mass model. r6[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) r6[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) r6[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) 6SE64-5BB-BP 7

74 Parameter Description Issue /6 r6[] CO: Rotor winding temperature Min: - Datatype: Float Unit: C Def: - P-Group: MOTOR Max: - Displays rotor winding temperature of motor mass model. r6[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) r6[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) r6[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) P64[] Motor overload factor [%] Min:. CStat: CUT Datatype: Float Unit: % Def: 5. P-Group: MOTOR Active: Immediately QuickComm.: Yes Max: 4. 4 Defines motor overload current limit in [%] relative to P5 (rated motor current). P64[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P64[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P64[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) Limited to maximum inverter current or to 4 % of rated motor current (P5), whichever is the lower. min(r9,4 P5) P64max= P5 Details: See function diagram for current limitation. 74 6SE64-5BB-BP

75 Issue /6 Parameter Description.8 Command source P7[] Selection of command source Min: CStat: CT Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: P-Group: COMMANDS Active: first confirm QuickComm.: Yes Max: 6 Selects digital command source. Possible Settings: Factory default setting BOP (keypad) Terminal 4 USS on BOP link 5 USS on COM link 6 CB on COM link P7[] : st. Command data set (CDS) P7[] : nd. Command data set (CDS) P7[] : rd. Command data set (CDS) Example: Changing form P7 = to P7 = sets all digital inputs to default settings. BOP Terminals USS BOP link USS COM link CB COM link P7 = Sequence control Setpoint channel Motor control Caution: Be aware, by changing of parameter P7 all BI parameters are reset to the default value or modified as listed in the table below. If the Inverter is being controlled via the AOP, select USS (with the corresponding interface) for the Command Source. If the AOP is connected to the BOP-Link Interface, then set Parameter P7 to the value 4 (P7 = 4). Changing this parameter sets (to default) all settings on item selected (see table). P7 = P7 = P7 = P7 = 4 P7 = 5 P7 = 6 P7 P7 P P P P P77 P78 P P P P P SE64-5BB-BP 75

76 Parameter Description Issue /6 P P P P P P P P7 = P7 = P7 = P7 = 4 P7 = 5 P7 = 6 P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P The following parameters are not overwritten when changing P7: P8 P8 P8 P8 P8 P8 P84 P86 P88 P8 P8 P84 P86 P88 P8 P8 P84 P87 P84 P84 P846 P849 P854 P859 P SE64-5BB-BP

77 Issue /6 Parameter Description.9 Digital inputs P7[] Function of digital input Min: CStat: CT Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: P-Group: COMMANDS Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: 99 Selects function of digital input. DIN channel (e.g. DIN - PNP (P75 = )) Kl.9 P4 (PNP) Kl.8 V (NPN) 4 V PNP/NPN DIN... P75 () Debounce time : DIN... P74 () P7 4 V T & r7 Pxxxx BI :... r7. CO/BO: Bin.inp.val Function V Possible Settings: Digital input disabled ON/OFF ON reverse /OFF OFF - coast to standstill 4 OFF - quick ramp-down 9 Fault acknowledge JOG right JOG left Reverse MOP up (increase frequency) 4 MOP down (decrease frequency) 5 Fixed setpoint (Direct selection) 6 Fixed setpoint (Direct selection + ON) 7 Fixed setpoint (Binary coded selection + ON) 5 DC brake enable 9 External trip Disable additional freq setpoint 99 Enable BICO parameterization P7[] : st. Command data set (CDS) P7[] : nd. Command data set (CDS) P7[] : rd. Command data set (CDS) Setting 99 (enable BICO parameterization) requires - P7 command source or - P =, P9 =, or quick commissioning or - P =, P97 = factory reset in order to reset. Notice: Setting 99 (BICO) for expert use only. 6SE64-5BB-BP 77

78 Parameter Description Issue /6 P7[] Function of digital input Min: CStat: CT Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: P-Group: COMMANDS Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: 99 Selects function of digital input. Possible Settings: Digital input disabled ON/OFF ON reverse /OFF OFF - coast to standstill 4 OFF - quick ramp-down 9 Fault acknowledge JOG right JOG left Reverse MOP up (increase frequency) 4 MOP down (decrease frequency) 5 Fixed setpoint (Direct selection) 6 Fixed setpoint (Direct selection + ON) 7 Fixed setpoint (Binary coded selection + ON) 5 DC brake enable 9 External trip Disable additional freq setpoint 99 Enable BICO parameterization P7[] : st. Command data set (CDS) P7[] : nd. Command data set (CDS) P7[] : rd. Command data set (CDS) Details: See P7 (function of digital input). P7[] Function of digital input Min: CStat: CT Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: 9 P-Group: COMMANDS Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: 99 Selects function of digital input. Possible Settings: Digital input disabled ON/OFF ON reverse /OFF OFF - coast to standstill 4 OFF - quick ramp-down 9 Fault acknowledge JOG right JOG left Reverse MOP up (increase frequency) 4 MOP down (decrease frequency) 5 Fixed setpoint (Direct selection) 6 Fixed setpoint (Direct selection + ON) 7 Fixed setpoint (Binary coded selection + ON) 5 DC brake enable 9 External trip Disable additional freq setpoint 99 Enable BICO parameterization P7[] : st. Command data set (CDS) P7[] : nd. Command data set (CDS) P7[] : rd. Command data set (CDS) Details: See P7 (function of digital input ). 78 6SE64-5BB-BP

79 Issue /6 Parameter Description P74[] Function of digital input 4 Min: CStat: CT Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: 5 P-Group: COMMANDS Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: 99 Selects function of digital input 4. Possible Settings: Digital input disabled ON/OFF ON reverse /OFF OFF - coast to standstill 4 OFF - quick ramp-down 9 Fault acknowledge JOG right JOG left Reverse MOP up (increase frequency) 4 MOP down (decrease frequency) 5 Fixed setpoint (Direct selection) 6 Fixed setpoint (Direct selection + ON) 7 Fixed setpoint (Binary coded selection + ON) 5 DC brake enable 9 External trip Disable additional freq setpoint 99 Enable BICO parameterization P74[] : st. Command data set (CDS) P74[] : nd. Command data set (CDS) P74[] : rd. Command data set (CDS) Details: See P7 (function of digital input ). P75[] Function of digital input 5 Min: CStat: CT Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: 5 P-Group: COMMANDS Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: 99 Selects function of digital input 5. Possible Settings: Digital input disabled ON/OFF ON reverse /OFF OFF - coast to standstill 4 OFF - quick ramp-down 9 Fault acknowledge JOG right JOG left Reverse MOP up (increase frequency) 4 MOP down (decrease frequency) 5 Fixed setpoint (Direct selection) 6 Fixed setpoint (Direct selection + ON) 5 DC brake enable 9 External trip Disable additional freq setpoint 99 Enable BICO parameterization P75[] : st. Command data set (CDS) P75[] : nd. Command data set (CDS) P75[] : rd. Command data set (CDS) Details: See P7 (function of digital input ). 6SE64-5BB-BP 79

80 Parameter Description Issue /6 P76[] Function of digital input 6 Min: CStat: CT Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: 5 P-Group: COMMANDS Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: 99 Selects function of digital input 6. Possible Settings: Digital input disabled ON/OFF ON reverse /OFF OFF - coast to standstill 4 OFF - quick ramp-down 9 Fault acknowledge JOG right JOG left Reverse MOP up (increase frequency) 4 MOP down (decrease frequency) 5 Fixed setpoint (Direct selection) 6 Fixed setpoint (Direct selection + ON) 5 DC brake enable 9 External trip Disable additional freq setpoint 99 Enable BICO parameterization P76[] : st. Command data set (CDS) P76[] : nd. Command data set (CDS) P76[] : rd. Command data set (CDS) Details: See P7 (function of digital input ). P77[] Function of digital input 7 Min: CStat: CT Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: P-Group: COMMANDS Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: 99 Selects function of digital input 7 (via analog input). Possible Settings: Digital input disabled ON/OFF ON reverse /OFF OFF - coast to standstill 4 OFF - quick ramp-down 9 Fault acknowledge JOG right JOG left Reverse MOP up (increase frequency) 4 MOP down (decrease frequency) 5 DC brake enable 9 External trip Disable additional freq setpoint 99 Enable BICO parameterization P77[] : st. Command data set (CDS) P77[] : nd. Command data set (CDS) P77[] : rd. Command data set (CDS) Signals above 4 V are active, signals below,6 V are inactive. Details: See P7 (function of digital input ). 8 6SE64-5BB-BP

81 Issue /6 Parameter Description P78[] Function of digital input 8 Min: CStat: CT Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: P-Group: COMMANDS Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: 99 Selects function of digital input 8 (via analog input) Possible Settings: Digital input disabled ON/OFF ON reverse /OFF OFF - coast to standstill 4 OFF - quick ramp-down 9 Fault acknowledge JOG right JOG left Reverse MOP up (increase frequency) 4 MOP down (decrease frequency) 5 DC brake enable 9 External trip Disable additional freq setpoint 99 Enable BICO parameterization P78[] : st. Command data set (CDS) P78[] : nd. Command data set (CDS) P78[] : rd. Command data set (CDS) Signals above 4 V are active, signals below,6 V are inactive. Details: See P7 (function of digital input ). P79[] Selection of cmd. & freq. setp. Min: CStat: CT Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: P-Group: COMMANDS Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: 67 Central switch to select control command source for inverter. Switches command and setpoint source between freely programmable BICO parameters and fixed command/setpoint profiles. Command and setpoint sources can be changed independently. The tens digit chooses the command source and the units digit chooses the setpoint source. Possible Settings: Cmd = BICO parameter Setpoint = BICO parameter Cmd = BICO parameter Setpoint = MOP setpoint Cmd = BICO parameter Setpoint = Analog setpoint Cmd = BICO parameter Setpoint = Fixed frequency 4 Cmd = BICO parameter Setpoint = USS on BOP link 5 Cmd = BICO parameter Setpoint = USS on COM link 6 Cmd = BICO parameter Setpoint = CB on COM link 7 Cmd = BICO parameter Setpoint = Analog setp Cmd = BOP Setpoint = BICO parameter Cmd = BOP Setpoint = MOP setpoint Cmd = BOP Setpoint = Analog setpoint Cmd = BOP Setpoint = Fixed frequency 5 Cmd = BOP Setpoint = USS on COM link 6 Cmd = BOP Setpoint = CB on COM link 7 Cmd = BOP Setpoint = Analog setp 4 Cmd = USS on BOP link Setpoint = BICO parameter 4 Cmd = USS on BOP link Setpoint = MOP setpoint 4 Cmd = USS on BOP link Setpoint = Analog setpoint 4 Cmd = USS on BOP link Setpoint = Fixed frequency 44 Cmd = USS on BOP link Setpoint = USS on BOP link 45 Cmd = USS on BOP link Setpoint = USS on COM link 46 Cmd = USS on BOP link Setpoint = CB on COM link 47 Cmd = USS on BOP link Setpoint = Analog setp 5 Cmd = USS on COM link Setpoint = BICO parameter 5 Cmd = USS on COM link Setpoint = MOP setpoint 5 Cmd = USS on COM link Setpoint = Analog setpoint 5 Cmd = USS on COM link Setpoint = Fixed frequency 54 Cmd = USS on COM link Setpoint = USS on BOP link 55 Cmd = USS on COM link Setpoint = USS on COM link 57 Cmd = USS on COM link Setpoint = Analog setp 6 Cmd = CB on COM link Setpoint = BICO parameter 6 Cmd = CB on COM link Setpoint = MOP setpoint 6 Cmd = CB on COM link Setpoint = Analog setpoint 6 Cmd = CB on COM link Setpoint = Fixed frequency 64 Cmd = CB on COM link Setpoint = USS on BOP link 66 Cmd = CB on COM link Setpoint = CB on COM link 67 Cmd = CB on COM link Setpoint = Analog setp 6SE64-5BB-BP 8

82 Parameter Description Issue /6 P79[] : st. Command data set (CDS) P79[] : nd. Command data set (CDS) P79[] : rd. Command data set (CDS) Using parameter P79, it is possible to select the command or setpoint sources without changing the BICO connections (this is contrary to P7 / P). However, it is not possible to change the complete connection table (refer to P7 and P). Using P79, depending on the value, only the BICO parameters listed in the following table are internally overwritten - this means that these BICO parameters are inactive. Command source: P79 = P84 X P844 X P848 X X P85 X X P5 X P6 X X P55 X P56 X X P X P4 X X P4 X X P4 X X P4 X X Setpoint source:,,, 4, 5, 6 P79 = all other values P7 X X = = BICO parameter active BICO parameter inactive BICO connections made previously remain unchanged. r7 Number of digital inputs Min: - Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: - P-Group: COMMANDS Max: - Displays number of digital inputs. r7 CO/BO: Binary input values Min: - Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: - P-Group: COMMANDS Max: - Displays status of digital inputs. Bitfields: Bit Digital input OFF ON Bit Digital input OFF ON Bit Digital input OFF ON Bit Digital input 4 OFF ON Bit4 Digital input 5 OFF ON Bit5 Digital input 6 OFF ON Bit6 Digital input 7 (via ADC ) OFF ON Bit7 Digital input 8 (via ADC ) OFF ON Segment is lit when signal is active. 8 6SE64-5BB-BP

83 Issue /6 Parameter Description P74 Debounce time for digital inputs Min: CStat: CT Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: P-Group: COMMANDS Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max: Defines debounce time (filtering time) used for digital inputs. Possible Settings: No debounce time.5 ms debounce time 8. ms debounce time. ms debounce time P75 PNP / NPN digital inputs Min: CStat: CT Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: P-Group: COMMANDS Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max: Switches between active high (PNP) and active low (NPN). This is valid for all digital inputs simultaneously. The following is valid by using the internal supply: Possible Settings: NPN mode ==> low active PNP mode ==> high active Value: NPN: Terminals 5/6/7/8/6/7 must be connected via terminal 8 ( O V). PNP: Terminals 5/6/7/8/6/7 must be connected via terminal 9 (4 V). 6SE64-5BB-BP 8

84 Parameter Description Issue /6. Digital outputs r7 Number of digital outputs Min: - Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: - P-Group: COMMANDS Max: - Displays number of digital outputs (relays). P7[] BI: Function of digital output Min: : CStat: CUT Datatype: U Unit: - Def: 5: P-Group: COMMANDS Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: 4: Defines source of digital output. DOUT channel Invert DOUTs... 7 int. 4 V P748 () CO/BO: State DOUTs max. ma r747 BI: Fct. of DOUT r747. Kl.9 P7.C Function rxxxx.y xxxx.y (5:) - COM Kl. P7 = xxxx.y NO Kl.9 or NC Kl.8 Relay : max. load capability DC V / 5 A Kl.8 AC 5 V / A max. opening / closing time 5 / ms P7[] : st. Command data set (CDS) P7[] : nd. Command data set (CDS) P7[] : rd. Command data set (CDS) Common Settings: 5. Drive ready Closed 5. Drive ready to run Closed 5. Drive running Closed 5. Drive fault active Closed 5.4 OFF active Closed 5.5 OFF active Closed 5.6 Switch on inhibit active Closed 5.7 Drive warning active Closed 5.8 Deviation setpoint/actual value Closed 5.9 PZD control (Process Data Control) Closed 5.A Maximum frequency reached Closed 5.B Warning: Motor current limit Closed 5.C Motor holding brake (MHB) active Closed 5.D Motor overload Closed 5.E Motor running direction right Closed 5.F Inverter overload Closed 5. DC brake active Closed 5. Act. freq. f_act > P67 (f_off) Closed 5. Act. freq. f_act <= P8 (f_min) Closed 5. Act. current r7 > P7 Closed 5.4 Act. freq. f_act > P55 (f_) Closed 5.5 Act. freq. f_act <= P55 (f_) Closed 5.6 Act. freq. f_act >= setpoint Closed 5.7 Act. Vdc r6 < P7 Closed 5.8 Act. Vdc r6 > P7 Closed 5.A PID output r94 == P9 (PID_min) Closed 5.B PID output r94 == P9 (PID_max) Closed Details: Display functions ==> see parameter r5, r5 Motor holding brake ==> see parameter P5 DC brake ==> see parameter P, P 84 6SE64-5BB-BP

85 Issue /6 Parameter Description P7[] BI: Function of digital output Min: : CStat: CUT Datatype: U Unit: - Def: 5:7 P-Group: COMMANDS Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: 4: Defines source of digital output. P7[] : st. Command data set (CDS) P7[] : nd. Command data set (CDS) P7[] : rd. Command data set (CDS) Common Settings: 5. Drive ready Closed 5. Drive ready to run Closed 5. Drive running Closed 5. Drive fault active Closed 5.4 OFF active Closed 5.5 OFF active Closed 5.6 Switch on inhibit active Closed 5.7 Drive warning active Closed 5.8 Deviation setpoint/actual value Closed 5.9 PZD control (Process Data Control) Closed 5.A Maximum frequency reached Closed 5.B Warning: Motor current limit Closed 5.C Motor holding brake (MHB) active Closed 5.D Motor overload Closed 5.E Motor running direction right Closed 5.F Inverter overload Closed 5. DC brake active Closed 5. Act. freq. f_act > P67 (f_off) Closed 5. Act. freq. f_act <= P8 (f_min) Closed 5. Act. current r7 > P7 Closed 5.4 Act. freq. f_act > P55 (f_) Closed 5.5 Act. freq. f_act <= P55 (f_) Closed 5.6 Act. freq. f_act >= setpoint Closed 5.7 Act. Vdc r6 < P7 Closed 5.8 Act. Vdc r6 > P7 Closed 5.A PID output r94 == P9 (PID_min) Closed 5.B PID output r94 == P9 (PID_max) Closed P7[] BI: Function of digital output Min: : CStat: CUT Datatype: U Unit: - Def: : P-Group: COMMANDS Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: 4: Defines source of digital output. P7[] : st. Command data set (CDS) P7[] : nd. Command data set (CDS) P7[] : rd. Command data set (CDS) Common Settings: 5. Drive ready Closed 5. Drive ready to run Closed 5. Drive running Closed 5. Drive fault active Closed 5.4 OFF active Closed 5.5 OFF active Closed 5.6 Switch on inhibit active Closed 5.7 Drive warning active Closed 5.8 Deviation setpoint/actual value Closed 5.9 PZD control (Process Data Control) Closed 5.A Maximum frequency reached Closed 5.B Warning: Motor current limit Closed 5.C Motor holding brake (MHB) active Closed 5.D Motor overload Closed 5.E Motor running direction right Closed 5.F Inverter overload Closed 5. DC brake active Closed 5. Act. freq. f_act > P67 (f_off) Closed 5. Act. freq. f_act <= P8 (f_min) Closed 5. Act. current r7 > P7 Closed 5.4 Act. freq. f_act > P55 (f_) Closed 5.5 Act. freq. f_act <= P55 (f_) Closed 5.6 Act. freq. f_act >= setpoint Closed 5.7 Act. Vdc r6 < P7 Closed 5.8 Act. Vdc r6 > P7 Closed 5.A PID output r94 == P9 (PID_min) Closed 5.B PID output r94 == P9 (PID_max) Closed 6SE64-5BB-BP 85

86 Parameter Description Issue /6 r747 CO/BO: State of digital outputs Min: - Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: - P-Group: COMMANDS Max: - Displays status of digital outputs (also includes inversion of digital outputs via P748). Bitfields: Bit Digital output energized NO YES Bit Digital output energized NO YES Bit Digital output energized NO YES Bit = : Relay de-energized / contacts open Bit = : Relay energized / contacts closed P748 Invert digital outputs Min: CStat: CUT Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: P-Group: COMMANDS Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: 7 Defines high and low states of relay for a given function. Bitfields: Bit Invert digital output NO YES Bit Invert digital output NO YES Bit Invert digital output NO YES. Analog inputs r75 Number of ADCs Min: - Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: - P-Group: TERMINAL Max: - Displays number of analog inputs available. r75 BO: Status word of ADC Min: - Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: - P-Group: TERMINAL Max: - 4 Displays status of analog input. Bitfields: Bit Signal lost on ADC NO YES Bit Signal lost on ADC NO YES The following limitations/secondary conditions apply for the wire breakage monitoring: - For P756, the monitoring must be activated - Width of the ADC deadzone P76 > - Wire breakage / signal loss F8 is detected if the ADC input quantity is less than.5 * P76. Analog input V P76,5 P76 Signal loss r75 Act. ADC after scaling r755 P76 F8 t t Fault acknowl. t t 86 6SE64-5BB-BP

87 Issue /6 Parameter Description r75[] Act. input of ADC [V] or [ma] Min: - Datatype: Float Unit: - Def: - P-Group: TERMINAL Max: - Displays smoothed analog input value in volts before the characteristic block. ADC channel KL ADC+ KL4 ADC DIP switch ADC type A D P756 ADC type P75 P757 P758 P759 P76 ADC scaling r754 P76 ADC dead zone P r755 Setpoint Pxxxx P756 P76 P76 r75.7 V Wire breakage sensing.9 V P77 T r7 r7.6 Pxxxx F8 r75 Function r75[] : Analog input (ADC ) r75[] : Analog input (ADC ) P75[] Smooth time ADC Min: CStat: CUT Datatype: U6 Unit: ms Def: P-Group: TERMINAL Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: Defines filter time (PT filter) in [ms] for analog input. P75[] : Analog input (ADC ) P75[] : Analog input (ADC ) Increasing this time (smooth) reduces jitter but slows down response to the analog input. P75 = : No filtering r754[] Act. ADC value after scaling [%] Min: - Datatype: Float Unit: % Def: - P-Group: TERMINAL Max: - Shows smoothed value of analog input in [%] after scaling block. r754[] : Analog input (ADC ) r754[] : Analog input (ADC ) P757 to P76 define range (ADC scaling). 6SE64-5BB-BP 87

88 Parameter Description Issue /6 r755[] CO: Act. ADC after scal. [4h] Min: - Datatype: I6 Unit: - Def: - P-Group: TERMINAL Max: - Displays analog input, scaled using ASPmin and ASPmax. Analog setpoint (ASP) from the analog scaling block can vary from min. analog setpoint (ASPmin) to a max. analog setpoint (ASPmax) as shown in P757 (ADC scaling). The largest magnitude (value without sign) of ASPmin and ASPmax defines the scaling of 684. By associating parameter r755 with an internal value (e.g. frequency setpoint), a scaled value is calculated internally by the MM4. The frequency value is calculated using the following equation: % ASP max ADC ASP min V V r755 [Hex] r755 [Hz] r755[hz] = r755[hex] 4[Hex] P max ( ASPmax, ASPmin) % r755[] : Analog input (ADC ) r755[] : Analog input (ADC ) Example: Case a: - ASPmin = %, ASPmax = % then 684 represents %. - This parameter will vary from 546 to 684. Case b: - ASPmin = - %, ASPmax = % then 684 represents %. - This parameter will vary from -684 to h = max(aspmax, ASPmin ) % % 4 h 684 dez ASP max % % a ASP min % V V ma ma ASP max % b V V ma ma - % ASP min - % 7FFF h -68 dez - This value is used as an input to analog BICO connectors. - ASPmax represents the highest analog setpoint (this may be at V). - ASPmin represents the lowest analog setpoint (this may be at V). Details: See parameters P757 to P76 (ADC scaling) P756[] Type of ADC Min: CStat: CT Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: P-Group: TERMINAL Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: 4 Defines type of analog input and also enables analog input monitoring. To switch over from voltage to current analog input it is not sufficient to merely modify parameter P756. Rather, the DIPs on the terminal board must also be set to the correct position. The DIP settings are as follows: - OFF = voltage input ( V) - ON = current input ( ma) Allocation of DIPs to analog inputs is as follows: - DIP on left (DIP ) = Analog input - DIP on right (DIP ) = Analog input 88 6SE64-5BB-BP

89 Issue /6 Parameter Description ADC OFF = [V], - V ON = [A], - ma ADC OFF = [V], - V ON = [A], - ma Possible Settings: Unipolar voltage input ( to + V) Unipolar voltage input with monitoring ( to V) Unipolar current input ( to ma) Unipolar current input with monitoring ( to ma) 4 Bipolar voltage input (- V to + V) P756[] : Analog input (ADC ) P756[] : Analog input (ADC ) Notice: When monitoring is enabled and a deadband defined (P76), a fault condition will be generated (F8) if the analog input voltage falls below 5 % of the deadband voltage. On account of h/w restirction it is not possible to select the bipolar voltage (see Enum declaration) for analog input (P756[] = 4). Details: See P757 to P76 (ADC scaling). P757[] Value x of ADC scaling [V / ma] Min: - CStat: CUT Datatype: Float Unit: - Def: P-Group: TERMINAL Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: Parameters P757 - P76 configure the input scaling as shown in the diagram: P756 =..., P76 = % % ASPmax 4 h P76 P757 P759 V ma x % V ma P758 ASPmin Where: - Analog setpoints represent a [%] of the normalized frequency in P. - Analog setpoints may be larger than %. - ASPmax represents highest analog setpoint (this may be at V or ma). - ASPmin represents lowest analog setpoint (this may be at V or ma). - Default values provide a scaling of V or ma = %, and V or ma = %. 6SE64-5BB-BP 89

90 Parameter Description Issue /6 P756 = 4, P76 = % % ASPmax 4 h P76 P757 - V P759 V x % V P758 ASPmin P757[] : Analog input (ADC ) P757[] : Analog input (ADC ) The ADC-linear characteristic is described by 4 coordinates, based on a two-point equation: y - P758 P76 P758 = x - P757 P759 P757 For calculations the point-gradient form (offset and gradient) is more advantageous: y = m x + y The transformation between these two forms is given by: P76 P758 m = P759 P757 P758 P759 P757 P76 y = P759 P757 For scaling of the input the value of y_max and x_min has to be determined. This is done by the following equations: y y max xmin P76 P757 P758 P759 = P76 P758 P76 P758 y max = (x max x min) P759 P757 P76 y P758 y y x min m P757 x P759 x Notice: The value x of ADC scaling P759 must be greater than the value x of ADC scaling P757. P758[] Value y of ADC scaling Min: CStat: CUT Datatype: Float Unit: % Def:. P-Group: TERMINAL Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: x max x Sets value of Y in [%] as described in P757 (ADC scaling) P758[] : Analog input (ADC ) P758[] : Analog input (ADC ) Affects P to P (reference frequency, voltage, current or torque) depending on which setpoint is to be generated. 9 6SE64-5BB-BP

91 Issue /6 Parameter Description P759[] Value x of ADC scaling [V / ma] Min: - CStat: CUT Datatype: Float Unit: - Def: P-Group: TERMINAL Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: Sets value of X as described in P757 (ADC scaling). P759[] : Analog input (ADC ) P759[] : Analog input (ADC ) Notice: The value x of ADC scaling P759 must be greater than the value x of ADC scaling P757. P76[] Value y of ADC scaling Min: CStat: CUT Datatype: Float Unit: % Def:. P-Group: TERMINAL Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: Sets value of Y in [%] as described in P757 (ADC scaling). P76[] : Analog input (ADC ) P76[] : Analog input (ADC ) Affects P to P (reference frequency, voltage, current or torque) depending on which setpoint is to be generated. P76[] Width of ADC deadband [V / ma] Min: CStat: CUT Datatype: Float Unit: - Def: P-Group: TERMINAL Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: Defines width of deadband on analog input. The diagrams below explain its use. P76[] : Analog input (ADC ) P76[] : Analog input (ADC ) Example: The below example produces a to V analog input to 5 Hz (ADC value to V, to 5 Hz): - P = 5 Hz - P759 = 8 V P76 = 75 % - P757 = V P758 = % - P76 = V - P756 = or P76 > and ( < P758 < P76 or > P758 > P76) % % ASPmax 4 h P76 P757 > P76 P758 P76 P757 P759 V ma x % V ma ASPmin P757 = P76 P757 < P76 The below example produces a to V analog input (-5 to +5 Hz) with center zero and a "holding point". V wide (. V to each side of center, ADC value to V, -5 to +5 Hz): - P = 5 Hz - P759 = 8 V P76 = 75 % - P757 = V P758 = -75 % - P76 =. V - P756 = or 6SE64-5BB-BP 9

92 Parameter Description Issue /6 P76 > and P758 < < P76 % % 4 h ASPmax P76 P757 P758 P76 P759 V ma x % V ma ASPmin The below example produces a - to + V analog input (-5 to +5 Hz) with center zero and a "holding point". V wide (. V to each side of center). P756 = 4 and P76 > and P758 < < P76 % % ASPmax 4 h P76 P757 - V P76 P759 V x % V P758 ASPmin P76[x] = : No deadband active. Deadband starts from V to value of P76, if both values of P758 and P76 (y coordinates of ADC scaling) are positive or negative respectively. However, deadband is active in both directions from point of intersection (x axis with ADC scaling curve), if sign of P758 and P76 are opposite. Min. frequency P8 should be zero when using center zero setup. There is no hysteresis at the end of the deadband. P76[] Delay for loss of signal action Min: CStat: CUT Datatype: U6 Unit: ms Def: P-Group: TERMINAL Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max: Defines time delay between loss of analog setpoint and appearance of fault code F8. P76[] : Analog input (ADC ) P76[] : Analog input (ADC ) Expert users can choose the desired reaction to F8 (default is OFF). 9 6SE64-5BB-BP

93 Issue /6 Parameter Description. Analog outputs r77 Number of DACs Min: - Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: - P-Group: TERMINAL Max: - Displays number of analog outputs available. P77[] CI: DAC Min: : CStat: CUT Datatype: U Unit: - Def: : P-Group: TERMINAL Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: 4: Defines function of the - ma analog output. P77[] : Analog output (DAC ) P77[] : Analog output (DAC ) Common Settings: CO: Act. frequency (scaled to P) 4 CO: Act. output frequency (scaled to P) 5 CO: Act. output voltage (scaled to P) 6 CO: Act. filtered DC-link volt. (scaled to P) 7 CO: Act. output current (scaled to P) P777 P778 P779 P78 P77[] Smooth time DAC Min: CStat: CUT Datatype: U6 Unit: ms Def: P-Group: TERMINAL Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: Defines smoothing time [ms] for analog output signal. This parameter enables smoothing for DAC using a PT filter. P77[] : Analog output (DAC ) P77[] : Analog output (DAC ) P77 = : Deactivates filter. r774[] Act. DAC value [ma] Min: - Datatype: Float Unit: - Def: - P-Group: TERMINAL Max: - Shows value of analog output in [ma] after filtering and scaling. r774[] : Analog output (DAC ) r774[] : Analog output (DAC ) P775[] Permit absolute value Min: CStat: CT Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: P-Group: TERMINAL Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: Decides if the absolute value of the analog output is used. If enabled, this parameter will take the absolute value of the value to be outputed. If the value was originally negative then the corresponding bit in R78 is set, otherwise it is cleared. Possible Settings: OFF ON P775[] : Analog output (DAC ) P775[] : Analog output (DAC ) 6SE64-5BB-BP 9

94 Parameter Description Issue /6 P776[] Type of DAC Min: CStat: CT Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: P-Group: TERMINAL Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: Defines type of analog output. Possible Settings: Current output Voltage output P776[] : Analog output (DAC ) P776[] : Analog output (DAC ) The analog output is designed as a current output with a range of... ma. For a voltage output with a range of... V an external resistor of 5 Ohms has to be connected at the terminals (/ or 6/7). P777[] Value x of DAC scaling Min: CStat: CUT Datatype: Float Unit: % Def:. P-Group: TERMINAL Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: Defines x output characteristic in [%]. Scaling block is responsible for adjustment of output value defined in P77 (DAC connector input). Parameters of DAC scaling block (P P78) work as follows: Output signal (ma) P78 y P778 y P777 x P779 x % % Where: Points P (x, y) and P (x, y) can be chosen freely. P777[] : Analog output (DAC ) P777[] : Analog output (DAC ) Example: The default values of the scaling block provides a scaling of: P:. % = ma P:. % = ma Affects P to P (referency frequency, voltage, current or torque) depending on which setpoint is to be generated. 94 6SE64-5BB-BP

95 Issue /6 Parameter Description The DAC-linear characteristic is described by 4 coordinates, based on a two-point equation: y - P778 P78 P778 = x - P777 P779 P777 For calculations the point-gradient form (offset and gradient) is more advantageous: y = m x + y The transformation between these two forms is given by: P78 P778 m = P779 P777 P778 P779 P777 P78 y = P779 P777 % For scaling of the input the value of y_max and x_min has to be determined. This is done by the following equations: xmin P78 P777 P778 P779 = P78 P778 P78 P778 y max = (x max x min) P779 P777 P78 y P778 y y max y y x min m P777 x P779 x P778[] Value y of DAC scaling Min: CStat: CUT Datatype: Float Unit: - Def: P-Group: TERMINAL Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: Defines y of output characteristic. P778[] : Analog output (DAC ) P778[] : Analog output (DAC ) P779[] Value x of DAC scaling Min: CStat: CUT Datatype: Float Unit: % Def:. P-Group: TERMINAL Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: x max x Defines x of output characteristic in [%]. P779[] : Analog output (DAC ) P779[] : Analog output (DAC ) Affects P to P (referency frequency, voltage, current or torque) depending on which setpoint is to be generated. P78[] Value y of DAC scaling Min: CStat: CUT Datatype: Float Unit: - Def: P-Group: TERMINAL Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: Defines y of output characteristic. P78[] : Analog output (DAC ) P78[] : Analog output (DAC ) 6SE64-5BB-BP 95

96 Parameter Description Issue /6 P78[] Width of DAC deadband Min: CStat: CUT Datatype: Float Unit: - Def: P-Group: TERMINAL Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: Sets width of dead-band in [ma] for analog output. ma P78 y P78 P778 y P777 x P779 x % P78[] : Analog output (DAC ) P78[] : Analog output (DAC ) r785 CO/BO: Status word of DAC Min: - Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: - P-Group: TERMINAL Max: - % Displays status of analog output. Bit indicates that the value of analog output is negative. Bit indicates that the value of analog output is negative. Bitfields: Bit Analog output -ve NO YES Bit Analog output -ve NO YES 96 6SE64-5BB-BP

97 Issue /6 Parameter Description. Parameter / command / drive data set P8[] BI: Download parameter set Min: : CStat: CT Datatype: U Unit: - Def: : P-Group: COMMANDS Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: 4: Defines source of command to start download of parameter set from attached AOP. P8[] : st. Command data set (CDS) P8[] : nd. Command data set (CDS) P8[] : rd. Command data set (CDS) Common Settings: 7. = Digital input (requires P7 to be set to 99, BICO) 7. = Digital input (requires P7 to be set to 99, BICO) 7. = Digital input (requires P7 to be set to 99, BICO) 7. = Digital input 4 (requires P74 to be set to 99, BICO) 7.4 = Digital input 5 (requires P75 to be set to 99, BICO) 7.5 = Digital input 6 (requires P76 to be set to 99, BICO). The parameter set can only be downloaded in conjunction with the AOP. Establish communications between the frequency inverter and AOP. The frequency inverter must be selected using the AOP if the AOP is connected at the COM link interface (RS485) 4. Select the frequency inverter state "Ready" (r = ) 5. Signal from P8: = Do not download. = Start to download parameter set from the AOP. Inverter AOP BI: Dwnl.par.set P8.C (:) r = "Drive ready" & BOP link or COM link Parameter set Parameter set. Parameter set 9 Transmission of "Parameter set " from AOP to inverter P8[] BI: Download parameter set Min: : CStat: CT Datatype: U Unit: - Def: : P-Group: COMMANDS Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: 4: Defines sources of command to start download of parameter set from attached AOP. P8[] : st. Command data set (CDS) P8[] : nd. Command data set (CDS) P8[] : rd. Command data set (CDS) Common Settings: 7. = Digital input (requires P7 to be set to 99, BICO) 7. = Digital input (requires P7 to be set to 99, BICO) 7. = Digital input (requires P7 to be set to 99, BICO) 7. = Digital input 4 (requires P74 to be set to 99, BICO) 7.4 = Digital input 5 (requires P75 to be set to 99, BICO) 7.5 = Digital input 6 (requires P76 to be set to 99, BICO) See parameter P8 6SE64-5BB-BP 97

98 Parameter Description Issue /6 P89[] Copy command data set (CDS) Min: CStat: CT Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: P-Group: COMMANDS Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: Calls "copy Command Data Set (CDS)" function. The list of all Command Data Sets (CDS) are shown in the opening instructions of the Parameter List (PLI). P89[] : Copy from CDS P89[] : Copy to CDS P89[] : Start copy Example: Copying of all values from CDS to CDS can be accomplished by the following procedure: P89[] = P89[] = P89[] =. CDS. CDS Start copy P7 P7 P7 P7 P74.. P5 P54 P64 [] [] []... CDS..... CDS. CDS Start value in index is automatically reset to "" after execution of function. P8 BI: CDS bit (Local / Remote) Min: : CStat: CUT Datatype: U Unit: - Def: : P-Group: COMMANDS Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: 495: Selects command source from which to read Bit for selecting a command data set (CDS). Selecting CDS BI: CDS bit CO/BO: Act CtrlWd P8 r55.5 (:) r55.5 BI: CDS b loc/rem P8 CO/BO: Act CtrlWd r54.5 (:) r54.5 Changeover Changeover t approx. time approx. time CDS active 4 ms 4 ms r5 CO: Active CDS r5 t 98 6SE64-5BB-BP

99 Issue /6 Parameter Description The actual active command data set (CDS) is displayed in parameter r5. r55 Bit5 selected CDS r54 Bit5. CDS. CDS. CDS. CDS active CDS r5 Common Settings: 7. = Digital input (requires P7 to be set to 99, BICO) 7. = Digital input (requires P7 to be set to 99, BICO) 7. = Digital input (requires P7 to be set to 99, BICO) 7. = Digital input 4 (requires P74 to be set to 99, BICO) 7.4 = Digital input 5 (requires P75 to be set to 99, BICO) 7.5 = Digital input 6 (requires P76 to be set to 99, BICO) 7.6 = Digital input 7 (via analog input, requires P77 to be set to 99) 7.7 = Digital input 8 (via analog input, requires P78 to be set to 99) Example: Typical procedure for CDS switch-over: - CDS: Command source via terminal and setpoint source via analog input (ADC) - CDS: Command source via BOP and setpoint source via MOP - CDS switch-over takes place via digital input 4 (DIN 4) Steps:. Perform commissioning with CDS parameters (P7[] = and P[] = ). Connect P8 (P8 if necessary) with the source of CDS switch-over (P74[] = 99, P8 = 7.). Copy CDS to CDS (P89[] =, P89[] =, P89[] = ) 4. Change CDS parameter as required (set parameters for CDS [P7= and P=]) DIN4 P8 = 7. Terminals BOP P7[] = P7[] = Sequence control ADC MOP P[] = P[] = Setpoint channel Motor control P8 is also relevant for command data set (CDS) set selection. P8 BI: CDS bit Min: : CStat: CUT Datatype: U Unit: - Def: : P-Group: COMMANDS Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: 495: Selects command source from which to read Bit for selecting a command data set (see P8). Common Settings: 7. = Digital input (requires P7 to be set to 99, BICO) 7. = Digital input (requires P7 to be set to 99, BICO) 7. = Digital input (requires P7 to be set to 99, BICO) 7. = Digital input 4 (requires P74 to be set to 99, BICO) 7.4 = Digital input 5 (requires P75 to be set to 99, BICO) 7.5 = Digital input 6 (requires P76 to be set to 99, BICO) 7.6 = Digital input 7 (via analog input, requires P77 to be set to 99) 7.7 = Digital input 8 (via analog input, requires P78 to be set to 99) P8 is also relevant for command data set (CDS) selection. 6SE64-5BB-BP 99

100 Parameter Description Issue /6 P89[] Copy drive data set (DDS) Min: CStat: CT Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: P-Group: COMMANDS Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: Calls "Copy Drive Data Set (DDS)" function. The list of all Drive Data Sets (DDS) are shown in the opening instructions of the Parameter List (PLI). P89[] : Copy from DDS P89[] : Copy to DDS P89[] : Start copy Example: Copying of all values from DDS to DDS can be accomplished by the following procedure: P89[] = P89[] = P89[] =. DDS. DDS Start copy P5 P9 P P4 P5.. P484 P487 P488 [] [] []... DDS..... DDS. DDS Start value in index is automatically reset to "" after execution of function. P8 BI: DDS bit Min: : CStat: CT Datatype: U Unit: - Def: : P-Group: COMMANDS Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: 495: Selects command source from which to read Bit for selecting a drive data set (DDS). Drive running Drive ready Selecting DDS t BI: DDS bit P8 BI: DDS bit P8 (:) (:) DDS active r5[] Changeover time approx. 5 ms CO/BO: Act CtrlWd r55.5 r55.5 CO/BO: Act CtrlWd r55.4 r55.4 t Changeover time approx. 5 ms CO: Active DDS r5. [] t 6SE64-5BB-BP

101 Issue /6 Parameter Description The actual active drive data set (DDS) is displayed in parameter r5[]. r55 Bit5 selected DDS r55 Bit4. DDS. DDS. DDS. DDS r5 [] active DDS r5 [] Common Settings: 7. = Digital input (requires P7 to be set to 99, BICO) 7. = Digital input (requires P7 to be set to 99, BICO) 7. = Digital input (requires P7 to be set to 99, BICO) 7. = Digital input 4 (requires P74 to be set to 99, BICO) 7.4 = Digital input 5 (requires P75 to be set to 99, BICO) 7.5 = Digital input 6 (requires P76 to be set to 99, BICO) 7.6 = Digital input 7 (via analog input, requires P77 to be set to 99) 7.7 = Digital input 8 (via analog input, requires P78 to be set to 99) Example: a) Commissioning procedure with one motor: - Apply commissioning to DDS - Connect P8 (P8 if necessary) with DDS source (i.e. via DIN 4: P74[] = 99, P8 = 7.) - Copy DDS to DDS (P89[] =, P89[] =, P89[] = ) - Adapt DDS parameters (e.g. Ramp-up time P[] and Ramp-down time P[]) DIN Sequence control ADC SUM Setpoint AFM RFG Motor control Modulator M DIN4 P8 = 7. P P [] DDS [] DDS [] DDS b) Commissioning procedure with two motors (Motor, Motor ): - Commission Motor ; Adapt all other DDS parameters (as required) - Connect P8 (P8 if necessary) with DDS source (i.e. via DIN 4: P74[] = 99, P8 = 7.) - Switch-over to DDS (check it via r5) - Commission Motor ; Adapt all other DDS parameters (as required) M Motor MM4 K M Motor K P8 is also relevant for drive data set (DDS) selection. 6SE64-5BB-BP

102 Parameter Description Issue /6 P8 BI: DDS bit Min: : CStat: CT Datatype: U Unit: - Def: : P-Group: COMMANDS Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: 495: Selects command source from which Bit for selecting a drive data set is to be read in (see parameter P8). Common Settings: 7. = Digital input (requires P7 to be set to 99, BICO) 7. = Digital input (requires P7 to be set to 99, BICO) 7. = Digital input (requires P7 to be set to 99, BICO) 7. = Digital input 4 (requires P74 to be set to 99, BICO) 7.4 = Digital input 5 (requires P75 to be set to 99, BICO) 7.5 = Digital input 6 (requires P76 to be set to 99, BICO) 7.6 = Digital input 7 (via analog input, requires P77 to be set to 99) 7.7 = Digital input 8 (via analog input, requires P78 to be set to 99) P8 is also relevant for drive data set (DDS) selection..4 BICO command parameters P84[] BI: ON/OFF Min: : CStat: CT Datatype: U Unit: - Def: 7: P-Group: COMMANDS Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: 4: Allows ON/OFF command source to be selected using BICO. The first three digits describe the parameter number of the command source; the last digit denotes the bit setting for that parameter. The default setting (ON right) is digital input (7.). Alternative source possible only when function of digital input is changed (via P7) before changing value of P84. f ON OFF t f max (P8) f act,motor f P68 f act,inverter P67 t P68 f t down,off tdown,off = P P8 r5 Bit P P Operation Pulse cancellation t P84[] : st. Command data set (CDS) P84[] : nd. Command data set (CDS) P84[] : rd. Command data set (CDS) Common Settings: 7. = Digital input (requires P7 to be set to 99, BICO) 7. = Digital input (requires P7 to be set to 99, BICO) 7. = Digital input (requires P7 to be set to 99, BICO) 7. = Digital input 4 (requires P74 to be set to 99, BICO) 7.4 = Digital input 5 (requires P75 to be set to 99, BICO) 7.5 = Digital input 6 (requires P76 to be set to 99, BICO) 7.6 = Digital input 7 (via analog input, requires P77 to be set to 99) 7.7 = Digital input 8 (via analog input, requires P78 to be set to 99) 9. = ON/OFF via BOP Active only when P79 <. See parameter P79 (Selection of command/setpoint source). - OFF means a ramp stop down to using P. - OFF is low active. - For the priority of all soft commands, the following applies: OFF, OFF, OFF 6SE64-5BB-BP

103 Issue /6 Parameter Description P84[] BI: ON reverse/off Min: : CStat: CT Datatype: U Unit: - Def: : P-Group: COMMANDS Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: 4: Allows ON/OFF reverse command source to be selected using BICO. Normally in this case at a positive frequency setpoint, it is getting approached ccw (negative frequency setpoint) The first three digits describe the parameter number of the command source and the last digit denotes the bit setting for that parameter. P84[] : st. Command data set (CDS) P84[] : nd. Command data set (CDS) P84[] : rd. Command data set (CDS) Common Settings: 7. = Digital input (requires P7 to be set to 99, BICO) 7. = Digital input (requires P7 to be set to 99, BICO) 7. = Digital input (requires P7 to be set to 99, BICO) 7. = Digital input 4 (requires P74 to be set to 99, BICO) 7.4 = Digital input 5 (requires P75 to be set to 99, BICO) 7.5 = Digital input 6 (requires P76 to be set to 99, BICO) 7.6 = Digital input 7 (via analog input, requires P77 to be set to 99) 7.7 = Digital input 8 (via analog input, requires P78 to be set to 99) 9. = ON/OFF via BOP Details: See parameter P84. P844[] BI:. OFF Min: : CStat: CT Datatype: U Unit: - Def: : P-Group: COMMANDS Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: 4: Defines first source of OFF. The first three digits describe the parameter number of the command source and the last digit denotes the bit setting for that parameter. If one of the digital inputs is selected for OFF, the inverter will not run unless the digital input is active. f P8 f max act OFF f act,motor t r5 Bit f act,inverter Operation Pulse cancellation t P844[] : st. Command data set (CDS) P844[] : nd. Command data set (CDS) P844[] : rd. Command data set (CDS) Common Settings: 7. = Digital input (requires P7 to be set to 99, BICO) 7. = Digital input (requires P7 to be set to 99, BICO) 7. = Digital input (requires P7 to be set to 99, BICO) 7. = Digital input 4 (requires P74 to be set to 99, BICO) 7.4 = Digital input 5 (requires P75 to be set to 99, BICO) 7.5 = Digital input 6 (requires P76 to be set to 99, BICO) 7.6 = Digital input 7 (via analog input, requires P77 to be set to 99) 7.7 = Digital input 8 (via analog input, requires P78 to be set to 99) 9. = ON/OFF via BOP 9. = OFF: Electrical stop via BOP Active only when P79 <. See parameter P79 (Selection of command/setpoint source). - OFF means an immediate pulse inhibit; the motor coasts down. - OFF is low active. - The following applies for the priority of all of the OFF commands: OFF, OFF, OFF 6SE64-5BB-BP

104 Parameter Description Issue /6 P845[] BI:. OFF Min: : CStat: CT Datatype: U Unit: - Def: 9: P-Group: COMMANDS Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: 4: Defines second source of OFF. The first three digits describe the parameter number of the command source and the last digit denotes the bit setting for that parameter. If one of the digital inputs is selected for OFF, the inverter will not run unless the digital input is active. P845[] : st. Command data set (CDS) P845[] : nd. Command data set (CDS) P845[] : rd. Command data set (CDS) Common Settings: 7. = Digital input (requires P7 to be set to 99, BICO) 7. = Digital input (requires P7 to be set to 99, BICO) 7. = Digital input (requires P7 to be set to 99, BICO) 7. = Digital input 4 (requires P74 to be set to 99, BICO) 7.4 = Digital input 5 (requires P75 to be set to 99, BICO) 7.5 = Digital input 6 (requires P76 to be set to 99, BICO) 7.6 = Digital input 7 (via analog input, requires P77 to be set to 99) 7.7 = Digital input 8 (via analog input, requires P78 to be set to 99) 9. = ON/OFF via BOP Details: See parameter P844. P848[] BI:. OFF Min: : CStat: CT Datatype: U Unit: - Def: : P-Group: COMMANDS Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: 4: Defines first source of OFF. The first three digits describe the parameter number of the command source and the last digit denotes the bit setting for that parameter. If one of the digital inputs is selected for OFF, the inverter will not run unless the digital input is active. f OFF t f max (P8) f act,motor f P68 f act,inverter P67 t P68 f t P5 down,off tdown,off = P8 P5 r5 Bit Operation Pulse cancellation t P848[] : st. Command data set (CDS) P848[] : nd. Command data set (CDS) P848[] : rd. Command data set (CDS) Common Settings: 7. = Digital input (requires P7 to be set to 99, BICO) 7. = Digital input (requires P7 to be set to 99, BICO) 7. = Digital input (requires P7 to be set to 99, BICO) 7. = Digital input 4 (requires P74 to be set to 99, BICO) 7.4 = Digital input 5 (requires P75 to be set to 99, BICO) 7.5 = Digital input 6 (requires P76 to be set to 99, BICO) 7.6 = Digital input 7 (via analog input, requires P77 to be set to 99) 7.7 = Digital input 8 (via analog input, requires P78 to be set to 99) 9. = ON/OFF via BOP Active only when P79 <. See parameter P79 (Selection of command/setpoint source). - OFF means fast ramp-down to Hz through P5. - OFF is low-active. - Priority of all OFF commands: OFF, OFF, OFF 4 6SE64-5BB-BP

105 Issue /6 Parameter Description P849[] BI:. OFF Min: : CStat: CT Datatype: U Unit: - Def: : P-Group: COMMANDS Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: 4: Defines second source of OFF. The first three digits describe the parameter number of the command source and the last digit denotes the bit setting for that parameter. If one of the digital inputs is selected for OFF, the inverter will not run unless the digital input is active. P849[] : st. Command data set (CDS) P849[] : nd. Command data set (CDS) P849[] : rd. Command data set (CDS) Common Settings: 7. = Digital input (requires P7 to be set to 99, BICO) 7. = Digital input (requires P7 to be set to 99, BICO) 7. = Digital input (requires P7 to be set to 99, BICO) 7. = Digital input 4 (requires P74 to be set to 99, BICO) 7.4 = Digital input 5 (requires P75 to be set to 99, BICO) 7.5 = Digital input 6 (requires P76 to be set to 99, BICO) 7.6 = Digital input 7 (via analog input, requires P77 to be set to 99) 7.7 = Digital input 8 (via analog input, requires P78 to be set to 99) 9. = ON/OFF via BOP In contrast to P848 (first source of OFF), this parameter is always active, independent of P79 (selection of command and frequency setpoint). Details: See parameter P848. P85[] BI: Pulse enabling Min: : CStat: CT Datatype: U Unit: - Def: : P-Group: COMMANDS Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: 4: Defines source of pulse enable/disable signal. P85[] : st. Command data set (CDS) P85[] : nd. Command data set (CDS) P85[] : rd. Command data set (CDS) Common Settings: 7. = Digital input (requires P7 to be set to 99, BICO) 7. = Digital input (requires P7 to be set to 99, BICO) 7. = Digital input (requires P7 to be set to 99, BICO) 7. = Digital input 4 (requires P74 to be set to 99, BICO) 7.4 = Digital input 5 (requires P75 to be set to 99, BICO) 7.5 = Digital input 6 (requires P76 to be set to 99, BICO) 7.6 = Digital input 7 (via analog input, requires P77 to be set to 99) 7.7 = Digital input 8 (via analog input, requires P78 to be set to 99) Active only when P79 <. See parameter P79 (Selection of command/setpoint source)..5 Communication parameters P98 CB address Min: CStat: CT Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: P-Group: COMM Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: 6555 Defines address of CB (communication board) or address of the other option modules. There are two ways to set the bus address: - via DIP switches on the PROFIBUS module - via a user-entered value Possible PROFIBUS settings: , 6, 7 are not allowed The following applies when a PROFIBUS module is used: - DIP switch = Address defined in P98 (CB address) is valid - DIP switch not = DIP switch setting has priority and P98 indicates DIP switch setting. 6SE64-5BB-BP 5

106 Parameter Description Issue /6 P97 Parameter changeable via Min: CStat: CUT Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: 5 P-Group: COMM Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: 5 Specifies the interfaces which can be used to change parameters. This parameter allows the user to easily protect the inverter from unauthorized modification of parameters. Annotation: Parameter P97 is not password protected. Bitfields: Bit PROFIBUS / CB NO YES Bit BOP NO YES Bit USS on BOP link NO YES Bit USS on COM link NO YES Example: Bits,, and set: The default setting allows parameters to be changed via any interface. If all bits are set, the parameter is displayed on BOP as follows: BOP: P97 Bits,, and reset: This setting allows no parameters to be modified via any interface with the exception of P and P97. If all bits are reset, the parameter is displayed on BOP as follows: BOP: P97 Details: The seven-segment display is explained in the "Introduction to MICROMASTER System Parameters" in this handbook. r947[8] CO: Last fault code Min: - Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: - P-Group: ALARMS Max: - Displays fault history according to the diagram below where: - "F" is the first active fault (not yet acknowledged). - "F" is the second active fault (not yet acknowledged). - "Fe" is the occurrence of the fault acknowledgement for F & F. This moves the value in the indices down to the next pair of indices, where they are stored. Indices & contain the active faults. When faults are acknowledged, indices & are reset to. r947[] r947[] r947[] r947[] r947[4] r947[5] r947[6] r947[7] F Fe Fe Fe Fe Fe Fe F Active Fault Codes Most recent Fault Codes - Most recent Fault Codes - Most recent Fault Codes - r947[] : Recent fault trip --, fault r947[] : Recent fault trip --, fault r947[] : Recent fault trip -, fault r947[] : Recent fault trip -, fault 4 r947[4] : Recent fault trip -, fault 5 r947[5] : Recent fault trip -, fault 6 r947[6] : Recent fault trip -, fault 7 r947[7] : Recent fault trip -, fault 8 Example: If the inverter trips on undervoltage and then receives an external trip before the undervoltage is acknowledged, you will obtain: - r947[] = Undervoltage (F) - r947[] = 85 External trip (F85) Whenever a fault in index is acknowledged (Fe), the fault history shifts as indicated in the diagram above. Index used only if second fault occurs before first fault is acknowledged. Details: See "Faults and Warnings" 6 6SE64-5BB-BP

107 Issue /6 Parameter Description r948[] CO: Fault time Min: - Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: - P-Group: ALARMS Max: - Time stamp to indicate when the fault has occurred. r948[] : Recent fault trip --, time stamp r948[] : Recent fault trip --, time stamp r948[] : Recent fault trip --, time stamp r948[] : Recent fault trip -, time stamp r948[4] : Recent fault trip -, time stamp r948[5] : Recent fault trip -, time stamp r948[6] : Recent fault trip -, time stamp r948[7] : Recent fault trip -, time stamp r948[8] : Recent fault trip -, time stamp r948[9] : Recent fault trip -, time stamp r948[] : Recent fault trip -, time stamp r948[] : Recent fault trip -, time stamp Details: Parameter r4 (runtime counter) is a possible source of the time stamp. When using the runtime counter, the time is entered into the first two indices of the fault trip (shutdown) essentially the same as for r4. Time stamp when using r4 (Refer to parameter r4): r948[] : Last fault trip --, system time, seconds, upper word r948[] : Last fault trip --, system time, seconds, lower word r948[] : r948[] : Last fault trip --, system time, seconds, upper word r948[4] : Last fault trip --, system time, seconds, lower word r948[5] : r948[6] : Last fault trip --, system time, seconds, upper word r948[7] : Last fault trip --, system time, seconds, lower word r948[8] : r948[9] : Last fault trip --, system time, seconds, upper word r948[] : Last fault trip --, system time, seconds, lower word r948[] : Parameter P5 (AOP real-time clock) is an additional possible source of the time stamp. When using the real-time counter, instead of the system runtime r4[] and r4[], the value of the real-time clock P5[] to P5[] is read-in. If the contents of parameter P5 =, then the system assumes that there was no synchronization with the real time. In this case, if there is a fault, values are transferred from parameter r4 into parameter P948. If the contents of parameter P5 are not equal to zero, then a synchronization with real time has taken place. In this case, if there is a fault, the values from parameter P5 are transferred into parameter P948. Time stamp when using P5 (Refer to parameter P5 (AOP real-time clock)): r948[] : Last fault trip --, fault time, seconds + minutes r948[] : Last fault trip --, fault time, hours + days r948[] : Last fault trip --, fault time, month + year r948[] : Last fault trip -, fault time, seconds + minutes r948[4] : Last fault trip -, fault time, hours + days r948[5] : Last fault trip -, fault time, month + year r948[6] : Last fault trip -, fault time, seconds + minutes r948[7] : Last fault trip -, fault time, hours + days r948[8] : Last fault trip -, fault time, month + year r948[9] : Last fault trip -, fault time, seconds + minutes r948[] : Last fault trip -, fault time, hours + days r948[] : Last fault trip -, fault time, month + year r949[8] CO: Fault value Min: - Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: - P-Group: ALARMS Max: - Displays drive fault values. It is for service purposes and indicate the type of fault reported. The values are listed in the code where faults are reported. r949[] : Recent fault trip --, fault value r949[] : Recent fault trip --, fault value r949[] : Recent fault trip -, fault value r949[] : Recent fault trip -, fault value 4 r949[4] : Recent fault trip -, fault value 5 r949[5] : Recent fault trip -, fault value 6 r949[6] : Recent fault trip -, fault value 7 r949[7] : Recent fault trip -, fault value 8 6SE64-5BB-BP 7

108 Parameter Description Issue /6 P95 Total number of faults Min: CStat: CT Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: P-Group: ALARMS Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: 8 Displays number of faults stored in r947 (last fault code). Setting resets fault history. (changing to also resets parameter r948 - fault time). r964[5] Firmware version data Min: - Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: - P-Group: COMM Max: - Firmware version data. r964[] : Company (Siemens = 4) r964[] : Product type r964[] : Firmware version r964[] : Firmware date (year) r964[4] : Firmware date (day/month) Example: No. Value Meaning r964[] 4 SIEMENS r964[] MICROMASTER 4 MICROMASTER 44 MICRO- / COMBIMASTER 4 4 MICROMASTER r964[] 5 reserved MICROMASTER 44 PX 7 MICROMASTER 4 Firmware V.5 r964[] r964[4] r965 Profibus profile Min: - Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: - P-Group: COMM Max: - Identification of profile number and version for PROFIDrive. r967 Control word Min: - Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: - P-Group: COMM Max: - Displays control word. Bitfields: Bit ON/OFF NO YES Bit OFF: Electrical stop YES NO Bit OFF: Fast stop YES NO Bit Pulses enabled NO YES Bit4 RFG enable NO YES Bit5 RFG start NO YES Bit6 Setpoint enable NO YES Bit7 Fault acknowledge NO YES Bit8 JOG right NO YES Bit9 JOG left NO YES Bit Control from PLC NO YES Bit Reverse (setpoint inversion) NO YES Bit Motor potentiometer MOP up NO YES Bit4 Motor potentiometer MOP down NO YES Bit5 CDS Bit (Local/Remote) NO YES 8 6SE64-5BB-BP

109 Issue /6 Parameter Description r968 Status word Min: - Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: - P-Group: COMM Max: - Displays active status word of inverter (in binary) and can be used to diagnose which commands are active. Bitfields: Bit Drive ready NO YES Bit Drive ready to run NO YES Bit Drive running NO YES Bit Drive fault active NO YES Bit4 OFF active YES NO Bit5 OFF active YES NO Bit6 ON inhibit active NO YES Bit7 Drive warning active NO YES Bit8 Deviation setpoint / act. value YES NO Bit9 PZD control NO YES Bit Maximum frequency reached NO YES Bit Warning: Motor current limit YES NO Bit Motor holding brake active NO YES Bit Motor overload YES NO Bit4 Motor runs right NO YES Bit5 Inverter overload YES NO P97 Factory reset Min: CStat: C Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: P-Group: PAR_RESET Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: P97 = resets all parameters to their default values. Possible Settings: Disabled Parameter reset - First set P = (factory settings). - Stop drive (i.e. disable all pulses) before you can reset parameters to default values. The following parameters retain their values after a factory reset: - P4 Store mode - r9 CO: Energy consumption meter [kwh] - P Europe / North America - P98 CB address - P USS baud rate - P USS address P97 Transfer data from RAM to EEPROM Min: CStat: CUT Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: P-Group: COMM Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: Transfers values from RAM to EEPROM when set to. Possible Settings: Disabled Start transfer All values in RAM are transferred to EEPROM. Parameter is automatically reset to (default) after successful transfer. The storage from RAM to EEPROM is accomplished via P97. The communications are reset, if the transfer was successful. During the reset process communications will be interrupted. This creates the following conditions: - PLC (e.g. SIMATIC S7) enters Stop mode - Starter automatically recovers communications once they are re-established. - Drivemonitor is displayed "NC" (not connected) in the status line or "drive busy". - BOP displays "busy" After completion of the transfer process, the communication between the inverter and the PC-tools (e.g. Starter) or BOP is automatically re-established. 6SE64-5BB-BP 9

110 Parameter Description Issue /6.6 Setpoint source P[] Selection of frequency setpoint Min: CStat: CT Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: P-Group: SETPOINT Active: first confirm QuickComm.: Yes Max: 77 Selects frequency setpoint source. In the table of possible settings below, the main setpoint is selected from the least significant digit (i.e., to 7) and any additional setpoint from the most significant digit (i.e., x through to x7). Possible Settings: No main setpoint MOP setpoint Analog setpoint Fixed frequency 4 USS on BOP link 5 USS on COM link 6 CB on COM link 7 Analog setpoint No main setpoint + MOP setpoint MOP setpoint + MOP setpoint Analog setpoint + MOP setpoint Fixed frequency + MOP setpoint 4 USS on BOP link + MOP setpoint 5 USS on COM link + MOP setpoint 6 CB on COM link + MOP setpoint 7 Analog setpoint + MOP setpoint No main setpoint + Analog setpoint MOP setpoint + Analog setpoint Analog setpoint + Analog setpoint Fixed frequency + Analog setpoint 4 USS on BOP link + Analog setpoint 5 USS on COM link + Analog setpoint 6 CB on COM link + Analog setpoint 7 Analog setpoint + Analog setpoint No main setpoint + Fixed frequency MOP setpoint + Fixed frequency Analog setpoint + Fixed frequency Fixed frequency + Fixed frequency 4 USS on BOP link + Fixed frequency 5 USS on COM link + Fixed frequency 6 CB on COM link + Fixed frequency 7 Analog setpoint + Fixed frequency 4 No main setpoint + USS on BOP link 4 MOP setpoint + USS on BOP link 4 Analog setpoint + USS on BOP link 4 Fixed frequency + USS on BOP link 44 USS on BOP link + USS on BOP link 45 USS on COM link + USS on BOP link 46 CB on COM link + USS on BOP link 47 Analog setpoint + USS on BOP link 5 No main setpoint + USS on COM link 5 MOP setpoint + USS on COM link 5 Analog setpoint + USS on COM link 5 Fixed frequency + USS on COM link 54 USS on BOP link + USS on COM link 55 USS on COM link + USS on COM link 57 Analog setpoint + USS on COM link 6 No main setpoint + CB on COM link 6 MOP setpoint + CB on COM link 6 Analog setpoint + CB on COM link 6 Fixed frequency + CB on COM link 64 USS on BOP link + CB on COM link 66 CB on COM link + CB on COM link 67 Analog setpoint + CB on COM link 7 No main setpoint + Analog setpoint 7 MOP setpoint + Analog setpoint 7 Analog setpoint + Analog setpoint 7 Fixed frequency + Analog setpoint 74 USS on BOP link + Analog setpoint 75 USS on COM link + Analog setpoint 76 CB on COM link + Analog setpoint 77 Analog setpoint + Analog setpoint 6SE64-5BB-BP

111 Issue /6 Parameter Description P[] : st. Command data set (CDS) P[] : nd. Command data set (CDS) P[] : rd. Command data set (CDS) Example: Setting selects main setpoint () derived from analog input with additional setpoint () taken from the motor potentiometer. Example P = : P = P7 = 755 P = P75 = 5 P7 CI: Main setpoint r755 CO: Act. ADC after scal. [4h] P75 CI: Additional setpoint r5 CO: Act. Output freq. of the MOP MOP ADC Sequence control FF USS BOP link USS COM link P = P = Additonal setpoint Main setpoint Setpoint channel Motor control CB COM link ADC Caution: Be aware, by changing of parameter P all BICO parameters (see table below) are modified. Single digits denote main setpoints that have no additional setpoint. Changing this parameter sets (to default) all settings on item selected (see table). 6SE64-5BB-BP

112 Parameter Description Issue /6 P = xy x = x = x = x = x = 4 x = 5 x = 6 x = 7 P = xy y = y = y = y = y = 4 y = 5 y = 6 y = P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P76 Example: P = P7 = 5. P7 =. P75 = 755. P76 =. 6SE64-5BB-BP

113 Issue /6 Parameter Description.7 Fixed frequencies P[] Fixed frequency Min: -65. CStat: CUT Datatype: Float Unit: Hz Def:. P-Group: SETPOINT Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max: 65. Defines fixed frequency setpoint. There are three options available for selection of the fixed frequencies:. Direct selection. Direct selection + ON command. Binary coded selection + ON command. Direct selection (P7 - P76 = 5): - In this mode of operation digital input selects fixed frequency. - If several inputs are active together, the selected frequencies are summed. - E.g.: FF + FF + FF + FF4 + FF5 + FF6.. Direct selection + ON command (P7 - P76 = 6): - The fixed frequency selection combines the fixed frequencies with an ON command. - In this mode of operation digital input selects fixed frequency. - If several inputs are active together, the selected frequencies are summed. - E.g.: FF + FF + FF + FF4 + FF5 + FF6.. Binary coded selection + ON command (P7 - P76 = 7): - Up to 6 fixed frequencies can be selected using this method. - The fixed frequencies are selected according to the following table: P[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) Example: Binary coded selection : DIN4 DIN DIN DIN Hz FF P FF P FF P FF P4 FF4 P5 FF5 P6 FF6 P7 FF7 P8 FF8 P9 FF9 P FF P FF P FF P FF P4 FF4 P5 FF5 6SE64-5BB-BP

114 Parameter Description Issue /6 Direct selection of FF P via DIN : P7 = 5 or P7 = 99, P = 7., P6 = P7 = 5 or P7 = 99, P = 7., P7 = P6 DIN r7. P, DIN r7. P P7 P...., P r4 Select fixed frequency operation (using P). Inverter requires ON command to start in the case of direct selection (P7 - P76 = 5). Fixed frequencies can be selected using the digital inputs, and can also be combined with an ON command. P[] Fixed frequency Min: -65. CStat: CUT Datatype: Float Unit: Hz Def: 5. P-Group: SETPOINT Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max: 65. Defines fixed frequency setpoint. P[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) Details: See parameter P (fixed frequency ). P[] Fixed frequency Min: -65. CStat: CUT Datatype: Float Unit: Hz Def:. P-Group: SETPOINT Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max: 65. Defines fixed frequency setpoint. P[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) Details: See parameter P (fixed frequency ). P4[] Fixed frequency 4 Min: -65. CStat: CUT Datatype: Float Unit: Hz Def: 5. P-Group: SETPOINT Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max: 65. Defines fixed frequency setpoint 4. P4[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P4[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P4[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) Details: See parameter P (fixed frequency ). P5[] Fixed frequency 5 Min: -65. CStat: CUT Datatype: Float Unit: Hz Def:. P-Group: SETPOINT Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max: 65. Defines fixed frequency setpoint 5. P5[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P5[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P5[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) Details: See parameter P (fixed frequency ). 4 6SE64-5BB-BP

115 Issue /6 Parameter Description P6[] Fixed frequency 6 Min: -65. CStat: CUT Datatype: Float Unit: Hz Def: 5. P-Group: SETPOINT Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max: 65. Defines fixed frequency setpoint 6. P6[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P6[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P6[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) Details: See parameter P (fixed frequency ). P7[] Fixed frequency 7 Min: -65. CStat: CUT Datatype: Float Unit: Hz Def:. P-Group: SETPOINT Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max: 65. Defines fixed frequency setpoint 7. P7[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P7[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P7[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) Details: See parameter P (fixed frequency ). P8[] Fixed frequency 8 Min: -65. CStat: CUT Datatype: Float Unit: Hz Def: 5. P-Group: SETPOINT Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max: 65. Defines fixed frequency setpoint 8. P8[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P8[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P8[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) Details: See parameter P (fixed frequency ). P9[] Fixed frequency 9 Min: -65. CStat: CUT Datatype: Float Unit: Hz Def: 4. P-Group: SETPOINT Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max: 65. Defines fixed frequency setpoint 9. P9[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P9[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P9[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) Details: See parameter P (fixed frequency ). P[] Fixed frequency Min: -65. CStat: CUT Datatype: Float Unit: Hz Def: 45. P-Group: SETPOINT Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max: 65. Defines fixed frequency setpoint. P[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) Details: See parameter P (fixed frequency ). P[] Fixed frequency Min: -65. CStat: CUT Datatype: Float Unit: Hz Def: 5. P-Group: SETPOINT Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max: 65. Defines fixed frequency setpoint. P[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) Details: See parameter P (fixed frequency ). 6SE64-5BB-BP 5

116 Parameter Description Issue /6 P[] Fixed frequency Min: -65. CStat: CUT Datatype: Float Unit: Hz Def: 55. P-Group: SETPOINT Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max: 65. Defines fixed frequency setpoint. P[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) Details: See parameter P (fixed frequency ). P[] Fixed frequency Min: -65. CStat: CUT Datatype: Float Unit: Hz Def: 6. P-Group: SETPOINT Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max: 65. Defines fixed frequency setpoint. P[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) Details: See parameter P (fixed frequency ). P4[] Fixed frequency 4 Min: -65. CStat: CUT Datatype: Float Unit: Hz Def: 65. P-Group: SETPOINT Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max: 65. Defines fixed frequency setpoint 4. P4[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P4[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P4[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) Details: See parameter P (fixed frequency ). P5[] Fixed frequency 5 Min: -65. CStat: CUT Datatype: Float Unit: Hz Def: 65. P-Group: SETPOINT Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max: 65. Defines fixed frequency setpoint 5. P5[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P5[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P5[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) Details: See parameter P (fixed frequency ). P6[] Fixed frequency mode - Bit Min: CStat: CT Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: P-Group: SETPOINT Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: Fixed frequencies can be selected in three different modes. Parameter P6 defines the mode of selection Bit. Possible Settings: Direct selection Direct selection + ON command Binary coded selection + ON command P6[] : st. Command data set (CDS) P6[] : nd. Command data set (CDS) P6[] : rd. Command data set (CDS) Details: See table in P (fixed frequency ) for description of how to use fixed frequencies. 6 6SE64-5BB-BP

117 Issue /6 Parameter Description P7[] Fixed frequency mode - Bit Min: CStat: CT Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: P-Group: SETPOINT Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: Fixed frequencies can be selected in three different modes. Parameter P7 defines the mode of selection Bit. Possible Settings: Direct selection Direct selection + ON command Binary coded selection + ON command P7[] : st. Command data set (CDS) P7[] : nd. Command data set (CDS) P7[] : rd. Command data set (CDS) Details: See table in P (fixed frequency ) for description of how to use fixed frequencies. P8[] Fixed frequency mode - Bit Min: CStat: CT Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: P-Group: SETPOINT Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: Fixed frequencies can be selected in three different modes. Parameter P8 defines the mode of selection Bit. Possible Settings: Direct selection Direct selection + ON command Binary coded selection + ON command P8[] : st. Command data set (CDS) P8[] : nd. Command data set (CDS) P8[] : rd. Command data set (CDS) Details: See table in P (fixed frequency ) for description of how to use fixed frequencies. P9[] Fixed frequency mode - Bit Min: CStat: CT Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: P-Group: SETPOINT Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: Fixed frequencies can be selected in three different modes. Parameter P9 defines the mode of selection Bit. Possible Settings: Direct selection Direct selection + ON command Binary coded selection + ON command P9[] : st. Command data set (CDS) P9[] : nd. Command data set (CDS) P9[] : rd. Command data set (CDS) Details: See table in P (fixed frequency ) for description of how to use fixed frequencies. P[] BI: Fixed freq. selection Bit Min: : CStat: CT Datatype: U Unit: - Def: : P-Group: COMMANDS Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: 4: Defines origin of fixed frequency selection. P[] : st. Command data set (CDS) P[] : nd. Command data set (CDS) P[] : rd. Command data set (CDS) Common Settings: P = 7. ==> Digital input P = 7. ==> Digital input P = 7. ==> Digital input P = 7. ==> Digital input 4 P6 = 7.4 ==> Digital input 5 P8 = 7.5 ==> Digital input 6 Accessible only if P7 - P76 = 99 (function of digital inputs = BICO) 6SE64-5BB-BP 7

118 Parameter Description Issue /6 P[] BI: Fixed freq. selection Bit Min: : CStat: CT Datatype: U Unit: - Def: : P-Group: COMMANDS Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: 4: Defines origin of fixed frequency selection. P[] : st. Command data set (CDS) P[] : nd. Command data set (CDS) P[] : rd. Command data set (CDS) Accessible only if P7 - P76 = 99 (function of digital inputs = BICO) Details: See P (fixed frequency selection Bit ) for most common settings P[] BI: Fixed freq. selection Bit Min: : CStat: CT Datatype: U Unit: - Def: : P-Group: COMMANDS Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: 4: Defines origin of fixed frequency selection. P[] : st. Command data set (CDS) P[] : nd. Command data set (CDS) P[] : rd. Command data set (CDS) Accessible only if P7 - P76 = 99 (function of digital inputs = BICO) Details: See P (fixed frequency selection Bit ) for most common settings P[] BI: Fixed freq. selection Bit Min: : CStat: CT Datatype: U Unit: - Def: 7: P-Group: COMMANDS Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: 4: Defines origin of fixed frequency selection. P[] : st. Command data set (CDS) P[] : nd. Command data set (CDS) P[] : rd. Command data set (CDS) Accessible only if P7 - P76 = 99 (function of digital inputs = BICO) Details: See P (fixed frequency selection Bit ) for most common settings r4 CO: Act. fixed frequency Min: - Datatype: Float Unit: Hz Def: - P-Group: SETPOINT Max: - Displays sum total of selected fixed frequencies. P5[] Fixed frequency mode - Bit 4 Min: CStat: CT Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: P-Group: SETPOINT Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: Direct selection or direct selection + ON for bit 4 Possible Settings: Direct selection Direct selection + ON command P5[] : st. Command data set (CDS) P5[] : nd. Command data set (CDS) P5[] : rd. Command data set (CDS) Details: See parameter P for description of how to use fixed frequencies. P6[] BI: Fixed freq. selection Bit 4 Min: : CStat: CT Datatype: U Unit: - Def: 7:4 P-Group: COMMANDS Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: 4: Defines origin of fixed frequency selection. P6[] : st. Command data set (CDS) P6[] : nd. Command data set (CDS) P6[] : rd. Command data set (CDS) Accessible only if P7 - P76 = 99 (function of digital inputs = BICO). Details: See P (fixed frequency selection Bit ) for most common settings. 8 6SE64-5BB-BP

119 Issue /6 Parameter Description P7[] Fixed frequency mode - Bit 5 Min: CStat: CT Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: P-Group: SETPOINT Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: direct selection or direct selection + ON for bit 5 Possible Settings: Direct selection Direct selection + ON command P7[] : st. Command data set (CDS) P7[] : nd. Command data set (CDS) P7[] : rd. Command data set (CDS) Details: See parameter P for description of how to use fixed frequencies. P8[] BI: Fixed freq. selection Bit 5 Min: : CStat: CT Datatype: U Unit: - Def: 7:5 P-Group: COMMANDS Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: 4: Defines origin of fixed frequency selection. P8[] : st. Command data set (CDS) P8[] : nd. Command data set (CDS) P8[] : rd. Command data set (CDS) Accessible only if P7 - P76 = 99 (function of digital inputs = BICO). Details: See P (fixed frequency selection Bit ) for most common settings. 6SE64-5BB-BP 9

120 Parameter Description Issue /6.8 Motorized potentiometer (MOP) P[] Setpoint memory of the MOP Min: CStat: CUT Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: P-Group: SETPOINT Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max: Saves last motor potentiometer setpoint (MOP) that was active before OFF command or power down. Possible Settings: MOP setpoint will not be stored MOP setpoint will be stored (P4 is updated) P[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) On next ON command, motor potentiometer setpoint will be the saved value in parameter P4 (setpoint of the MOP). P Inhibit negative MOP setpoints Min: CStat: CT Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: P-Group: SETPOINT Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: This parameter suppresses negative setpoints of the MOP output r5. Possible Settings: Neg. MOP setpoint is allowed Neg. MOP setpoint inhibited The reversing functions (e.g. BOP-Reverse button if P7 = ) are not affected by the settings of P. Use P to fully prevent change of direction in setpoint channel. P5[] BI: Enable MOP (UP-command) Min: : CStat: CT Datatype: U Unit: - Def: 9: P-Group: COMMANDS Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: 4: Defines source for motor potentiometer setpoint increase frequency. P5[] : st. Command data set (CDS) P5[] : nd. Command data set (CDS) P5[] : rd. Command data set (CDS) Common Settings: 7. = Digital input (requires P7 to be set to 99, BICO) 7. = Digital input (requires P7 to be set to 99, BICO) 7. = Digital input (requires P7 to be set to 99, BICO) 7. = Digital input 4 (requires P74 to be set to 99, BICO) 7.4 = Digital input 5 (requires P75 to be set to 99, BICO) 7.5 = Digital input 6 (requires P76 to be set to 99, BICO) 7.6 = Digital input 7 (via analog input, requires P77 to be set to 99) 7.7 = Digital input 8 (via analog input, requires P78 to be set to 99) 9.D = MOP up via BOP P6[] BI: Enable MOP (DOWN-command) Min: : CStat: CT Datatype: U Unit: - Def: 9:4 P-Group: COMMANDS Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: 4: Defines source for motor potentiometer setpoint decrease frequency. P6[] : st. Command data set (CDS) P6[] : nd. Command data set (CDS) P6[] : rd. Command data set (CDS) Common Settings: 7. = Digital input (requires P7 to be set to 99, BICO) 7. = Digital input (requires P7 to be set to 99, BICO) 7. = Digital input (requires P7 to be set to 99, BICO) 7. = Digital input 4 (requires P74 to be set to 99, BICO) 7.4 = Digital input 5 (requires P75 to be set to 99, BICO) 7.5 = Digital input 6 (requires P76 to be set to 99, BICO) 7.6 = Digital input 7 (via analog input, requires P77 to be set to 99) 7.7 = Digital input 8 (via analog input, requires P78 to be set to 99) 9.E = MOP down via BOP 6SE64-5BB-BP

121 Issue /6 Parameter Description P4[] Setpoint of the MOP Min: -65. CStat: CUT Datatype: Float Unit: Hz Def: 5. P-Group: SETPOINT Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max: 65. Determines setpoint for motor potentiometer control (P = ). P4[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P4[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P4[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) - If motor potentiometer setpoint is selected either as main setpoint or additional setpoint, the reverse direction will be inhibited by default of P (inhibit reverse direction of MOP). - To re-enable reverse direction, set P =. r5 CO: Act. Output freq. of the MOP Min: - Datatype: Float Unit: Hz Def: - P-Group: SETPOINT Max: - Displays output frequency of motor potentiometer setpoint ([Hz]). DIN BOP USS BOP link USS COM link CB COM link P84 P5 P6 f P8 t t t P8 -P8 P P t -P8 r5 f act Possible parameter settings for the selection of MOP: DIN BOP USS on BOP link USS on COM link CB Selection P79 =, P7 =, P = or P79 =, P7 = P79 =, P7 =, P = or P79 =, P7 = or P79 = P79 =, P7 = 4, P = or P79 =, P7 = 4 or P79 = 4 P79 =, P7 = 5, P = or P79 =, P7 = 5 or P79 = 5 P79 =, P7 = 6, P = or P79 =, P7 = 6 or P79 = 6 MOP up P7 = (DIN) UP button USS control word r Bit USS control word r6 Bit CB control word r9 Bit MOP down P7 = 4 (DIN) DOWN button USS control word r Bit4 USS control word r6 Bit4 CB control word r9 Bit4 6SE64-5BB-BP

122 Parameter Description Issue /6.9 JOG P55[] BI: Enable JOG right Min: : CStat: CT Datatype: U Unit: - Def: : P-Group: COMMANDS Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: 4: Defines source of JOG right. P55[] : st. Command data set (CDS) P55[] : nd. Command data set (CDS) P55[] : rd. Command data set (CDS) Common Settings: 7. = Digital input (requires P7 to be set to 99, BICO) 7. = Digital input (requires P7 to be set to 99, BICO) 7. = Digital input (requires P7 to be set to 99, BICO) 7. = Digital input 4 (requires P74 to be set to 99, BICO) 7.4 = Digital input 5 (requires P75 to be set to 99, BICO) 7.5 = Digital input 6 (requires P76 to be set to 99, BICO) 7.6 = Digital input 7 (via analog input, requires P77 to be set to 99) 7.7 = Digital input 8 (via analog input, requires P78 to be set to 99) 9.8 = JOG right via BOP Active only when P79 <. See parameter P79 (Selection of command/setpoint source). P56[] BI: Enable JOG left Min: : CStat: CT Datatype: U Unit: - Def: : P-Group: COMMANDS Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: 4: Defines source of JOG left. P56[] : st. Command data set (CDS) P56[] : nd. Command data set (CDS) P56[] : rd. Command data set (CDS) Common Settings: 7. = Digital input (requires P7 to be set to 99, BICO) 7. = Digital input (requires P7 to be set to 99, BICO) 7. = Digital input (requires P7 to be set to 99, BICO) 7. = Digital input 4 (requires P74 to be set to 99, BICO) 7.4 = Digital input 5 (requires P75 to be set to 99, BICO) 7.5 = Digital input 6 (requires P76 to be set to 99, BICO) 7.6 = Digital input 7 (via analog input, requires P77 to be set to 99) 7.7 = Digital input 8 (via analog input, requires P78 to be set to 99) 9.9 = JOG left via BOP Active only when P79 <. See parameter P79 (Selection of command/setpoint source). 6SE64-5BB-BP

123 Issue /6 Parameter Description P58[] JOG frequency right Min:. CStat: CUT Datatype: Float Unit: Hz Def: 5. P-Group: SETPOINT Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max: 65. Jogging increases the motor frequency by small amounts. The JOG buttons uses a non-latching switch on one of the digital inputs to control the motor frequency. If JOG clockwise (jogging clockwise) or JOG counter-clockwise is selected, the speed is increased until the value, set in P58 is reached. A9 A9 DIN BOP USS BOP link USS COM link CB COM link "" JOG right P55 "" () "" JOG left P56 "" () P8 P58 f t t t P59 -P8 P58[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P58[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P58[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) P6 and P6 set up and down ramp times respectively for jogging. P59[] JOG frequency left Min:. CStat: CUT Datatype: Float Unit: Hz Def: 5. P-Group: SETPOINT Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max: 65. P6 P6 P6 P6 While JOG left is selected, this parameter determines the frequency at which the inverter will run. P59[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P59[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P59[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) P6 and P6 set up and down ramp times respectively for jogging. 6SE64-5BB-BP

124 Parameter Description Issue /6 P6[] JOG ramp-up time Min:. CStat: CUT Datatype: Float Unit: s Def:. P-Group: SETPOINT Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: 65. Sets jog ramp-up time. This is the time used while jogging is active. JOG f max (P8) P58 f (Hz) t up P6 t (s) t up = P58 P8 P6 P6[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P6[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P6[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) Notice: Ramp times will be used as follows: - P6 / P6 : JOG mode is active - P / P : Normal mode (ON/OFF) is active - P6 / P6 : Normal mode (ON/OFF) and P4 is active P6[] JOG ramp-down time Min:. CStat: CUT Datatype: Float Unit: s Def:. P-Group: SETPOINT Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: 65. Sets ramp-down time. This is the time used while jogging is active. JOG f max (P8) P58 f (Hz) P6 t down t (s) P6[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P6[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P6[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) Notice: Ramp times will be used as follows: - P6 / P6 : JOG mode is active - P / P : Normal mode (ON/OFF) is active - P6 / P6 : Normal mode (ON/OFF) and P4 is active t down = P58 P8 P6 4 6SE64-5BB-BP

125 Issue /6 Parameter Description. Setpoint channel P7[] CI: Main setpoint Min: : CStat: CT Datatype: U Unit: - Def: 755: P-Group: SETPOINT Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: 4: Defines source of main setpoint. P7[] : st. Command data set (CDS) P7[] : nd. Command data set (CDS) P7[] : rd. Command data set (CDS) Common Settings: 755 = Analog input setpoint 4 = Fixed frequency setpoint 5 = Motor potentiometer (MOP) setpoint P7[] CI: Main setpoint scaling Min: : CStat: CT Datatype: U Unit: - Def: : P-Group: SETPOINT Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: 4: Defines source of the main setpoint scaling. P7[] : st. Command data set (CDS) P7[] : nd. Command data set (CDS) P7[] : rd. Command data set (CDS) Common Settings: 755 = Analog input setpoint 4 = Fixed frequency setpoint 5 = Motor potentiometer (MOP) setpoint P74[] BI: Disable additional setpoint Min: : CStat: CUT Datatype: U Unit: - Def: : P-Group: COMMANDS Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: 4: Disables additional setpoint P74[] : st. Command data set (CDS) P74[] : nd. Command data set (CDS) P74[] : rd. Command data set (CDS) Common Settings: 7. = Digital input (requires P7 to be set to 99, BICO) 7. = Digital input (requires P7 to be set to 99, BICO) 7. = Digital input (requires P7 to be set to 99, BICO) 7. = Digital input 4 (requires P74 to be set to 99, BICO) 7.4 = Digital input 5 (requires P75 to be set to 99, BICO) 7.5 = Digital input 6 (requires P76 to be set to 99, BICO) 7.6 = Digital input 7 (via analog input, requires P77 to be set to 99) 7.7 = Digital input 8 (via analog input, requires P78 to be set to 99)) P75[] CI: Additional setpoint Min: : CStat: CT Datatype: U Unit: - Def: : P-Group: SETPOINT Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: 4: Defines source of the additional setpoint (to be added to main setpoint). P75[] : st. Command data set (CDS) P75[] : nd. Command data set (CDS) P75[] : rd. Command data set (CDS) Common Settings: 755 = Analog input setpoint 4 = Fixed frequency setpoint 5 = Motor potentiometer (MOP) setpoint 6SE64-5BB-BP 5

126 Parameter Description Issue /6 P76[] CI: Additional setpoint scaling Min: : CStat: CT Datatype: U Unit: - Def: : P-Group: SETPOINT Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: 4: Defines source of scaling for additional setpoint (to be added to main setpoint). P76[] : st. Command data set (CDS) P76[] : nd. Command data set (CDS) P76[] : rd. Command data set (CDS) Common Settings: = Scaling of. (%) 755 = Analog input Setpoint 4 = Fixed Frequency Setpoint 5 = MOP Setpoint r78 CO: Total frequency setpoint Min: - Datatype: Float Unit: Hz Def: - P-Group: SETPOINT Max: - Displays sum of main and additional setpoints in [Hz]. r79 CO: Selected frequency setpoint Min: - Datatype: Float Unit: Hz Def: - P-Group: SETPOINT Max: - Displays selected frequency setpoint. Following frequency setpoints are displayed: - r78 Total frequency setpoint - P58 JOG frequency right - P59 JOG frequency left P55 (BI: Enable JOG right) or P56 (BI: Enable JOG left) define command source of JOG right or JOG left respectively. P55 = and P56 = ==> Total frequency setpoint is selected. 6 6SE64-5BB-BP

127 Issue /6 Parameter Description P8[] Min. frequency Min:. CStat: CUT Datatype: Float Unit: Hz Def:. P-Group: SETPOINT Active: Immediately QuickComm.: Yes Max: 65. Sets minimum motor frequency [Hz] at which motor will run irrespective of frequency setpoint. The minimum frequency P8 represents a masking frequency of Hz for all frequency target value sources (e.g. ADC, MOP, FF, USS), with the exception of the JOG target value source (analogous to P9). Thus the frequency band +/- P8 is run through in optimum time by means of the acceleration/deceleration ramps. Dwelling in the frequency band is not possible (see example). Furthermore, an undershoot of the actual frequency f_act below min. frequency P8 is output by the following signal function. P8[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P8[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P8[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) Example: ON/OFF t f_set P8 -P8 f_act t P8 + P5 P8 -P8 -P8 - P5 t f_act > f_min r5 Bit P5 = t Value set here is valid both for clockwise and for anticlockwise rotation. Under certain conditions (e.g. ramping, current limiting), motor can run below minimum frequency. 6SE64-5BB-BP 7

128 Parameter Description Issue /6 P8[] Max. frequency Min:. CStat: CT Datatype: Float Unit: Hz Def: 5. P-Group: SETPOINT Active: first confirm QuickComm.: Yes Max: 65. Sets maximum motor frequency [Hz] at which motor will run irrespective of the frequency setpoint. The value set here is valid for both clockwise and anticlockwise rotation. Futhermore, the monitoring function f_act >= P8 (r5 Bit, see example below) is affected by this parameter. P8[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P8[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P8[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) Example: f_act P8 P8 - P6 f_act P8 (f_max) t r5 Bit t The maximal value of motor frequency P8 is limited to pulse frequency P8. P8 is dependent on the derating characteristic as followed: khz 4 khz P8 6 khz 8-6 khz f max P8 -. Hz Hz - 4 Hz - 65 Hz If closed-loop vector control (P > 9) is selected, then the maximum frequency is internally limited by the following equation: fmax= min(p8, 5 P,.) The resultant value is displayed in r84 (resultant maximum frequency). The maximum output frequency of inverter can be exceeded if one of the following is active: - p5 (Slip compensation active ) : fmax(p5) = fmax + fslip, max = p8+ - p (Flying restart active) : p6 r p r fmax(p) = fmax + fslip, nom = p8+ p When using the setpoint source - Analog Input - USS - CB (e.g. PROFIBUS) The setpoint frequency (in Hz) is cyclically calculated using a percentage value (e.g. for the analog input r754) or a hexadecimal value (e.g. for the USS r8[]) and the reference frequency P. If for example P8 = 8 Hz, P = 5 Hz and the analog input is parameterised with P757 = V, P758 = %, P759 = V, P76 = %, a setpoint frequency of 5 Hz will be applied at V of the analog input. 8 6SE64-5BB-BP

129 Issue /6 Parameter Description r84 Resultant max. frequency Min: - Datatype: Float Unit: Hz Def: - P-Group: CONTROL Max: - Displays resultant maximum frequency. P < P8 P8 6 khz r84 = min(p8,, 65.) 5 P8 8 khz r84= min(p8, 65.) P r84= min(p8, 5 P,.) P9[] Skip frequency Min:. CStat: CUT Datatype: Float Unit: Hz Def:. P-Group: SETPOINT Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max: 65. Defines skip frequency which avoids effects of mechanical resonance and suppresses frequencies within +/- P (skip frequency bandwidth). f out P9 Skip frequency P Skip frequency bandwidth f in P9[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P9[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P9[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) Notice: - Stationary operation is not possible within the suppressed frequency range; the range is merely passed through (on the ramp). - For example, if P9 = Hz and P = Hz, it is not possible to operate continuously between Hz +/- Hz (i.e. between 8 and Hz). P9[] Skip frequency Min:. CStat: CUT Datatype: Float Unit: Hz Def:. P-Group: SETPOINT Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max: 65. Defines skip frequency which avoids effects of mechanical resonance and suppresses frequencies within +/- P (skip frequency bandwidth). P9[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P9[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P9[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) Details: See P9 (skip frequency ). P9[] Skip frequency Min:. CStat: CUT Datatype: Float Unit: Hz Def:. P-Group: SETPOINT Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max: 65. Defines skip frequency which avoids effects of mechanical resonance and suppresses frequencies within +/- P (skip frequency bandwidth). P9[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P9[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P9[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) Details: See P9 (skip frequency ). 6SE64-5BB-BP 9

130 Parameter Description Issue /6 P94[] Skip frequency 4 Min:. CStat: CUT Datatype: Float Unit: Hz Def:. P-Group: SETPOINT Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max: 65. Defines skip frequency 4 which avoids effects of mechanical resonance and suppresses frequencies within +/- P (skip frequency bandwidth). P94[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P94[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P94[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) Details: See P9 (skip frequency ). P[] Skip frequency bandwidth Min:. CStat: CUT Datatype: Float Unit: Hz Def:. P-Group: SETPOINT Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max:. Delivers frequency bandwidth to be applied to skip frequencies (in [Hz]). P[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) Details: See P9 (skip frequency ). P[] BI: Inhibit neg. freq. setpoint Min: : CStat: CT Datatype: U Unit: - Def: : P-Group: COMMANDS Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: 4: This parameter suppresses negative setpoints. Therefore, modification of the motor direction is inhibited to the setpoint channel. P[] : st. Command data set (CDS) P[] : nd. Command data set (CDS) P[] : rd. Command data set (CDS) Common Settings: = Disabled = Enabled Notice: Where - If a min. frequency (P8) and a negative setpoint are given, the motor is accelerated by a positive value in relationship to the min. frequency. - This function does not disable the "reverse command functions" (e.g. Reverse, ON left); rather, a reverse command causes motor to run in the positive direction only, as described above. P = ON/OFF t Reverse t f f set (r7) P8 -P8 f set (r78) t 6SE64-5BB-BP

131 Issue /6 Parameter Description P[] BI: Reverse Min: : CStat: CT Datatype: U Unit: - Def: 7: P-Group: COMMANDS Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: 4: Defines source of reverse command. P[] : st. Command data set (CDS) P[] : nd. Command data set (CDS) P[] : rd. Command data set (CDS) Common Settings: 7. = Digital input (requires P7 to be set to 99, BICO) 7. = Digital input (requires P7 to be set to 99, BICO) 7. = Digital input (requires P7 to be set to 99, BICO) 7. = Digital input 4 (requires P74 to be set to 99, BICO) 7.4 = Digital input 5 (requires P75 to be set to 99, BICO) 7.5 = Digital input 6 (requires P76 to be set to 99, BICO) 9.B = Reverse via BOP Active only when P79 <. See parameter P79 (Selection of command/setpoint source). r4 CO: Freq. setp. after dir. ctrl. Min: - Datatype: Float Unit: Hz Def: - P-Group: SETPOINT Max: - Displays setpoint frequency after change of direction. r9 CO: Freq. setpoint before RFG Min: - Datatype: Float Unit: Hz Def: - P-Group: SETPOINT Max: - Displays output frequency after modification by other functions, e.g.: - P BI: Inhibit neg. freq. setpoint, - P9 - P94 skip frequencies, - P8 Min. frequency, - P8 Max. frequency, - limitations, - etc.. Ramp-function generator P[] Ramp-up time Min:. CStat: CUT Datatype: Float Unit: s Def:. P-Group: SETPOINT Active: first confirm QuickComm.: Yes Max: 65. Time taken for motor to accelerate from standstill up to maximum motor frequency (P8) when no rounding is used. f max (P8) f (Hz) f f t up P t (s) tup = f f P P8 Setting the ramp-up time too short can cause the inverter to trip (overcurrent). P[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) If an external frequency setpoint with set ramp rates is used (e.g. from a PLC). The best way to achieve optimum drive performance is to set ramp times in P and P slightly shorter than those of the PLC. Notice: Ramp times will be used as follows: - P6 / P6 : JOG mode is active - P / P : Normal mode (ON/OFF) is active - P6 / P6 : Normal mode (ON/OFF) and P4 is active 6SE64-5BB-BP

132 Parameter Description Issue /6 P[] Ramp-down time Min:. CStat: CUT Datatype: Float Unit: s Def:. P-Group: SETPOINT Active: first confirm QuickComm.: Yes Max: 65. Time taken for motor to decelerate from maximum motor frequency (P8) down to standstill when no rounding is used. f max (P8) f (Hz) f f P t down t (s) tdown = f f P P8 P[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) Notice: Setting the ramp-down time too short can cause the inverter to trip (overcurrent (F) / overvoltage (F)). Ramp times will be used as follows: - P6 / P6 : JOG mode is active - P / P : Normal mode (ON/OFF) is active - P6 / P6 : Normal mode (ON/OFF) and P4 is active P4[] BI: Enable JOG ramp times Min: : CStat: CT Datatype: U Unit: - Def: : P-Group: COMMANDS Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: 4: Defines source for switching between jog ramp times (P6, P6) and normal ramp times (P, P) as applied to the RFG. This parameter is valid for normal mode (ON/OFF) only. P4[] : st. Command data set (CDS) P4[] : nd. Command data set (CDS) P4[] : rd. Command data set (CDS) Common Settings: 7. = Digital input (requires P7 to be set to 99, BICO) 7. = Digital input (requires P7 to be set to 99, BICO) 7. = Digital input (requires P7 to be set to 99, BICO) 7. = Digital input 4 (requires P74 to be set to 99, BICO) 7.4 = Digital input 5 (requires P75 to be set to 99, BICO) 7.5 = Digital input 6 (requires P76 to be set to 99, BICO) Notice: P4 does not have any impact when JOG mode is selected. In this case, jog ramp times (P6, P6) will be used all the time. Ramp times will be used as follows: - P6 / P6 : JOG mode is active - P / P : Normal mode (ON/OFF) is active - P6 / P6 : Normal mode (ON/OFF) and P4 is active 6SE64-5BB-BP

133 Issue /6 Parameter Description P[] Ramp-up initial rounding time Min:. CStat: CUT Datatype: Float Unit: s Def:. P-Group: SETPOINT Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: 4. Defines initial rounding time in seconds as shown on the diagram below. f f f P P P P t t up t down where: f - f for P (P+ P) P8 tup = (P+ P) + f - f P P8 f - f for P (P+ P) P8 tdown = (P + P) + P[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) f - f P P8 - If short or zero ramp times (P, P < P, P, P, P) are set, the total ramp up time (t_up) or ramp down time (t_down) will not depend on P. - See equations above for valid conditions to calculate t_up and t_down. - Rounding times are recommended, since they prevent an abrupt response, thus avoiding detrimental effects on the mechanics. - Rounding times are not recommended when analog inputs are used, since they would result in overshoot/undershoot in the inverter response. P[] Ramp-up final rounding time Min:. CStat: CUT Datatype: Float Unit: s Def:. P-Group: SETPOINT Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: 4. Defines rounding time at end of ramp-up as shown in P (ramp-up initial rounding time). P[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) Details: See parameter P. P[] Ramp-down initial rounding time Min:. CStat: CUT Datatype: Float Unit: s Def:. P-Group: SETPOINT Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: 4. Defines rounding time at start of ramp-down as shown in P (ramp-up initial rounding time). P[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) Details: See parameter P. 6SE64-5BB-BP

134 Parameter Description Issue /6 P[] Ramp-down final rounding time Min:. CStat: CUT Datatype: Float Unit: s Def:. P-Group: SETPOINT Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: 4. Defines rounding time at end of ramp-down as shown in P (ramp-up initial rounding time). P[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) Details: See parameter P. P4[] Rounding type Min: CStat: CUT Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: P-Group: SETPOINT Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max: Defines the smoothing which is active by setpoint modifications during acceleration or deceleration (e.g. new setpoint, OFF, OFF, REV). This smoothing is applied, if the motor is ramped-up or ramped-down and - P4 =, - P >, P > and - the setpoint is not yet reached. P >, P > f f Set Setpoint reached P4 = Setpoint not reached t f P P P P Setpoint reached f Set P4 = Setpoint not reached ON OFF P P P t t Possible Settings: Continuous smoothing Discontinuous smoothing P4[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P4[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P4[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) No effect until P (Ramp-down initial rounding time) or P (Ramp-down final rounding time) > s. 4 6SE64-5BB-BP

135 Issue /6 Parameter Description P5[] OFF ramp-down time Min:. CStat: CUT Datatype: Float Unit: s Def: 5. P-Group: SETPOINT Active: first confirm QuickComm.: Yes Max: 65. Defines ramp-down time from maximum frequency to standstill for OFF command. f OFF t f max (P8) f act,motor f P68 f act,inverter P67 r5 Bit Operation Pulse cancellation P5[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P5[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P5[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) P5 P68 t down,off t f tdown,off = P5 P8 This time may be exceeded if the VDC_max. level is reached. P4[] BI: RFG enable Min: : CStat: CT Datatype: U Unit: - Def: : P-Group: COMMANDS Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: 4: t Defines command source of RFG enable command (RFG: ramp function generator). If binary input is equal to zero then the RFG output will be set immediately to. P4[] : st. Command data set (CDS) P4[] : nd. Command data set (CDS) P4[] : rd. Command data set (CDS) P4[] BI: RFG start Min: : CStat: CT Datatype: U Unit: - Def: : P-Group: COMMANDS Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: 4: Defines command source of RFG start command (RFG: ramp function generator). If binary input is equal to zero then the RFG output is held at it present value. P4[] : st. Command data set (CDS) P4[] : nd. Command data set (CDS) P4[] : rd. Command data set (CDS) P4[] BI: RFG enable setpoint Min: : CStat: CT Datatype: U Unit: - Def: : P-Group: COMMANDS Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: 4: Defines command source of RFG enable setpoint command (RFG: ramp function generator). If binary input is equal to zero then the RFG input will be set to zero and the RFG output will be ramp-down to zero. P4[] : st. Command data set (CDS) P4[] : nd. Command data set (CDS) P4[] : rd. Command data set (CDS) r7 CO: Frequency setpoint after RFG Min: - Datatype: Float Unit: Hz Def: - P-Group: SETPOINT Max: - Displays overall frequency setpoint after ramp generator. 6SE64-5BB-BP 5

136 Parameter Description Issue /6. Flying restart P Flying start Min: CStat: CUT Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: P-Group: FUNC Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: 6 Starts inverter onto a spinning motor by rapidly changing the output frequency of the inverter until the actual motor speed has been found. Then, the motor runs up to setpoint using the normal ramp time. (f max + f slip nom ) 'ramps to set point with normal ramp' fout t P I out t I dc t Vn as per V/f characteristic V out t 'motor speed found' Possible Settings: Flying start disabled Flying start is always active, start in direction of setpoint Flying start is active if power on, fault, OFF, start in direction of setpoint Flying start is active if fault, OFF, start in direction of setpoint 4 Flying start is always active, only in direction of setpoint 5 Flying start is active if power on, fault, OFF, only in direction of setpoint 6 Flying start is active if fault, OFF, only in direction of setpoint - Useful for motors with high inertia loads. - Settings to search in both directions. - Settings 4 to 6 search only in direction of setpoint. - Flying start must be used in cases where the motor may still be turning (e.g. after a short mains break) or can be driven by the load. Otherwise, overcurrent trips will occur. 6 6SE64-5BB-BP

137 Issue /6 Parameter Description P[] Motor-current: Flying start Min: CStat: CUT Datatype: U6 Unit: % Def: P-Group: FUNC Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: Defines search current used for flying start. Value is in [%] based on rated motor current (P5). P[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) - If the search current is reduced, the flying restart behavior can be improved if the system inertia is not very high. - The search algorithm for the flying restart is different for V/f control and closed-loop vector control. - This is the reason that, depending on the control technique, parameter P must be appropriately adapted. - Values gained from experience indicate that good results can be achieved by - Increasing P for V/f controls - Reducing P for closed-loop vector controls P[] Search rate: Flying start Min: CStat: CUT Datatype: U6 Unit: % Def: P-Group: FUNC Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: Sets factor by which the output frequency changes during flying start to synchronize with turning motor. This value is entered in [%] defines the reciprocal initial gradient in the search sequence (see curve below). Parameter P influences the time taken to search for the motor frequency. The search time is the time taken to search through all frequencies between max. frequency P8 + x f_slip to Hz. r fmax + fslip, nom = P8+ P f fsearch ms fmotor t t [ms] fslip,nom [Hz] P[%] = [%] f [Hz] [ms] [%] r f = P P[%] P = % is defined as giving a rate of % of f_slip,nom / [ms]. P = % would result in a rate of frequency change of % of f_slip,nom / [ms]. P[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) Example: For a motor with 5 Hz, 5 rpm, % would produce a maximum search time of 6 ms. If the motor is turning, the motor frequency is found in a shorter time. - A higher value produces a flatter gradient and thus a longer search time. - A lower value has the opposite effect. - For closed-loop vector control, parameter P is de-activated 6SE64-5BB-BP 7

138 Parameter Description Issue /6 r4 Status word: Flying start V/f Min: - Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: - P-Group: FUNC Max: - 4 Bit parameter for checking and monitoring states during search, if V/f control mode is selected (see P). Bitfields: Bit Current applied NO YES Bit Current could not be applied NO YES Bit Voltage reduced NO YES Bit Slope-filter started NO YES Bit4 Current less threshold NO YES Bit5 Current-minimum NO YES Bit7 Speed could not be found NO YES r5 Status word: Flying start SLVC Min: - Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: - P-Group: FUNC Max: - Bit parameter for checking status of flying start performed with n-adaption of observer. Parameter is only valid, if sensorless vector control (SLVC) is selected (see P). Bitfields: Bit Transformation active NO YES Bit Initialize n-adaption NO YES Bit Current applying NO YES Bit N-controller closed NO YES Bit4 Isd-controller open NO YES Bit5 RFG hold NO YES Bit6 N-adaption set to zero NO YES Bit7 Reserved NO YES Bit8 Reserved NO YES Bit9 Reserved NO YES Bit Direction Positive NO YES Bit Search is started NO YES Bit Current is applied NO YES Bit Search is aborted NO YES Bit4 Deviation is zero NO YES Bit5 N-controller is active NO YES 8 6SE64-5BB-BP

139 Issue /6 Parameter Description. Automatic restart P Automatic restart Min: CStat: CUT Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: P-Group: FUNC Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: 6 Configures automatic restart function Possible Settings: Disabled Trip reset after power on, P disabled Restart after mains blackout, P disabled Restart after mains brownout or fault, P enabled 4 Restart after mains brownout, P enabled 5 Restart after mains blackout and fault, P disabled 6 Restart after mains brown- /blackout or fault P disabled Automatic restart requires constant ON command via a digital input wire link. Caution: P > can cause the motor to restart automatically without toggling the ON command! Notice: A "mains brownout" is where the power in interrupted and re-applied before the display on the BOP (if one is fitted to the inverter) has gone dark (a very short mains break where the DC link has not fully collapsed). A "mains blackout" is where the display has gone dark (a long mains break where the DC link has fully collapsed) before the power is re-applied. P = : Automatic restart is disabled. P = : The inverter will acknowledge (reset) faults i.e. it will reset a fault when the is re-applied. This means the inverter must be fully powered down, a brownout is not sufficed. The inverter will not run until the ON command has been toggled. P = : The inverter will acknowledge the fault F at power on after blackout and restarts the drive. It is necessary that the ON command is wired via digital input (DIN). P = : For these settings it is fundamental that the drive only restarts if it has been in a RUN state at the time of the faults (F, etc.). The inverter will acknowledge the fault and restarts the drive after a blackout or bronwout. It is necessary that the ON command is wired via digital input (DIN). P = 4: For these settings it is fundamental that the drive only restarts if it has been in a RUN state at the time of the fault (F). The inverter will acknowledge the fault and restarts the drive after a blackout or bronwout. It is necessary that the ON command is wired via digital input (DIN). P = 5: The inverter will acknowledge the faults F etc. at power on after blackout and restarts the drive. It is necessary that the ON command is wired via digital input (DIN). P = 6: The inverter will acknowledge the faults (F etc.) at power on after blackout or brownout and restarts the drive. It is necessary that the ON command is wired via digital input (DIN). Setting 6 causes the motor to restart immediately. Following table presents an overview of parameter P and its functionality. 6SE64-5BB-BP 9

140 Parameter Description Issue /6 P ON always active (permanent) Fault F on All other faults on Blackout Brownout Blackout Brownout Fault acknowl. Fault acknowl. Fault acknowl. + restart Fault acknowl. Fault acknowl. Fault acknowl. Fault acknowl restart restart restart restart Fault acknowl. Fault acknowl. Fault acknowl restart restart Fault acknowl. Fault acknowl. Fault acknowl restart restart restart Fault acknowl. Fault acknowl. Fault acknowl. Fault acknowl. Fault acknowl restart restart restart restart restart ON in no-voltage condition All faults on Blackout Fault acknowl. + restart No faults on Blackout Restart Restart Restart Flying start must be used in cases where the motor may still be turning (e.g. after a short mains break) or can be driven by the load (P). P Number of restart attempts Min: CStat: CUT Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: P-Group: FUNC Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: Specifies number of times inverter will attempt to restart if automatic restart P is activated. 4 6SE64-5BB-BP

141 Issue /6 Parameter Description.4 Motor holding brake P5 Holding brake enable Min: CStat: T Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: P-Group: FUNC Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: Enables/disables holding brake function. This function applies the following profile to the inverter: ON / OFF/OFF OFF: ON OFF/OFF Motor excitation finished r56 Bit4 f p46 t t fmin (p8) p6 p7 t r5.c Bit Brake open Status closed Brake Release Time Brake Closing Time t t ON / OFF: Inactive OFF Active ON OFF/OFF Motor excitation finished r56 Bit4 t t t f p46 fmin (p8) p6 t r5.c Bit Brake Status open closed Possible Settings: Motor holding brake disabled Motor holding brake enabled Brake Release Time Brake Closing Time t t 6SE64-5BB-BP 4

142 Parameter Description Issue /6 Caution:. To activate the motor holding brake, in addition to parameter P5 =, the status signal r5 bit "motor holding brake active" must be output via a digital output. The user must also select the signal - e.g. in parameter P7.. If the motor holding brake is controlled by the drive inverter, then for potentially hazardous loads (e.g. suspended/hanging loads for crane applications) the drive inverter may not be conditioned unless the load has been secured. Before commissioning, potentially hazardous loads can be secured as follows: - lower the load to the floor, or - during commissioning or after replacing the drive inverter, prevent the drive inverter from controlling the motor holding brake. Only then should STARTER be used to carry-out a quick commissioning or a parameter download, etc. The motor holding brake terminals can then be re-used (for the motor holding brake, in this case, it is not permissible to parameterize the system so that the digital output P748 is inverted).. In order to hold the motor against the mechanical brake at a certain frequency, it is important that the min. frequency P8 approximately corresponds to the slip frequency. - If the value is selected to be too high, then the current drawn can be too high so that the drive inverter trips (shuts down) due to an overcurrent condition. - For a low value, it is possible that the torque cannot be established to hold the load. 4. It is not permissible to use the motor holding brake as operating brake as generally it is only designed and dimensioned for a limited number of emergency braking operations. Parameter settings: - To open/close, a digital output controls the motor holding brake at point / (refer to the diagram). In this case, as prerequisite, the motor holding brake P5 must be activated as well as the motor holding brake selected at the digital output. - Brake opening time P6 greater than/equal to the time for the holding brake to open. - Brake delay time P7 greater than/equal to the time to close the holding brake. - Select the minimum frequency P8 so that it acts like weight equalization. - A typical value of the minimum frequency P8 for the motor holding brake is the slip frequency of the motor r. The rated slip frequency can be calculated using the following formula: fslip[hz] = r P= nsyn nn fn nsyn The following closed-loop control parameters should be observed in conjunction with the motor holding brake: - P, P, P, P5 for U/f - P6, P6, P75, P755 for SLVC P6 Holding brake release delay Min:. CStat: T Datatype: Float Unit: s Def:. P-Group: FUNC Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max:. Defines the brake opening time of the motor holding brake (MHB). When the motor holding brake (P5) is activated, then the setpoint enable is delayed by the selected time. The time that it takes to open the mechanical brake is subject to certain fluctuations. This is the reason that the drive inverter applies the min. frequency P8 to the motor during this time. This means that the brake can reliably open before the motor starts. P6 Release time of the brake + relay opening time(s) Details: See parameter P5. P7 Holding time after ramp down Min:. CStat: T Datatype: Float Unit: s Def:. P-Group: FUNC Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max:. Defines the brake delay time of the motor holding brake (MHB). When the motor holding brake (P5) is activated, after an off command, the pulse inhibit is delayed by this selected time. The time that it takes to open the mechanical brake is subject to certain fluctuations. This means that after braking to the min. frequency P8, the motor is held at the minimum frequency for this time. This means that the brake can reliably close before the motor is switched into a no-current condition. P7 Application time of the brake + relay closing time Details: See parameter P5. 4 6SE64-5BB-BP

143 Issue /6 Parameter Description.5 DC braking P[] BI: Enable DC braking Min: : CStat: CUT Datatype: U Unit: - Def: : P-Group: COMMANDS Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: 4: Enables DC braking via a signal applied from an external source. Function remains active while external input signal is active. DC braking causes the motor to stop rapidly by applying a DC braking current (current applied also holds shaft stationary). When the DC braking signal is applied, the inverter output pulses are blocked and the DC current is not applied until the motor has been sufficiently demagnetized. BI: Enable DC brk. P.C (:) f f* DC braking f_set t f_act i P47 t DC braking active t r5 Bit t DC brake can be applied in drive states r =, 4, 5 The level of DC braking is set in P (DC braking current - relative to the rated motor current) which is set to % by default. P[] : st. Command data set (CDS) P[] : nd. Command data set (CDS) P[] : rd. Command data set (CDS) Common Settings: 7. = Digital input (requires P7 to be set to 99, BICO) 7. = Digital input (requires P7 to be set to 99, BICO) 7. = Digital input (requires P7 to be set to 99, BICO) 7. = Digital input 4 (requires P74 to be set to 99, BICO) 7.4 = Digital input 5 (requires P75 to be set to 99, BICO) 7.5 = Digital input 6 (requires P76 to be set to 99, BICO) 7.6 = Digital input 7 (via analog input, requires P77 to be set to 99) 7.7 = Digital input 8 (via analog input, requires P78 to be set to 99) Caution: With the DC braking, the kinetic energy of the motor is converted into heat in the motor. The drive could overheat if the remains in this status for an exessive period of time! DC braking is not possible when using a synchronous motor (i.e. P = ). Notice: This delay time is set in P47 (demagnetization time). If this delay is too short, overcurrent trips can occur. 6SE64-5BB-BP 4

144 Parameter Description Issue /6 P[] DC braking current Min: CStat: CUT Datatype: U6 Unit: % Def: P-Group: FUNC Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max: 5 Defines level of DC current in [%] relative to rated motor current (P5). r7dc Brake[A] P5 P % The current of the DC-braking is limited by r67. P[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) P[] Duration of DC braking Min:. CStat: CUT Datatype: Float Unit: s Def:. P-Group: FUNC Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max: 5. Defines duration for which DC injection braking is to be active following an OFF or OFF command. When an OFF or OFF command is received by the drive, the output frequency starts to ramp to Hz. When the output frequency reaches the value set in P4, the drive injects a DC braking current P for the time duration set in P. ON OFF/OFF OFF f P47 t t P4 OFF DC braking DC braking active t r5 Bit P t ON OFF/OFF OFF f P47 t t P4 OFF ramp OFF DC braking DC braking active OFF t r5 Bit P The DC current, that is impressed during time P, is specified by parameter P. t 44 6SE64-5BB-BP

145 Issue /6 Parameter Description P[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) Value: P =. : Not active following OFF / OFF. P = : Active for the specified duration. Caution: With the DC braking, the kinetic energy of the motor is converted into heat in the motor. The drive could overheat if the remains in this status for an exessive period of time! DC braking is not possible when using a synchronous motor (i.e. P = ). Notice: The DC braking function causes the motor to stop rapidly by applying a DC braking current (the current applied also holds the shaft stationary). When the DC braking signal is applied, the inverter output pulses are blocked and the DC current not applied until the motor has been sufficiently demagnetized. Demagnetization time is calculated automatically from motor data. The inverter will not restart if an ON-command is given during this period. P4[] DC braking start frequency Min:. CStat: CUT Datatype: Float Unit: Hz Def: 65. P-Group: FUNC Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max: 65. Sets start frequency for DC braking. When an OFF or OFF command is received by the drive, the output frequency starts to ramp to Hz. When the output frequency reaches the value set in start frequency of DC braking P4, the drive injects a DC braking current P for the time duration set in P. P4[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P4[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P4[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) Details: See P (DC braking current) and P (duration of DC braking) 6SE64-5BB-BP 45

146 Parameter Description Issue /6.6 Compound braking P6[] Compound braking current Min: CStat: CUT Datatype: U6 Unit: % Def: P-Group: FUNC Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max: 5 Defines DC level superimposed on AC waveform after exeeding DC-link voltage threshold of compound braking. The value is entered in [%] relative to rated motor current (P5). If P54 = : Compound braking switch-on level otherwise : Compound braking switch-on level U =. Vmains=. DC_Comp U DC_Comp =.98 r4 P The Compound Brake is an overlay of the DC brake function with regenerative braking (effective braking at the ramp) after OFF or OFF. This enables braking with controlled motor frequency and a minimum of energy returned to the motor. Through optimization of the ramp-down time and the compound braking an efficient braking without additional HW components is possible. f P6 = Without Compound braking f_set f P6 > With Compound braking f_set f_act f_act t t i i t t u DC-link u DC-link U DC_Comp P6[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P6[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P6[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) Value: P6 = : Compound braking disabled. t t P6 = - 5 : of DC braking current defined as a [%] of rated motor current (P5). Compound braking depends on the DC link voltage only (see threshold above). It will be active with OFF/OFF and at regenerating conditions. It is disabled, when: - DC braking is active - Flying start is active - Vector mode (SLVC, VC) is selected Notice: Increasing the value will generally improve braking performance; however, if you set the value too high, an overcurrent trip may result. If used with dynamic braking enabled as well compound braking will take priority. If used with the Vdc max controller enabled the drive behaviour whilst braking may be worsened paticularly with high values of compound braking. Compound braking does not function when the drive is in vector control. 46 6SE64-5BB-BP

147 Issue /6 Parameter Description.7 Dynamic braking P7 Dynamic braking Min: CStat: CUT Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: P-Group: FUNC Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max: 5 Dynamic braking absorbs the braking energy. This parameter activates the function "Dynamic braking" and defines the rated duty cycle of the braking resistor (chopper resistor). Dynamic braking is active when the function is enabled and DC-link voltage exeeds the dynamic braking switch-on level, see below. If a motor is quickly ramped down by the inverter or a big load is dropped by a lifting application, the motor works in regenerating mode and saves energy back to the inverter. In this case the DC-link voltage of the inverter raises. If that voltage gets too high (overvaltage, F), the inverter pulses are disabled and the motor coasts to standstill. With dynamic braking the regenerative energy is fed by the chopper to the external braking resistor and converted into heat. So it is possible to brake down the drive in a controlled way. Dynamic braking switch-on level If P54 = : VDC,Chopper=. Vmains=. otherwise : VDC, Chopper =.98 r4 P Possible Settings: Disabled 5 % duty cycle % duty cycle % duty cycle 4 5 % duty cycle 5 % duty cycle This function is not available for for MM44 PX (FSFX and FSGX). If used with DC braking enabled as well compound braking will take priority. DC braking P >? no Compound braking P6 >? no Dynamic braking P7 >? no yes yes yes DC braking enabled Compound braking enabled Dynamic braking enabled disabled Notice: Initially the brake will operate at a high duty cycle dependant on the DC link level until the thermal limit is approached. The duty cycle specified by this parameter will then be imposed. The resistor should be able to operate at this level indefinitely without overheating. Chopper resistor MM4 B+ B- ~ ~ = Chopper control = ~ 6SE64-5BB-BP 47

148 Parameter Description Issue /6 V DC V DC, act t V DC, Chopper t Chopper, ON Chopper active t t Chopper = = f Chopper Hz t t V DC, act % V V x t Chopper, ON x = t Chopper V DC, Chopper P7 Duty cycle monitoring Alarm A55 Mains V - 4 V 9.8 V 8-48 V 7. V 5-6 V. V The threshold for the warning A55 is equivalent to seconds running at 95 % duty cycle. The duty cycle will be limited when it was running seconds at 95 % duty cycle..8 Vdc controller P4[] Configuration of Vdc controller Min: CStat: CT Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: P-Group: FUNC Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max: Enables / disables Vdc controller. The Vdc controller dynamically controls the DC link voltage to prevent overvoltage trips on high inertia systems. Possible Settings: Vdc controller disabled Vdc-max controller enabled Kinetic buffering (Vdc-min controller) enabled Vdc-max controller and kinetic buffering (KIB) enabled P4[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P4[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P4[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) 48 6SE64-5BB-BP

149 Issue /6 Parameter Description Caution: If P45 increased too much, it may interfere with the drive normal operation. Vdc max controller automatically increases ramp-down times to keep the DC-link voltage (r6) within limits (r4). Vdc min is activated if DC-link voltage falls below the switch on level,p45. The kinetic energy of the motor is then used to buffer the DC-link voltage, thus causing deceleration of the drive. If the drive trips F immediately, try increasing the dynamic factor first, P47. If still tripping F try then increasing the switch on level, P45. r4 CO: Switch-on level of Vdc-max Min: - Datatype: Float Unit: V Def: - P-Group: FUNC Max: - Displays switch-on level of Vdc max controller. V DC r4 V DC_max r56 Bit4 -controller active f A9 t t f act f set t Following equation is only valid, if P54 = : r4 =.5 Vmains=.5 otherwise : r4 is internally calculated P Parameter r4 (switch-in threshold) is determined by each power cycle, when precharging of the DC-link is finished. P4[] Dynamic factor of Vdc-max Min: CStat: CUT Datatype: U6 Unit: % Def: P-Group: FUNC Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max: Defines dynamic factor for DC link controller in [%]. P4[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P4[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P4[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) P4 = % means parameters P5, P5 and P5 (gain, integration time and differential time) are used as set. Otherwise, these are multiplied by P4 (dynamic factor of Vdc-max). Vdc controller adjustment is calculated automatically from motor and inverter data. 6SE64-5BB-BP 49

150 Parameter Description Issue /6 P45[] Switch on level kin. buffering Min: 65 CStat: CUT Datatype: U6 Unit: % Def: 76 P-Group: FUNC Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max: 5 Enter switch-on level for kinetic buffering (KIB) in [%] relative to supply voltage (P). P45[V] = P45[%] P P45[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P45[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P45[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) Warning: Increasing the value too much, may interfere with the drive normal operation. Changing P54 does not affect the switch-on-level for KIB. r46[] CO:Switch-on level kin buffering Min: - Datatype: Float Unit: V Def: - P-Group: FUNC Max: - Displays switch-on level of kinetic buffering (KIB, Vdc min controller). Depending on the setting selected, the frequency limit defined in P45 is used to either hold the speed or disable pulses. If not enough regeneration is produced, drive may trip undervoltage. P47[] Dyn. factor of kinetic buffering Min: CStat: CUT Datatype: U6 Unit: % Def: P-Group: FUNC Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max: Enters dynamic factor for kinetic buffering (KIB, Vdc-min controller). P47 = % means parameters P5, P5 and P5 (gain, integration time and differential time) are used as set. Otherwise, these are multiplied by P47 (dynamic factor of Vdc-min). P47[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P47[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P47[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) Vdc controller adjustment is calculated automatically from motor and inverter data. P5[] Gain of Vdc-controller Min:. CStat: CUT Datatype: Float Unit: - Def:. P-Group: FUNC Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max:. 4 Enters gain for Vdc controller. P5[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P5[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P5[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) P5[] Integration time Vdc-controller Min:. CStat: CUT Datatype: Float Unit: ms Def: 4. P-Group: FUNC Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max:. Enters integral time constant for Vdc controller. P5[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P5[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P5[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) P5[] Differential time Vdc-controller Min:. CStat: CUT Datatype: Float Unit: ms Def:. P-Group: FUNC Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max:. 4 4 Enters differential time constant for Vdc controller. P5[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P5[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P5[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) 5 6SE64-5BB-BP

151 Issue /6 Parameter Description P5[] Vdc-controller output limitation Min:. CStat: CUT Datatype: Float Unit: Hz Def:. P-Group: FUNC Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max: 6. Limits maximum effect of Vdc max controller. P5[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P5[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P5[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) P54 Auto detect Vdc switch-on levels Min: CStat: CT Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: P-Group: FUNC Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max: Enables/disables auto-detection of switch-on levels for Vdc control functionalities. Following switch-on levels are calculated - Switch-on level chopper - Switch-on level compound brake - Switch-on level Vdc_max controller r4 P54 does not have any effect on the - Switch-on level kin. buffering r46 Possible Settings: Disabled Enabled The switch-on thresholds are only calculated during the start-up of the inverter after connection to the mains. An online-adaption is not performed during operation. This means that modification of P54 does not immediately take effect and variations in the mains are also not initially taken into account. P54 = (Automatic Detection disabled): The above thresholds are calculated via P, if automatic detection is disabled. P56[] Reaction of kinetic buffering Min: CStat: CT Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: P-Group: FUNC Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max: Enters reaction for kinetic buffering controller (Vdc-min controller). Depending on the setting selected, the frequency limit defined in P57 is used to either hold the speed or disable pulses. If not enough regeneration is produced, drive may trip undervoltage. Possible Settings: Maintain DC-link until trip Maintain DC-link until trip / stop Control stop P56[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P56[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P56[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) P56 = : Maintain dclink voltage until mains is returned or drive is tripped undervoltage. The frequency is kept above the frequency limit provided in P57. V DC P45 V DC_min f t P57 Pulse enabled t t 6SE64-5BB-BP 5

152 Parameter Description Issue /6 P56 = : Maintain dclink voltage until mains is returned or drive is tripped undervoltage or pulses disabled when frequency falls below the limit in P57. V DC P45 V DC_min f t P57 Pulse enabled t t P56 = : This option ramps down the frequency to stand still even when mains return. If mains return, then an OFF is active until P57 limit then pulses disabled. If mains does not return, frequency brought down under the control of vdc-min controller until P57 limit then pulses disabled or undervoltage has occurred. V DC P45 V DC_min f t P57 Pulse enabled OFF OFF P57[] Freq limit for kinetic buffering Min:. CStat: CUT Datatype: Float Unit: Hz Def:.5 P-Group: SETPOINT Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: 6. t t Frequency which kinetic buffering (KIB) either hold speed or disable pulses depending on P56. P57[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P57[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P57[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) 5 6SE64-5BB-BP

153 Issue /6 Parameter Description.9 Control mode P[] Control mode Min: CStat: CT Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: P-Group: CONTROL Active: first confirm QuickComm.: Yes Max: Controls relationship between speed of motor and voltage supplied by inverter as illustrated in the diagram below. V V n V V max r7 V n P4 P = P = P5 P P = P P f n f f Hz f P f P f f n P4 P f max P8 f Possible Settings: V/f with linear characteristic V/f with FCC V/f with parabolic characteristic V/f with programmable characteristic 4 Reserved 5 V/f for textile applications 6 V/f with FCC for textile applications 9 V/f control with independent voltage setpoint Sensorless vector control Vector control with sensor Sensorless vector torque-control Vector torque-control with sensor P[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) See parameter P5, P5 Caution: When commissioning Vector Control with encoder-feedback (VC), the drive should be configured for V/f mode (see P) first. Run the drive and compare r6 with r that should agree in - sign and - magnitude (with a deviation of only a few percent). Only if both criteria are fullfilled, change P and select VC (P = or ). P4 = (single channel encoder) will only allow operation in one direction. If operation in both directions is required, connect an encoder with channels (A and B) and select setting. See the Operating Instructions of the encoder module for more information. P = : V/f with FCC (flux current control) - Maintains motor flux current for improved efficiency. - If FCC is chosen, linear V/f is active at low frequencies. P = : V/f with a quadratic characteristic - Suitable for centrifugal fans / pumps P = : V/f with a programmable characteristic - User defined characteristic (see P) - For synchronous motors (e.g. SIEMOSYN motors) P = 5,6 : V/f for textil applications - Slip compensation disabled. - Imax controller modifies the output voltage only. - Imax controller does not influence the output frequency. 6SE64-5BB-BP 5

154 Parameter Description Issue /6 ParNo. P = 9 : V/f control with independent voltage setpoint The following table presents an overview of control parameters (V/f) that can be modify in relationship to P dependencies: Parameter name U/f V/f SLVC VC P = P[] Control mode x x x x x x x x x x x P[] Continuous boost x x x x x x x P[] Acceleration boost x x x x x x x P[] Starting boost x x x x x x x P6[] Boost end frequency x x x x x x x P[] Programmable V/f freq. coord. x P[] Programmable V/f volt. coord. x P[] Programmable V/f freq. coord. x P[] Programmable V/f volt. coord. x P4[] Programmable V/f freq. coord. x P5[] Programmable V/f volt. coord. x P[] CI: Voltage setpoint x P[] Start frequency for FCC x x P5[] Slip compensation x x x x P6[] CO: U/f Slip limit x x x x P8[] Resonance damping gain V/f x x x x P4[] Imax freq. controller prop. gain x x x x x x x P4[] Imax controller integral time x x x x x x x P45[] Imax controller prop. gain x x x x x x x P46[] Imax voltage ctrl. integral time x x x x x x x P5[] Voltage soft start x x x x x x x SLVC / VC can provide excellent performance for the following types of application: - Applications which require high torque performance - Applications which require fast respond to shock loading - Applications which require torque holding while passing through Hz - Applications which require very accurate speed holding - Applications which require motor pull out protection SLVC/VC-Restrictions: - SLVC / VC is dependent on the accuracy of the motor model being used and the measurements being performed by the inverter. There are therefore certain restrictions on the use of SLVC / VC: f max = min( Hz, 5 P) (max. frequency) 4 P5 r7 r9 r7 no synchronuos motor (ratio of rated motor current to rated inverter current ) Recommended means of SLVC/VC-commissioning: - For correct operation under SLVC / VC control it is imperative that the name plate data of the motor (P4 - P) is correctly entered and that the motor data identification (P9) must be carried out on a cold motor. It is also necessary to ensure that the motor ambient temperature is correctly entered in P65 if this is significantly different from the default value of C. This must be done after the quick commissioning has been completed (P9) but before the motor data identification measurements are carried out. - See parameter P4 and documentation of encoder and encoder module when commissioning VC (P = or ). SLVC/VC-Optimisation: The following parameters can be adjusted by the user to improve performance. - P = - P4: Total / motor inertia ratio Sensorless Vector Control (SLVC): - P47: P gain (SLVC) - P47: I term (SLVC) - P6: Continuous torque boost (SLVC, open loop boost) - P6: Acceleration torque boost (SLVC, open loop boost) - P75: Control word of motor model - P755: Start-frequency motor model (SLVC) 54 6SE64-5BB-BP

155 Issue /6 Parameter Description Vector Control (VC): - P46: P gain - P46: I term The following table presents an overview of control parameters (SLVC, VC) that can be modify in relationship to P dependencies: ParNo. Parameter name V/f SLVC P = P4[] Configuration of speed control x P44[] Filter time for act. speed x P45[] Filter time for act.speed (SLVC) x P46[] Gain speed controller x P46[] Integral time speed controller x P47[] Gain speed controller (SLVC) x P47[] Integral time n-ctrl. (SLVC) x P477[] BI: Set integrator of n-ctrl. x x P478[] CI: Set integrator value n-ctrl. x x P488[] Droop input source x x P489[] Droop scaling x x P49[] Enable droop x x P496[] Scaling accel. precontrol x x P499[] Scaling accel. torque control x P5[] Selection of torque setpoint x x x x P5[] BI: Change to torque control x x x x P5[] CI: Torque setpoint x x P5[] CI: Additional torque setpoint x x x x P5[] CO: Upper torque limit x x x x P5[] CO: Lower torque limit x x x x P5[] CI: Upper torque limit x x x x P5[] CI: Lower torque limit x x x x P55[] Scaling lower torque limit x x x x P5[] Motoring power limitation x x x x P5[] Regenerative power limitation x x x x P57[] CO: Fixed value flux setpoint x x x x P574[] Dynamic voltage headroom x x x x P58[] Efficiency optimization x x x x P58[] Smooth time for flux setpoint x x x x P596[] Int. time field weak. controller x x x x P6[] Continuous torque boost (SLVC) x x P6[] Acc. torque boost (SLVC) x x P74 Gain for oscillation damping x x P75[] Control word of motor model x x x x P755[] Start-freq. motor model (SLVC) x x P756[] Hyst.-freq. motor model (SLVC) x x P758[] T(wait) transit to feed-fwd-mode x x P759[] T(wait) for n-adaption to settle x x P764[] Kp of n-adaption (SLVC) x x P78[] Control word of Rs/Rr-adaption x x P4[] Select encoder type x x P48[] Encoder pulses per revolution x x P49[] Reaction on speed signal loss x x P49[] Allowed speed difference x x P494[] Delay speed loss reaction x x ) If the speed control (main setpoint) is selected a torque setpoint is available via the additional setpoint channel. VC 6SE64-5BB-BP 55

156 Parameter Description Issue /6.9. V/f control technique P[] Continuous boost Min:. CStat: CUT Datatype: Float Unit: % Def: 5. P-Group: CONTROL Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max: 5. P causes a voltage boost depending on the output frequency (see diagran). At low output frequencies the output voltage is low to keep the flux level constant. However, the output voltage may be too low - for magnetisation the asynchronous motor - to hold the load - to overcome losses in the system. To compensate these effects, the output voltage can be increased using parameter P. Defines boost level in [%] relative to P5 (rated motor current) applicable to both linear and quadratic V/f curves according to the diagram below: V Boost voltage Linear V/f Vmax Validity range Vn (P4) V ConBoost, actual V V ConBoost,5 Boost Output voltage Normal V/f (P = ) ON OFF f P active t t t f Boost,end fn (P6) (P) f max (P8) f V Boost voltage Quadratic V/f Vmax Validity range Vn (P4) V ConBoost, actual V V ConBoost,5 Boost Output voltage Normal quadratic (P = ) ON OFF f P active t t t f Boost,end (P6) fn (P) fmax (P8) f where voltage values are given VConBoost, V ConBoost,5 = = P5 P5 VConBoost, P P[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) 56 6SE64-5BB-BP

157 Issue /6 Parameter Description Continous boost P has no effect during vector operation because the inverter calculates continously the optimum operating conditions. - Increasing the boost levels increases motor heating (especially at standstill). - The boost values are combined when continuous boost (P) used in conjunction with other boost parameters (acceleration boost P and starting boost P). - However priorities are allocated to these parameters as follows: P > P > P - The total boost is limited by following equation: V R I = P5 P5 Boost s Mot - Setting in P64 (motor overload factor [%]) limits the boost: VBoost P64 P5 P5 P[] Acceleration boost Min:. CStat: CUT Datatype: Float Unit: % Def:. P-Group: CONTROL Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max: 5. P will only produce boost during ramping, and is therefore useful for additional torque during acceleration and deceleration. Contrary to P, that is only active when an ON command is given, p is active after each acceleration resp. deceleration. The boost is active, if P > resp. if the conditiones given below are fulfilled. Applies boost in [%] relative to P5 (rated motor current) following a positive setpoint change and drops back out once the setpoint is reached. It is activated when the setpoint changes and deactivated when the setpoint is reached. V Boost voltage Validity range Vmax Vn (P4) V AccBoost, V AccBoost,5 actual V Boost Output voltage Normal V/f (P = ) f Boost,end fn (P6) (P) where voltage values are given fmax (P8) ON OFF f P active f t t t VAccBoost, = P5 P5 V AccBoost, V AccBoost,5 = P P[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) Acceleration boost P has no effect during vector operation. See parameter P 6SE64-5BB-BP 57

158 Parameter Description Issue /6 P[] Starting boost Min:. CStat: CUT Datatype: Float Unit: % Def:. P-Group: CONTROL Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max: 5. Applies a constant linear offset (in [%] relative to P5 (rated motor current)) to active V/f curve (either linear or quadratic) after an ON command and is active until ) ramp output reaches setpoint for the first time respectively ) setpoint is reduced to less than present ramp output This is useful for starting loads with high inertia. Setting the starting boost (P) too high will cause the inverter to limit the current, which will in turn restrict the output frequency to below the setpoint frequency. V Boost voltage Validity range Vmax Vn (P4) V StartBoost, V StartBoost,5 actual V Boost Output voltage Normal V/f (P = ) f Boost,end fn (P6) (P) where voltage values are given fmax (P8) ON OFF f P active f t t t VStartBoost, = P5 P5 VStartBoost, VStartBoost,5 = P P[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) Example: Setpoint = 5Hz. Ramping up with starting boost. During ramp up, setpoint changed to Hz. As soon as setpoint changed, starting boost removed because setpoint smaller than present ramp output. Acceleration boost P has no effect during vector operation. See parameter P r5 CO: Total boost voltage Min: - Datatype: Float Unit: V Def: - P-Group: CONTROL Max: - Displays total value of voltage boost (in volts) SE64-5BB-BP

159 Issue /6 Parameter Description P6[] Boost end frequency Min:. CStat: CUT Datatype: Float Unit: % Def:. P-Group: CONTROL Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max:. Defines point at which programmed boost reaches 5 % of its value. This value is expressed in [%] relative to P (rated motor frequency). The default frequency is defined as follows: 5 fboost min= ( + ) Pmotor P6[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P6[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P6[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) - The expert user may change this value to alter the shape of the curve, e.g. to increase torque at a particular frequency. - Default value is depending on inverter type and its rating data. Details: See diagram in P (continuous boost). P[] Programmable V/f freq. coord. Min:. CStat: CT Datatype: Float Unit: Hz Def:. P-Group: CONTROL Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max: 65. Sets V/f coordinates (P/ to P4/5) to define V/f characteristic. V V max r7 V max = f(v dc, M max) V n P4 P5 P P P f Hz f P f P f P4 f n P f max P8 f P[%] r95[%] P[V] = P4[V] [%] [%] P[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) Example: This parameter can be used to provide correct torque at correct frequency and is useful when used with synchronous motors. To set parameter, select P = (V/f with programmable characteristic). Linear interpolation will be applied between the individual data points. V/f with programmable characteristic (P = ) has programmable points. The two non-programmable points are: - Continuous boost P at zero Hz - Rated motor voltage P4 at rated motor frequency P The acceleration boost and starting boost defined in P and P are applied to V/f with programmable characteristic. 6SE64-5BB-BP 59

160 Parameter Description Issue /6 P[] Programmable V/f volt. coord. Min:. CStat: CUT Datatype: Float Unit: V Def:. P-Group: CONTROL Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max:. See P (programmable V/f freq. coord. ). P[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) P[] Programmable V/f freq. coord. Min:. CStat: CT Datatype: Float Unit: Hz Def:. P-Group: CONTROL Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max: 65. See P (programmable V/f freq. coord. ). P[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) P[] Programmable V/f volt. coord. Min:. CStat: CUT Datatype: Float Unit: V Def:. P-Group: CONTROL Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max:. See P (programmable V/f freq. coord. ). P[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) P4[] Programmable V/f freq. coord. Min:. CStat: CT Datatype: Float Unit: Hz Def:. P-Group: CONTROL Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max: 65. See P (programmable V/f freq. coord. ). P4[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P4[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P4[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) P5[] Programmable V/f volt. coord. Min:. CStat: CUT Datatype: Float Unit: V Def:. P-Group: CONTROL Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max:. See P (programmable V/f freq. coord. ). P5[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P5[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P5[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) P[] CI: Voltage setpoint Min: : CStat: T Datatype: U Unit: - Def: : P-Group: CONTROL Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: 4: BICO parameter for selecting source of voltage setpoint for independent V/f control. P[] : st. Command data set (CDS) P[] : nd. Command data set (CDS) P[] : rd. Command data set (CDS) 6 6SE64-5BB-BP

161 Issue /6 Parameter Description P[] Start frequency for FCC Min:. CStat: CUT Datatype: Float Unit: % Def:. P-Group: CONTROL Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max:. Defines the FCC starting frequency as a percentage of the rated motor frequency (P). When FCC is activated using P =, then as a function of the FCC starting frequency plus hysteresis and the actual frequency, a changeover is made with a continuous transition between the linear V/f characteristic (P = ) and FCC (refer to the diagram). f FCC = P P P ffcc + Hys = + ( P 6% ) Switch-over FCC V/f f FCC f FCC+Hys P[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) Notice: - A value that is excessively low can result in instability. - The constant voltage boost P is continuously de-activated - essentially the same as when switching-in FCC. - Contrary, the voltage boosts P and P remain active over the complete frequency range. f 6SE64-5BB-BP 6

162 Parameter Description Issue /6.9.. Slip compensation P5[] Slip compensation Min:. CStat: CUT Datatype: Float Unit: % Def:. P-Group: CONTROL Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max: 6. Dynamically adjusts output frequency of inverter so that motor speed is kept constant independent of motor load. In the V/f-control, the motor speed will always be less than the command speed due to the slip speed. For a given speed command, the speed will drop as load is increased. The speed regulation of drive can be improved by the technique known as slip compensation. Increasing the load from M to M (see diagram) will decrease the motor speed from f to f, due to the slip. The inverter can compensate for this by increasing the output frequency slightly as the load increases. The inverter measures the current and increases the output frequency to compensate for the expected slip. Without slip compensation M M With slip compensation M M M M f f f P5[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P5[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P5[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) Value: P5 = % : Slip compensation disabled. f f f f fout M f out M f P5 = 5 % - 7 % : Full slip compensation at cold motor (partial load). P5 = % : Full slip compensation at warm motor (full load). Range of slip compensation : P5 % f out f N with slip compensation without slip compensation 6 % % % f out f N 6 % % Notice: The applied value of the slip compensation (scaled by P5) is limited by following equation: f set f N P5 f Slip_comp_max P5 f Slip_comp_ max = P6 r f Slip_act r65 r7 f set r78 Setpoint channel f act r6 f out 6 6SE64-5BB-BP

163 Issue /6 Parameter Description P6[] Slip limit Min: CStat: CUT Datatype: U6 Unit: % Def: 5 P-Group: CONTROL Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max: 6 Compensation slip limit in [%] relative to r (rated motor slip), which is added to frequency setpoint. P6[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P6[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P6[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) Slip compensation (P5) active. r7 CO: V/f slip frequency Min: - Datatype: Float Unit: % Def: - P-Group: CONTROL Max: - Displays actual compensated motor slip as [%] Slip compensation (P5) active..9.. Resonance damping P8[] Resonance damping gain V/f Min:. CStat: CUT Datatype: Float Unit: - Def:. P-Group: CONTROL Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max:. Defines resonance damping gain for V/f. Here, di/dt of the acitve current will be scaled by P8 (see diagram below). If di/dt increases the resonance damping circuit decreases the inverter output frequency. P8 i active - P8 T f res damping P8[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P8[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P8[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) - The resonance damping function is used to dampen oscillations in the active current. These especially occur when rotating field motors are operating under no-load conditions. The parameter is not used to optimize the stabilizing behavior. - In the V/f control modes (refer to P), the resonance damping controller is activate in a range from approximately 5 % up to 7 % of the rated motor frequency (P). - An excessively high value results in instability (positive feedback). 6SE64-5BB-BP 6

164 Parameter Description Issue /6.9.. Imax controller P4[] Imax freq. controller prop. gain Min:. CStat: CUT Datatype: Float Unit: - Def:. P-Group: CONTROL Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max:.499 Proportional gain of the I_max frequency controller. The Imax controller reduces inverter current if the output current exceeds the maximum motor current (r67). In linear V/f, parabolic V/f, FCC, and programmable V/f modes the I_max controller uses both a frequency controller (see parameters P4 and P4) and a voltage controller (see parameters P45 and P46). The frequency controller seeks to reduce current by limiting the inverter output frequency (to a minimum of the two times nominal slip frequency). If this action does not successfully remove the overcurrent condition, the inverter output voltage is reduced using the I_max voltage controller. When the overcurrent condition has been removed successfully, frequency limiting is removed using the ramp-up time set in P. Motor current r67 I max -controller active r56 Bit f A5 t t t In linear V/f for textiles, FCC for textiles, or external V/f modes only the I_max voltage controller is used to reduce current (See parameters P45 and P46). P4[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P4[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P4[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) The I_max controller can be disabled by setting the frequency controller integral time P4 to zero. This disables both the frequency and voltage controllers. Note that when disabled, the I_max controller will take no action to reduce current but overcurrent warnings will still be generated, and the Drive will trip in excessive overcurrent or overload conditions. P4[] Imax freq. ctrl. integral time Min:. CStat: CUT Datatype: Float Unit: s Def:. P-Group: CONTROL Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max: 5. Integral time constant of the I_max controller. P4 = : I_max frequency and voltage controllers disabled P4 = and P4 > : frequency controller enhanced integral P4 > and P4 > : frequency controller normal PI control See description in parameter P4 for further information. P4[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P4[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P4[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) 64 6SE64-5BB-BP

165 Issue /6 Parameter Description r4 CO: Imax controller freq. output Min: - Datatype: Float Unit: Hz Def: - P-Group: CONTROL Max: - Displays effective frequency limitation. If I_max controller not in operation, parameter normally shows max. frequency P8. r44 CO: Imax controller volt. output Min: - Datatype: Float Unit: V Def: - P-Group: CONTROL Max: - Displays amount by which the I_max controller is reducing the inverter output voltage. P45[] Imax voltage ctrl. prop. gain Min:. CStat: CUT Datatype: Float Unit: - Def:.5 P-Group: CONTROL Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max: Proportional gain of the I_max voltage controller. See parameter P4 for further information. P45[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P45[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P45[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) P46[] Imax voltage ctrl. integral time Min:. CStat: CUT Datatype: Float Unit: s Def:. P-Group: CONTROL Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max: 5. Integral time constant of the I_max voltage controller. P4 = : I_max frequency and voltage controllers disabled. P45 = and P46 > : I_max voltage controller enhanced integral P45 > and P46 > : I_max voltage controller normal PI control See description in parameter P4 for further information. P46[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P46[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P46[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) 6SE64-5BB-BP 65

166 Parameter Description Issue / Soft starting P5[] Voltage soft start Min: CStat: CUT Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: P-Group: CONTROL Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: Selecting the soft starting function. With soft starting, the flux in the motor is established with some delay. This ensures that the motor only rotates in the required direction of rotation even with existing residual magnetism. When activated, at powered-on, the output voltage is ramped-up to the value of the characteristic voltage within the magnetizing time P46. P5 P46 V V/f characteristic f t P46 Softstart V f Possible Settings: OFF ON P5[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P5[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P5[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) The settings for this parameter bring benefits and drawbacks: - P5 = : (jump to boost voltage) Benefit: flux is built up quickly Drawback: motor may move - P5 = : (smooth voltage build-up) Benefit: motor less likely to move Drawback: flux build-up takes longer f 66 6SE64-5BB-BP

167 Issue /6 Parameter Description.9. Field-orientated vector control P4[] Configuration of speed control Min: CStat: CUT Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: P-Group: CONTROL Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max: Configuration for speed control. Bitfields: Bit Automatic Kp adaption NO YES Bit Integral freeze (SLVC) NO YES P4[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P4[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P4[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) P4 Bit = : Automatic gain adaption of speed controller is enabled. In the area of field weakening the gain is reduced in dependence on flux. Kp f(φ) f N P4 Bit = : The integrator of the speed controller is frozen if Sensorless Vector Control (SLVC) is selected and the control is switched from closed-loop to open-loop operation. Advantage: The correct amount of slip compensation is calculated and applied to the open-loop function for a motor under load. r47 CO/BO: Status of motor control Min: - Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: - P-Group: CONTROL Max: - Displays status of motor control, which can be used to diagnose inverter status. Bitfields: Bit V/f control enable NO YES Bit SLVC enable NO YES Bit Torque control enable NO YES Bit5 Stop I-comp. speed control NO YES Bit6 Set I-comp. speed controller NO YES Bit8 Upper torque limit active NO YES Bit9 Lower torque limit active NO YES Bit Enable droop NO YES Bit5 DDS change active NO YES Details: See P5 (CO/BO: Status word ) r48 CO: Freq. setpoint to controller Min: - Datatype: Float Unit: Hz Def: - P-Group: CONTROL Max: - Displays setpoint of speed controller. 6SE64-5BB-BP 67

168 Parameter Description Issue /6.9.. Speed controller with/without encoder P44[] Filter time for act. speed Min: CStat: CUT Datatype: U6 Unit: ms Def: 4 P-Group: CONTROL Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max: Sets time constant of PT filter to smooth actual speed of speed controller. P44[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P44[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P44[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) r445 CO: Act. filtered frequency Min: - Datatype: Float Unit: Hz Def: - P-Group: CONTROL Max: - Displays filtered actual frequency at speed controller input. P45[] Filter time for act. freq (SLVC) Min: CStat: CUT Datatype: U6 Unit: ms Def: 4 P-Group: CONTROL Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max: evel 4 Sets time constant of PT filter to filter the frequency deviation of speed controller in operation mode SLVC (sensorless vector control). P45[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P45[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P45[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) P46[] Gain speed controller Min:. CStat: CUT Datatype: Float Unit: - Def:. P-Group: CONTROL Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max:. Enters gain of speed controller. r49 5 ms P488 P489 Droop P49 P496 P4 P4 Precontrol r58 P46 P46 r7 r84 *) r48 Kp Tn Freq. setpoint Act. frequency from encoder r6 P44 r64 r58 *) only active, if pre-control is enabled (P496 > ) P46[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P46[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P46[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) P46[] Integral time speed controller Min: 5 CStat: CUT Datatype: U6 Unit: ms Def: 4 P-Group: CONTROL Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max: Enters integral time of speed controller. P46[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P46[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P46[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) Torque setpoint r SE64-5BB-BP

169 Issue /6 Parameter Description P47[] Gain speed controller (SLVC) Min:. CStat: CUT Datatype: Float Unit: - Def:. P-Group: CONTROL Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max:. Enters gain of speed controller for sensorless vector control (SLVC). r49 5 ms P488 P489 Droop P49 P496 P4 P4 Precontrol r58 P47 P47 r7 r84 *) r48 Kp Tn Freq. setpoint Act. frequency from observer model r6 P45 r64 r58 *) only active, if pre-control is enabled (P496 > ) P47[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P47[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P47[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) P47[] Integral time n-ctrl. (SLVC) Min: 5 CStat: CUT Datatype: U6 Unit: ms Def: 4 P-Group: CONTROL Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max: Torque setpoint r79 Enters integral time of speed controller for sensorless vector control (SLVC). P47[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P47[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P47[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) P477[] BI: Set integrator of n-ctrl. Min: : CStat: CUT Datatype: U Unit: - Def: : P-Group: CONTROL Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: 4: Selects source to read in command to enable speed controller. P477[] : st. Command data set (CDS) P477[] : nd. Command data set (CDS) P477[] : rd. Command data set (CDS) P478[] CI: Set integrator value n-ctrl. Min: : CStat: UT Datatype: U Unit: - Def: : P-Group: CONTROL Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: 4: Selects source for integral part of speed controller. P478[] : st. Command data set (CDS) P478[] : nd. Command data set (CDS) P478[] : rd. Command data set (CDS) In case of sensorless vector control, integrator freezing must be selected (Bit "Integral freeze (SLVC)" of P4 has to be set) to save the integrator output. - If the setting command is not connected (P477=), a pending value is read in after pulse enable at the end of the excitation time (P46) and the integral component of the speed controller is set once. - If the P48 (integral component of speed controller) is connected upon pulse enable, the integral component of the controller is set to the last value prior the pulse inhibit. - Neither function works after flying start. 6SE64-5BB-BP 69

170 Parameter Description Issue /6 r48 CO: Integral output of n-ctrl. Min: - Datatype: Float Unit: Nm Def: - P-Group: CONTROL Max: - Displays integral part of speed controller output..9.. Droop P488[] Droop input source Min: CStat: CUT Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: P-Group: CONTROL Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: Selects source of droop input signal. With mechanically coupled motors it is very important that an even load distribution is applied to each motor. The load sharing can be achieved by enabling the droop function on both inverters. CO: Droop freq. [Hz] r49 Droop scaling P489.D (.5) Droop input source... P488.D () Enable droop... P49.D () Precontrol r58 r48 r7 Freq. setpoint r6 Act. frequency *) Filter Filter PI Speed controller r59 r58 r59 r58 r59 r58 Torque setpoint r79 *) only active, if pre-control is enabled (P496 > ). Droop is applied as a frequency setpoint on each inverter. The droop increases the slip via the negative feedback of the torque setpoint to the frequency setpoint. In a steady-state an even load distribution can be achieved if the slip characteristics are identical. - P488 > - P489 > - P49 =. Droop can act as a setpoint or limitation for a group of inverters (i.e. master-slave inverters) By use of the master-slave inverter technique an even load distribution is achieved across the whole application. This is accomplished by setting the torque setpoint (r49) on the master inverter which then controls the frequency of the master inverter and all connected slave inverters. - P488 > - P489 > - P49 = Possible Settings: Droop input disabled Torque setpoint Speed controller output Speed controller integral output P488[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P488[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P488[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) Droop scaling (P489) must be > for droop to be effective. 7 6SE64-5BB-BP

171 Issue /6 Parameter Description P489[] Droop scaling Min:. CStat: CUT Datatype: Float Unit: - Def:.5 P-Group: CONTROL Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max:.5 Defines amount of droop in per unit at full load in [%]. P489[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P489[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P489[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) If is entered as value, no droop is applied. r49 CO: Droop frequency Min: - Datatype: Float Unit: Hz Def: - P-Group: CONTROL Max: - Displays output signal of droop function. This result of droop calculation is subtracted from the speed controller setpoint. P49[] Enable droop Min: CStat: CUT Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: P-Group: CONTROL Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: Enables droop. Possible Settings: Disabled Enabled P49[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P49[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P49[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) Effective only if droop scaling P489 >. 6SE64-5BB-BP 7

172 Parameter Description Issue /6.9.. Speed controller pre-control P496[] Scaling accel. precontrol Min:. CStat: CUT Datatype: Float Unit: % Def:. P-Group: CONTROL Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max: 4. Enters scaling of acceleration in [%]. The response of setpoint changes for the speed control loop can be improved using the precontrol function (P496). Precontrol is derived from the differential frequency setpoint multiplied by the mass inertia P4; P4 is then supplied as a torque setpoint to the current controller. If the filter (VC: P44, SLVC: P45) is applied in the correct manner, the derived speed controller is only required to control a small deviation in the value of the corrected variable. Setpoint changes are then passed by the speed controller and are quickly executed. r49 P49 P489 P488 5 ms P4 P4 Droop r58 r58 r7 Freq. setpoint Act. frequency r6 P496 = > PI Speed controller r58 r59 r59 r58 r58 r59 Torque setpoint r79 P496[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P496[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P496[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) P496 = : Precontrol disabled P496 > : Precontrol enabled P496 = : Standard setting for precontrol P499[] Scaling accel. torque control Min:. CStat: CUT Datatype: Float Unit: % Def:. P-Group: CONTROL Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max: 4. Enters scaling of acceleration in [%] for sensorless torque control (SLVC) at low frequencies. P499[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P499[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P499[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) 7 6SE64-5BB-BP

173 Issue /6 Parameter Description.9..4 Torque control P5[] Selection of torque setpoint Min: CStat: CT Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: P-Group: CONTROL Active: first confirm QuickComm.: Yes Max: 77 Selects torque setpoint source. In the table of possible settings below, the main setpoint is selected from the least significant digit (i.e., to 7) and any additional setpoint from the most significant digit (i.e., x through to x7). Possible Settings: No main setpoint Analog setpoint 4 USS on BOP link 5 USS on COM link 6 CB on COM link 7 Analog setpoint No main setpoint + Analog setpoint Analog setpoint + Analog setpoint 4 USS on BOP link + Analog setpoint 5 USS on COM link + Analog setpoint 6 CB on COM link + Analog setpoint 7 Analog setpoint + Analog setpoint 4 No main setpoint + USS on BOP link 4 Analog setpoint + USS on BOP link 44 USS on BOP link + USS on BOP link 45 USS on COM link + USS on BOP link 46 CB on COM link + USS on BOP link 47 Analog setpoint + USS on BOP link 5 No main setpoint + USS on COM link 5 Analog setpoint + USS on COM link 54 USS on BOP link + USS on COM link 55 USS on COM link + USS on COM link 57 Analog setpoint + USS on COM link 6 No main setpoint + CB on COM link 6 Analog setpoint + CB on COM link 64 USS on BOP link + CB on COM link 66 CB on COM link + CB on COM link 67 Analog setpoint + CB on COM link 7 No main setpoint + Analog setpoint 7 Analog setpoint + Analog setpoint 74 USS on BOP link + Analog setpoint 75 USS on COM link + Analog setpoint 76 CB on COM link + Analog setpoint 77 Analog setpoint + Analog setpoint P5[] : st. Command data set (CDS) P5[] : nd. Command data set (CDS) P5[] : rd. Command data set (CDS) Example: Setting 4 selects the main setpoint (4) derived from the USS on BOP link with the additional setpoint () derived from the analog input. Single digits are main setpoints only with no additional setpoint. Example P5 = 4 : P5 = 4 P5 = 755. P5 = 4 P5 = r5. P5 r755 P5 r5 CI: Torque setpoint CO: Act. ADC after scal. [4h] CI: Additional torque setpoint CO: PZD from BOP link (USS) ADC USS BOP link Sequence control USS COM link CB COM link ADC P = 4 P = 4 Additonal torque setpoint Torque setpoint Torque control 6SE64-5BB-BP 7

174 Parameter Description Issue /6 Caution: Be aware, by changing of parameter P5 all BICO parameters (see table below) are modified. Changing this parameter sets (to default) all settings on item selected (see table). P5 = xy x = x = x = 4 x = 5 x = 6 x = 7 P5 = xy y = y = y = 4 y = 5 y = 6 y = P P P P P P P P P P P P5 Example: P5 = 4 P5 = 5. P5 = SE64-5BB-BP

175 Issue /6 Parameter Description P5[] BI: Change to torque control Min: : CStat: CT Datatype: U Unit: - Def: : P-Group: CONTROL Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: 4: Selects command source from which it is possible to change between master (speed control) and slave (torque control). Droop Precontrol Kp Tn r58 r7 Freq. setpoint *) PI Speed controller r58 r58 r6 Act. frequency CI: Torque setp. P5.C (:) BI:-> torque ctrl. P5.C (:) CI: Add. trq. setp P5.C (:) Ti r59 r58 r59 r55 Torque setpoint r79 *) only active, if pre-control is enabled (P496 > ) SLVC: VC: Ti K p Tn P45 P44 P47 P46 P47 P46 P5[] : st. Command data set (CDS) P5[] : nd. Command data set (CDS) P5[] : rd. Command data set (CDS) Caution: If direct selection of torque control is used (P=, ) the OFF command is recognized as OFF. However, the OFF command is not recognized when torque control is selected indirectly (P=, and P5=). If indirect selection of torque control is used, it is recommended to program an OFF command using, for example a digital input or create the following circuit using the Free Function Blocks (FFB): P5 Source Torque switch-over Source ON/OFF & P844 OFF P84 ON/OFF Details: Speed control with encoder feedback see P46 Speed control without encoder feedback see P47 6SE64-5BB-BP 75

176 Parameter Description Issue /6 P5[] CI: Torque setpoint Min: : CStat: T Datatype: U Unit: - Def: : P-Group: CONTROL Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: 4: Selects source of torque setpoint for torque control. P5[] : st. Command data set (CDS) P5[] : nd. Command data set (CDS) P5[] : rd. Command data set (CDS) Details: See parameter P5. r58 CO: Torque setpoint Min: - Datatype: Float Unit: Nm Def: - P-Group: CONTROL Max: - Displays torque setpoint before limitation. Details: See parameter P Supplementary torque setpoint P5[] CI: Additional torque setpoint Min: : CStat: T Datatype: U Unit: - Def: : P-Group: CONTROL Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: 4: Selects source of additional torque setpoint for torque and speed control. P5[] : st. Command data set (CDS) P5[] : nd. Command data set (CDS) P5[] : rd. Command data set (CDS) Details: See parameter P5. r55 CO: Additional torque setpoint Min: - Datatype: Float Unit: Nm Def: - P-Group: CONTROL Max: - Displays additional torque setpoint. Details: See parameter P5. r58 CO: Acceleration torque Min: - Datatype: Float Unit: Nm Def: - P-Group: CONTROL Max: - Displays acceleration torque. Details: See parameter P5. P5[] CO: Upper torque limit Min: CStat: CUT Datatype: Float Unit: Nm Def: 5. P-Group: CONTROL Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max: Specifies fixed value for upper torque limitation. P5 def P5 max =.5 r = ± 4 r P5[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P5[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P5[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) 76 6SE64-5BB-BP

177 Issue /6 Parameter Description.9..6 Torque / power limiting P5[] CO: Lower torque limit Min: CStat: CUT Datatype: Float Unit: Nm Def: -5. P-Group: CONTROL Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max: Enters fixed value of lower torque limitation. P5 def P5 max =.5 r = ± 4 r P5[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P5[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P5[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) P5[] CI: Upper torque limit Min: : CStat: T Datatype: U Unit: - Def: 5: P-Group: CONTROL Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: 4: Selects source of upper torque limitation. P5[] : st. Command data set (CDS) P5[] : nd. Command data set (CDS) P5[] : rd. Command data set (CDS) P5[] CI: Lower torque limit Min: : CStat: T Datatype: U Unit: - Def: 5: P-Group: CONTROL Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: 4: Selects source of lower torque limitation. P5[] : st. Command data set (CDS) P5[] : nd. Command data set (CDS) P5[] : rd. Command data set (CDS) P55[] Scaling lower torque limit Min: -4. CStat: CUT Datatype: Float Unit: % Def:. P-Group: CONTROL Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max: 4. Enters scaling of lower torque limitation in [%]. P55[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P55[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P55[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) P55 = % = standard setting r56 CO: Upper torque limitation Min: - Datatype: Float Unit: Nm Def: - P-Group: CONTROL Max: - Displays actual upper torque limitation. Resultant torque limit M Power limitation Stall limitation Torque limitation r56 r57 ~ f ~ f P5 P5 Constant torque Constant power f stall Stall power f act The parameters r56 and r57 depend on P5, P5, P5, P5 and P55. 6SE64-5BB-BP 77

178 Parameter Description Issue /6 r57 CO: Lower torque limitation Min: - Datatype: Float Unit: Nm Def: - P-Group: CONTROL Max: - Displays actual lower torque limitation. Details: See parameter r56. P5[] Motoring power limitation Min:. CStat: CUT Datatype: Float Unit: - Def:. P-Group: CONTROL Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max: 8. Defines fixed value for the max. permissible motoring active power (motoring power limitation). P5 def =.5 P7 P5 max = P7 Parameter P5 limits the torque in addition to the act. frequency as displayed in the following characteristic. Power limitation (motoring, regenerative) M = P π f P5 M P5 f P5 P5 P5[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P5[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P5[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) P5[] Regenerative power limitation Min: -8. CStat: CUT Datatype: Float Unit: - Def: -. P-Group: CONTROL Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max:. Enters fixed value for the max. permissible regenerative active power (regenerative power limitation). P5 def = -.5 P7 P5 max = - P7 P5[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P5[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P5[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) Details: See parameter P5. r56 CO: Max. trq. motoring current Min: - Datatype: Float Unit: A Def: - P-Group: CONTROL Max: - Displays maximum torque motoring current component. r57 CO: Max trq regenerative current Min: - Datatype: Float Unit: A Def: - P-Group: CONTROL Max: Displays maximum torque of the regenerative current component. 78 6SE64-5BB-BP

179 Issue /6 Parameter Description r58 CO: Upper torque limit (total) Min: - Datatype: Float Unit: Nm Def: - P-Group: CONTROL Max: - Displays total upper torque limitation. Torque limitation : CO: Upper trq. lim [Nm] CI: Upper trq. lim r56 CO: Upper trq. lim P5.C P5 (5:) CI: Lower trq. lim CO: Lower trq. lim P5.C P5 (5:) CO: Lower trq. lim [Nm] r57 P5 P5 Motoring power lim Regener. power lim Torque limitation CI: Add. trq. setp P5.C (:) P55 Scal. low trq. lim P64 Motor ovl fact [%] P5 Rated mot. current r67 CO: Outp cur limit [A] Motor / inverter protection Max. inverter cur [A] r9 CO:Total up TrqLim [Nm] r58 CO:Total lw TrqLim [Nm] r59 CO: Total trq setp [Nm] r79 Speed controller or Torque controller Current controller r59 CO: Lower torque limit (total) Min: - Datatype: Float Unit: Nm Def: - P-Group: CONTROL Max: - Displays total lower torque limitation. Details: See parameter r Flux control P57[] CO: Fixed value flux setpoint Min: 5. CStat: CUT Datatype: Float Unit: % Def: 7. P-Group: CONTROL Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max:. Parameter to set the flux setpoint as a % relative to the rated motor flux. P57[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P57[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P57[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) - In the base speed range, the flux setpoint P57 is converted into the field-generating current component isd (P57 = % corresponds to r). - For values below %, the drive is under-magnetized and above this, is over-magnetized. - If P57 is set to more than %, then the flux setpoint, depending on the load, is increased from % (under no-load conditions) to this value (under rated load, refer to the diagram). - If in so doing, the maximum drive inverter output voltage is reached, the rotor flux is reduced in order to keep the output voltage constant (or the EMF) with increasing speed. - The maximum possible output voltage r7 of the drive inverter is determined by the DC link voltage r6 and the maximum modulation depth P8 in the gating unit. Ψset P57 Ψ i Motor i N,Motor Ψ N ( %) i N,Motor i Motor Field weakening f 6SE64-5BB-BP 79

180 Parameter Description Issue /6 P574[] Dynamic voltage headroom Min: CStat: CUT Datatype: U6 Unit: V Def: P-Group: CONTROL Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max: 5 Sets dynamic voltage headroom for vector control. If max. output voltage is reached, the voltage headroom is used for balancing lead values and disturbances. Parameter P574 gives a control-reserve, that is valid also in field weakening P574[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P574[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P574[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) - Increasing of the reserve decreases the maximum output voltage (r7). - Decreasing the voltage headroom can lead to instabilities of the control. P58[] Efficiency optimization Min: CStat: CUT Datatype: U6 Unit: % Def: P-Group: CONTROL Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max: The efficiency for load-dependent magnetization can be optimized using parameter P58. P58 = % : No load-dependent magnetization (de-activated) P58 > % : Load-dependent magnetization activated When the flux is decreased, the motor stator losses in the partial load range are reduced. When the load increases, the setpoint flux increases and therefore the magnetizing current corresponding to the torquegenerating current. P58[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P58[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P58[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) - When using the optimization routine, it is necessary to increase the smoothing time of the flux setpoint (P58). - The load-dependent magnetization (P58 > ) in the partial load range restricts the dynamic performance of the drive. - Under no-load conditions, a value of % represents the full flux reduction (i.e. 5 % of the rated motor flux, refer to the diagram). i sd P58 P58 = % i sd,n.5 i sd,n P58 = x % P58 = % i sq = i sd,n i sq - P58 can be activated at the same time with P57. This allows an optimum adaptation both under no-load conditions/in the partial load range using P58 as well as in the full load range using P57. i sd P57 isd,n i sd,n.5 i sd,n P58 = % P58 = % P58 = x % i sq = i sd,n i N i sq 8 6SE64-5BB-BP

181 Issue /6 Parameter Description P58[] Smooth time for flux setpoint Min: 4 CStat: CUT Datatype: U6 Unit: ms Def: 5 P-Group: CONTROL Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max: 5 Sets time constant of PT filter to smooth flux setpoint. P58[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P58[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P58[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) r58 CO: Flux setpoint (smoothed) Min: - Datatype: Float Unit: % Def: - P-Group: CONTROL Max: - Displays smoothed flux setpoint in [%] relative to rated motor flux. P596[] Int. time field weak. controller Min: CStat: CUT Datatype: U6 Unit: ms Def: 5 P-Group: CONTROL Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max: Sets integral time for field weakening controller. P596[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P596[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P596[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) r597 CO: Outp. field weak. controller Min: - Datatype: Float Unit: % Def: - P-Group: CONTROL Max: - Displays output signal of field weakening controller in [%] relative to rated motor flux. r598 CO: Flux setpoint (total) Min: - Datatype: Float Unit: % Def: - P-Group: CONTROL Max: - Displays total flux setpoint in [%] relative to the rated motor flux. P6[] Continuous torque boost (SLVC) Min:. CStat: CUT Datatype: Float Unit: % Def: 5. P-Group: CONTROL Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max:. 4 4 Sets the constant torque boost for the low frequency range when sensorless closed-loop vector control is being used (SLVC). The parameter is entered as a % referred to the rated motor torque (r). For sensorless closed-loop vector control, when the motor model is disabled, an absolute current is impressed. P6 represents the maximum load that occurs at a constant setpoint. i sd f P755 f(t) i sd (P6, P6) i sd(t) r P46 P6 = P6 = P6[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P6[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P6[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) Caution: P6 should always be set at least % higher than the maximum steady-state load that occurs. - For P6 = %, a current setpoint is calculated that corresponds to the no-load case (rated magnetization current). - For P6 = %, a current setpoint is calculated that corresponds to the rated motor torque. t 6SE64-5BB-BP 8

182 Parameter Description Issue /6 P6[] Acc. torque boost (SLVC) Min:. CStat: CUT Datatype: Float Unit: % Def:. P-Group: CONTROL Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max:. Enters the dynamic torque boost for the low frequency range for sensorless closed-loop vector control (SLVC). The parameter is entered as a % referred to the rated motor torque (r). P6[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P6[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P6[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) - When accelerating and braking, P6 is added to P6 and the resulting total torque is converted into an appropriate current setpoint and controlled (closed-loop). - For pure accelerating torques, it is always more favorable to utilize the torque pre-control of the speed controller (P496) Current controller P654[] Smooth time for Isq setpoint Min:. CStat: CUT Datatype: Float Unit: ms Def: 6. P-Group: CONTROL Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max:. 4 Sets time constant of PT filter to filter setpoint of torque generating current component in field weakening range. P654[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P654[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P654[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) P75[] Gain current controller Min:. CStat: CUT Datatype: Float Unit: - Def:.5 P-Group: CONTROL Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max: 5. 4 Enters gain of current controller. P75[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P75[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P75[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) P77[] Integral time current controller Min:. CStat: CUT Datatype: Float Unit: ms Def: 4. P-Group: CONTROL Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max: 5. Enters integral time of current controller. P77[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P77[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P77[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) r78 CO: Output of Isq controller Min: - Datatype: Float Unit: V Def: - P-Group: CONTROL Max: Displays actual output of Isq current (torque current) controller (PI controller). It contains the proportional and integral part of the PI controller. r79 CO: Integral output of Isq ctrl. Min: - Datatype: Float Unit: V Def: - P-Group: CONTROL Max: - 4 Displays integral output of Isq current (torque current) controller (PI controller). r7 CO: Output of Isd controller Min: - Datatype: Float Unit: V Def: - P-Group: CONTROL Max: - 4 Displays actual output of Isd current (flux current) controller (PI controller). It contains the proportional and integral part of the PI controller. r74 CO: Integral output of Isd ctrl. Min: - Datatype: Float Unit: V Def: - P-Group: CONTROL Max: - Displays integral output of Isd current (flux current) controller (PI controller) SE64-5BB-BP

183 Issue /6 Parameter Description r75 CO: Integral limit of Isd ctrl. Min: - Datatype: Float Unit: V Def: - P-Group: CONTROL Max: - Displays limit of integral output voltage setpoint of Isd current controller. r78 CO: Decoupling voltage Min: - Datatype: Float Unit: V Def: - P-Group: CONTROL Max: - Displays actual output voltage setpoint of cross channel decoupling. P74 Gain for oscillation damping Min:. CStat: CUT Datatype: Float Unit: - Def:. P-Group: CONTROL Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max:. 4 4 Sets the controller gain to dampen oscillations in the sensorless vector control (SLVC) at low frequencies (open-loop). P74 i sq - P74 T f res damping Siehe P75, P755, P756 P745[] Variance flux error Min:. CStat: CUT Datatype: Float Unit: % Def: 5. P-Group: CONTROL Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max:. Allowed variance error between flux setpoint and measured flux. P745[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P745[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P745[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) r746 CO: Variance flux error Min: - Datatype: Float Unit: % Def: - P-Group: CONTROL Max: - Variance error between flux setpoint and measured flux Motor model P75[] Control word of motor model Min: CStat: CUT Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: P-Group: CONTROL Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: Control word of motor model. This parameter controls the operation of the sensorless vector control (SLVC) at very low frequencies. This therefore includes the following conditions: - Operation directly after an ON command - zero crossing. f Start f Zero crossing Closed loop Closed loop P755 P755 Open loop Open loop t t P755 6SE64-5BB-BP 8

184 Parameter Description Issue /6 SLVC open loop means that the speed controller does not get any frequency feedback from the observer model. r6 Precontrol Torque limitation Frequency setpoint Speed controller P45 P47 P47 Flux setpoint closed loop P75/P755 open/closed loop.. i sq i sd Current controller Act. output voltage P6 P6 Flux setpoint open loop Current measurement i u i v i w Act. angle + Act. frequency Act. output frequency Slip + Observer model closed loop Bitfields: Bit Start SLVC open loop NO YES Bit Zero crossing SLVC open loop NO YES P75[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P75[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P75[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) r75 Status word of motor model Min: - Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: - P-Group: CONTROL Max: - Displays status of transition from feed-forward to observer-control and vice versa. Bitfields: Bit Transit to SLVC open loop NO YES Bit N-adaption enabled NO YES Bit Transit to SLVC closed loop NO YES Bit Speed controller enabled NO YES Bit4 Current injection NO YES Bit5 Start flux decrease NO YES Bit4 Rs adapted NO YES Bit5 Xh adapted NO YES 84 6SE64-5BB-BP

185 Issue /6 Parameter Description P755[] Start-freq. motor model (SLVC) Min:. CStat: CUT Datatype: Float Unit: Hz Def: 5. P-Group: CONTROL Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max: 5. Enter the start frequency of sensorless vector control (SLVC), thereby SLVC switches over from open-loop to closed-loop at that frequency. The default setting depends on the motor power: - kw to.749 kw: 5. Hz -.75 kw to 75 kw:.5 Hz kw to kw:. Hz f_act P755 P756 [Hz] t SLVC open loop SLVC closed loop P756[%] P756[Hz] = P755[Hz] [%] P758 P755[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P755[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P755[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) P756[] Hyst.-freq. motor model (SLVC) Min:. CStat: CUT Datatype: Float Unit: % Def: 5. P-Group: CONTROL Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max:. t Enters hysteresis frequency (in percent of start-frequency) to switch back from sensorless-vector-control (SLVC) to current model. Value is entered in the range % to 5 % relative to P755 (SLVC stop frequency). P756[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P756[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P756[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) P758[] Chng-ov. del. t SLVC op.-lp ctrl Min: CStat: CUT Datatype: U6 Unit: ms Def: 5 P-Group: CONTROL Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max: Sets the minimum time when the changeover frequency is fallen below when changing from the closed-loop into the open-loop controlled mode. P758[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P758[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P758[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) Refer to P75, P755, P756 P759[] Chng-ov. del. t SLVC cl.-lp ctrl Min: 5 CStat: CUT Datatype: U6 Unit: ms Def: P-Group: CONTROL Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max: Sets the minimum time when the changeover frequency is exceeded when changing from the open-loop controlled into the closed-loop controlled mode. P759[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P759[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P759[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) Refer to P75, P755, P756 6SE64-5BB-BP 85

186 Parameter Description Issue /6 P764[] Kp of n-adaption (SLVC) Min:. CStat: CUT Datatype: Float Unit: - Def:. P-Group: CONTROL Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max:.5 Enters gain of speed adaptation controller for sensorless vector control. Observer model ASM ASM î ψˆ P764 P767 fˆ i i Im ( i ψˆ ) Kp Tn r77 r77 P764[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P764[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P764[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) P767[] Tn of n-adaption (SLVC) Min:. CStat: CUT Datatype: Float Unit: ms Def: 4. P-Group: CONTROL Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max:. Enters speed adaptation controller integral time. P767[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P767[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P767[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) r77 CO: Prop. output of n-adaption Min: - Datatype: Float Unit: Hz Def: - P-Group: CONTROL Max: - Displays proportional part of speed adaptation controller. r77 CO: Int. output of n-adaption Min: - Datatype: Float Unit: Hz Def: - P-Group: CONTROL Max: - Displays integral part of speed adaptation controller. r778 CO: Flux angle difference Min: - Datatype: Float Unit: Def: - P-Group: CONTROL Max: Displays flux angle difference between motor model and current transformation before motor model is active. P78[] Control word of Rs/Rr-adaption Min: CStat: CUT Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: P-Group: CONTROL Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: Enables thermal adaptation of stator and rotor resistance to reduce torque errors in speed/torque regulation with speed sensor, or frequency errors in speed/torque regulation without speed sensor. Bitfields: Bit Enable thermal Rs/Rr-adapt. NO YES Bit Enable observer Rs/Xm-adapt. NO YES P78[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P78[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P78[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) Only stator resistance adaptation is carried out for synchronous motors. 86 6SE64-5BB-BP

187 Issue /6 Parameter Description P78[] Tn of Rs-adaption Min: CStat: CUT Datatype: U6 Unit: ms Def: P-Group: CONTROL Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max: Enters Rs-adaptation controller integral time. P78[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P78[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P78[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) r78 Output of Rs-adaptation Min: - Datatype: Float Unit: % Def: - P-Group: CONTROL Max: - 4 Displays stator resistance adaptation from controller in [%] relative to rated motor resistance. Stator resistance is obtained as a function of the motor temperature as: a) ϑact P65: r7- r78 R sact = R sstart + R sadapt = ZN with R s Start = Rs(P65) % b) ZN = ϑact = r6: R s act VN = IN = Rs(r6) + R s Rated motor impedance: P4 P5 adapt = ZN <=>% r95 - r78 % P786[] Tn of Xm-adaption Min: CStat: CUT Datatype: U6 Unit: ms Def: P-Group: CONTROL Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max: Enters Xm-adaptation controller integral time. P786[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P786[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P786[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) r787 Output of Xm-adaption Min: - Datatype: Float Unit: % Def: - P-Group: CONTROL Max: - 4 Displays main reactance adaptation from controller in [%] relative to rated impedance. For X mγ ZN = f fn act is valid = X mγ + X mγ Start Rated motor impedance: VN = IN P4 adapt P5 = ZN r8- r787 % <=>% 6SE64-5BB-BP 87

188 Parameter Description Issue /6. Inverter parameters (Modulator) P8 Pulse frequency Min: CStat: CUT Datatype: U6 Unit: khz Def: 4 P-Group: INVERTER Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max: 6 Sets pulse frequency of power switches in inverter. The frequency can be changed in steps of khz. Minimum pulse frequency depends on P8 (maximum frequency) and P (rated motor frequency). - see derating in P8 - P8 > * P - If the pulse frequency is increased, max. inverter current r9 can be reduced (derating). The derating characteristic depends on the type and power of the inverter (see manuall OPERATING INSTRUCTION). - If silent operation is not absolutely necessary, lower pulse frequencies may be selected to reduce inverter losses and radio-frequency emissions. - Under certain circumstances, the inverter may reduce the switching frequency to provide protection against over-temperature (see P9). r8 CO: Act. pulse frequency Min: - Datatype: U6 Unit: khz Def: - P-Group: INVERTER Max: - Actual pulse frequency of power switches in inverter. Notice: Under certain conditions (inverter overtemperature, see P9), this can differ from the values selected in P8 (pulse frequency). P8 Modulator mode Min: CStat: CUT Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: P-Group: INVERTER Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: Selects inverter modulator mode. Possible Settings: SVM/ASVM automatic mode Asymmetric SVM Space vector modulation Notice: - Asymmetric space vector modulation (ASVM) produces lower switching losses than space vector modulation (SVM), but may cause irregular rotation at very low frequencies. - Space vector modulation (SVM) with over-modulation may produce current waveform distortion at high output voltages. - Space vector modulation (SVM) without over-modulation will reduce maximum output voltage available to motor. P8[] Max. modulation Min:. CStat: CUT Datatype: Float Unit: % Def: 6. P-Group: INVERTER Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max: 5. Sets maximum modulation index. P8[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P8[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P8[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) - P8 = % : Limit for over-control (for ideal inverter without switching delay). 4 - For vector control the modulation limit will be reduced automatically with 4 %. P8[] Reverse output phase sequence Min: CStat: CT Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: P-Group: INVERTER Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: Changes direction of motor rotation without changing setpoint polarity. Possible Settings: OFF ON P8[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P8[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P8[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) If positive and negative revolution is enabled, frequency setpoint is directly used. If both positive and negative revolution are disabled, reference value is set to zero. Details: See P (select frequency setpoint) 88 6SE64-5BB-BP

189 Issue /6 Parameter Description P85 On-state voltage of IGBT Min:. CStat: CUT Datatype: Float Unit: V Def:.4 P-Group: INVERTER Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max:. Corrects on-state voltage of the IGBTs. P88 Gating unit dead time Min:. CStat: CUT Datatype: Float Unit: us Def:.5 P-Group: INVERTER Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: Sets compensation time of gating unit interlock.. Motor data identification P99[] Ctrl. word of motor data ident. Min: CStat: CUT Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: P-Group: CONTROL Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: Control word of motor data identification. Bitfields: Bit Estimation of Xs NO YES P99[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P99[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P99[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) P9 Select motor data identification Min: CStat: CT Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: P-Group: MOTOR Active: first confirm QuickComm.: Yes Max: 4 Performs a motor data identification. Possible Settings: Disabled Identification of all parameters with parameter change Identification of all parameters without parameter change Identification of saturation curve with parameter change 4 Identification of saturation curve without parameter change 5 Identification of XsigDyn (r9) without parameter change 6 Identification of Tdead (r96) without parameter change 7 Identification of Rs (r9 ) without parameter change 8 Identification of Xs (r95) without parameter change 9 Identification of Tr (r9) without parameter change Identification of Xsigma (r94) without parameter change Set voltage vector Common Settings: P9 = : All motor data and inverter characteristic will be identified and parameter will be changed. - P5 stator resistance, - P54 rotor resistance, - P56 stator leakage inductance, - P58 rotor leakage inductance, - P6 main inductance - P85 on-state voltage of IGBTs - P88 compensation time of gating unit interlock P9 = : Saturation curve will be identified and parameter will be changed. - P6... P65 magnetizing curve flux P66... P69 magnetizing curve imag.. 4 Caution: Motor identification should normally be performed on a cold motor. However, the identification of the motor data should only be performed if the motor temperature is within 5 C of the measured ambient temperature stored in P65. If the motor identification is not within the 5ºC limit then the correct functioning of Vector Control (VC, SLVC) cannot be guaranteed. This may cause instabilities when using vector control. The motor rating plate information with respect to the connection of the motor windings (Star or delta connection) must be correct in order to establish the correct equivalent circuit data. The motor identification calculates this data based on a Phase of a Star equivalent circuit P5 - P6, irrespective of whether the motor is connected star or delta. This must be considered when the motor data is input directly. - In order to that the motor identification routine supplies the correct data, before selecting, fast commissioning should be carried-out. - If the motor data identification routine is activated (e.g. P9 = ), then at the next ON command, the measuring operation is started and alarm A54 is generated. After the measurement is completed, both P9 and the alarm are reset. 6SE64-5BB-BP 89

190 Parameter Description Issue /6 Notice: When choosing the setting for measurement, observe the following:. "with parameter change" means that the values are actually adopted as Pxxxx parameter settings (see common settings above) and applied to the controller as well as being shown in the read-only parameters below.. "without parameter change" means that the values are only displayed, i.e. shown for checking purposes in the read-only parameters r9 (identified stator resistance), r9 (identified rotor time constant), r94 (ident. total leakage reactance), r95/r96/r97/r98/r99 (identified nominal stator reactance/identified stator reactance to 4), r95 (IGBT on-state voltage) and r96 (identified gating unit dead time). The values are not applied to the controller. P9 No. of phase to be identified Min: CStat: CT Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: P-Group: INVERTER Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max: Selects maximum number of motor phases to be identified. r9[] Identified stator resistance Min: - Datatype: Float Unit: Ohm Def: - P-Group: MOTOR Max: - Displays measured stator resistance value (line-to-line) in [Ohms] r9[] : U_phase r9[] : V_phase r9[] : W_phase This value is measured using P9 = or, i.e., identification of all parameters with/without change. r9[] Identified rotor time constant Min: - Datatype: Float Unit: ms Def: - P-Group: MOTOR Max: - Displays identified rotor time constant. r9[] : U_phase r9[] : V_phase r9[] : W_phase r94[] Ident. total leakage inductance Min: - Datatype: Float Unit: - Def: - P-Group: MOTOR Max: - Displays identified total leakage inductance. r94[] : U_phase r94[] : V_phase r94[] : W_phase r95[] Ident. nom. stator inductance Min: - Datatype: Float Unit: - Def: - P-Group: MOTOR Max: - Displays identified stator inductance. r95[] : U_phase r95[] : V_phase r95[] : W_phase Notice: If the value identified (Ls = stator inductance) does not lie within the range 5 % < Xs [p. u.] < 5 % fault message 4 (motor data identification failure) is issued. r949 provides further information (fault value = 4 in this case). r96[] Identified stator inductance Min: - Datatype: Float Unit: - Def: - P-Group: MOTOR Max: - Displays identified stator inductance. r96[] : U_phase r96[] : V_phase r96[] : W_phase Details: See P95 (identified nominal stator inductance). 9 6SE64-5BB-BP

191 Issue /6 Parameter Description r97[] Identified stator inductance Min: - Datatype: Float Unit: - Def: - P-Group: MOTOR Max: - Displays identified stator inductance. r97[] : U_phase r97[] : V_phase r97[] : W_phase Details: See P95 (identified nominal stator inductance) r98[] Identified stator inductance Min: - Datatype: Float Unit: - Def: - P-Group: MOTOR Max: - Displays identified stator inductance. r98[] : U_phase r98[] : V_phase r98[] : W_phase Details: See P95 (identified nominal stator reactance) r99[] Identified stator inductance 4 Min: - Datatype: Float Unit: - Def: - P-Group: MOTOR Max: - Displays identified stator inductance. r99[] : U_phase r99[] : V_phase r99[] : W_phase Details: See P95 (identified nominal stator inductance) r9[] Identified dyn. leak. inductance Min: - Datatype: Float Unit: - Def: - P-Group: MOTOR Max: - Displays identified total dynamic leakage inductance. r9[] : U_phase r9[] : V_phase r9[] : W_phase r95 Identified on-state voltage Min: - Datatype: Float Unit: V Def: - P-Group: INVERTER Max: - Displays identified on-state voltage of IGBT. r96 Ident. gating unit dead time Min: - Datatype: Float Unit: us Def: - P-Group: INVERTER Max: - Displays identified dead time of gating unit interlock. P9 Voltage setpoint for calibration Min: CStat: CUT Datatype: Float Unit: V Def: P-Group: INVERTER Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max: Specifies reference voltage for generation of a test voltage vector (e.g. used for shunt calibration). P9 Phase Min: CStat: CUT Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: P-Group: INVERTER Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max: Defines phase of voltage vector 6SE64-5BB-BP 9

192 Parameter Description Issue /6. Speed optimization P96 Speed control optimisation Min: CStat: CT Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: P-Group: MOTOR Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: The drive should be set into a vector mode (P = or ) to carry out speed controller optimisation. When speed controller optimisation is enabled (P96 = ) the warning A54 will become active. When the drive is next started it will do the optimisation tests. The drive will accelerate the motor to % of P (rated motor frequency) using the ramp up time P and then under torque control go to 5 % of P (rated motor frequency). The drive will then ramp back down to % using the ramp down time P. This procedure is repeated several times and then average time taken. From this an estimation of the inertia of the load on the motor can be derived. From this the inertia ratio parameter (P4) and the Kp gains for VC (P46) and SLVC (P47) are modified to give a response suitable for the measured inertia. Possible Settings: Disabled Enabled - When the test is complete P96 will be cleared to zero. - If there is a problem due to instability the drive may trip with an F4 fault if a stable value has not been obtained on the ramp up within a reasonable time. - It should be noted that the DC-link controller should be enabled whilst doing the test as otherwise overvoltage trips maybe experienced. This will however depend on the ramp down time and the system inertia. - The speed loop optimisation may not be suitable for some applications due to the nature of the test i.e. accelerating under torque control from % to 5 %.. Reference parameters P[] Reference frequency Min:. CStat: CT Datatype: Float Unit: Hz Def: 5. P-Group: COMM Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: 65. Parameter P represents the reference frequency for frequency values which are displayed/transferred as a percentage or a hexadecimal value. Where: - hexadecimal 4 H ==> P (e.g.: USS-PZD) - percentage % ==> P (e.g.: ADC) P[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) Example: If a BICO connection is made between two parameters or alternatively using P79 or P, the "unit" of the parameters (standardized (Hex) or physical (i.e. Hz) values) may differ. MICROMASTER implicitly makes an automatic conversion to the target value. x[hz] r P6 [] [] [] [] y[hex] USS-PZD BOP link r[hz] y[hex] = 4[Hex] P[Hz] USS-PZD BOP link x[hex] r5 [] [] [] [] P7 y[hz] y[hz] = r5[] P 4[Hex] 9 6SE64-5BB-BP

193 Issue /6 Parameter Description Caution: Parameter P represents the reference frequency of the above mentioned interfaces. A maximum frequency setpoint of *P can be applied via the corresponding interface. Unlike parameter P8 (Max. Frequency) this limits the inverter frequency internally independent of the reference frequency. By modification of P it will also adapt the parameter to the new settings. PZD f (Hex) P8 ADC f (%) f [Hz] Normalization Setpoint channel f_act Limitation f_act,limit Motor control f(hex) f(%) f[hz] = P = P f_act,limit = min(p8, f_act) 4(Hex) % Notice: Reference variables are intended as an aid to presenting setpoint and actual value signals in a uniform manner. This also applies to fixed settings entered as a precentage. A value of % (USS / CB) corresponds to a process data value of 4H, or 4 H in the case of double values. In this respect, the following parameters are available: P P P P P4 Reference frequency Reference voltage Reference current Reference torque Reference power Hz V A Nm kw hp f(p) P[] Reference voltage Min: CStat: CT Datatype: U6 Unit: V Def: P-Group: COMM Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: Full-scale output voltage (i.e. % ) used over serial link (corresponds to 4H). P[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) Example: P = specifies that 4H received via USS denotes V. If a BICO connection is made between two parameters, the "unit" of the parameters (standardized (Hex) or physical (i.e. V) values) may differ. MICROMASTER implicitly makes an automatic conversion to the target value. r6 P77 DAC r6[v] y[hex] = 4[Hex] P[V] x[v] y[hex] 6SE64-5BB-BP 9

194 Parameter Description Issue /6 P[] Reference current Min:. CStat: CT Datatype: Float Unit: A Def:. P-Group: COMM Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max:. Full-scale output current used over serial link (corresponds to 4H). P[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) Example: If a BICO connection is made between two parameters, the "unit" of the parameters (standardized (Hex) or physical (i.e. A) values) may differ. MICROMASTER implicitly makes an automatic conversion to the target value. x[a] r7 P6 [] [] [] [] y[hex] USS-PZD BOP link r7[a] y[hex] = 4[Hex] P[A] P[] Reference torque Min:. CStat: CT Datatype: Float Unit: Nm Def:. P-Group: COMM Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: Full-scale reference torque used over the serial link (corresponds to 4H). P[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) Example: If a BICO connection is made between two parameters or alternatively using P5, the "unit" of the parameters (standardized (Hex) or physical (i.e. Nm) values) may differ. MICROMASTER implicitly makes an automatic conversion to the target value. x[nm] r8 P5 [] [] [] [] y[hex] CB-PZD COM link r8[nm] y[hex] = 4[Hex] P[Nm] P4[] Reference power Min: CStat: CT Datatype: Float Unit: - Def: P-Group: COMM Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: Full-scale reference power used over the serial link (corresponds to 4H). r4= π f M = π P P P4[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P4[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P4[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) Example: If a BICO connection is made between two parameters, the "unit" of the parameters (standardized (Hex) or physical (i.e. kw / hp) values) may differ. MICROMASTER implicitly makes an automatic conversion to the target value. r x[kw] or x[hp] depending on P P9 [] [] [] [] y[hex] USS COM link r y[hex] = 4[Hex] r4 94 6SE64-5BB-BP

195 Issue /6 Parameter Description.4 Communication parameters (USS, CB) P9[] USS denormalization Min: CStat: CT Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: P-Group: COMM Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: Enables denormalization for USS. Possible Settings: Disabled Enabled P9[] : Serial interface COM link P9[] : Serial interface BOP link If denormalization is enabled, the main setpoint (word in PZD) is not interpreted as % = 4H, but as "absolute" instead (e.g. 4H = 684 means 6.84 Hz ) if this is a frequency. Denormalization (P9 = ) only works for frequencies and is intended for backwards compatibility with MM. P[] USS baudrate Min: 4 CStat: CUT Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: 6 P-Group: COMM Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: Sets baud rate for USS communication. Possible Settings: 4 4 baud 5 48 baud 6 96 baud 7 9 baud 8 84 baud baud 768 baud 975 baud 5 baud P[] : Serial interface COM link P[] : Serial interface BOP link P[] USS address Min: CStat: CUT Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: P-Group: COMM Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: Sets unique address for inverter. P[] : Serial interface COM link P[] : Serial interface BOP link You can connect up to a further inverters via the serial link (i.e. inverters in total) and control them with the USS serial bus protocol. 6SE64-5BB-BP 95

196 Parameter Description Issue /6 P[] USS PZD length Min: CStat: CUT Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: P-Group: COMM Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: 8 Defines the number of 6-bit words in PZD part of USS telegram. P[] : Serial interface COM link P[] : Serial interface BOP link Notice: USS protocol consists of PZD and PKW which can be changed by the user via parameters P and P respectively. USS telegram Parameter Process data STX LGE ADR BCC PKW PZD PKE IND PWE PZD PZD PZD PZD4 STX LGE ADR PKW PZD BCC Start of text Length Address Parameter ID value Process data Block check character PKE IND PWE Parameter ID Sub-index Parameter value PZD transmits a control word and setpoint or status word and actual values. The number of PZD-words in a USS-telegram are determined by parameter P, where the first two words (P >= ) are either: - control word and main setpoint or - status word and actual value. Restrictions: - If the above serial interface controls the inverter (P7 or P79) then the st control word must be transferred in the st PZD-word. - If the setpoint source is selected via P or P79, then the main setpoint must be transfered in the nd PZD-word, - When P is greater than or equal to 4 the additional control word (nd control word) must transferred in the 4th PZD-word, if the serial interface controls the inverter (P7 or P79). STW ZSW HSW HIW STW PZD PZD PZD PZD4 P STW ZSW PZD Control word Status word Process data HSW HIW Main setpoint Main actual value 96 6SE64-5BB-BP

197 Issue /6 Parameter Description P[] USS PKW length Min: CStat: CUT Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: 7 P-Group: COMM Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: 7 Defines the number of 6-bit words in PKW part of USS telegram. The PKW part consists of the PKE part (. word), IND part (. word) resp. PWE part (. - n. word). In contrary to the IND and PKE part, the PWE part can be varied. Depending on the particular requirement, - word, 4-word or variable word lengths can be parameterized. The PKW part of the USS telegram is used to read and write individual parameter values. Possible Settings: No words words 4 4 words 7 Variable P[] : Serial interface COM link P[] : Serial interface BOP link Example: P = U6 (6 Bit) U ( Bit) Float ( Bit) X Data type Parameter access fault Parameter access fault P = 4 X X X P = 7 X X X Notice: USS protocol consists of PZD and PKW which can be changed by the user via parameters P and P respectively. Parameter P determines the number of PKW-words in a USS-telegram. Setting P to or 4 determines the length of the PKW ( = three words and 4 = four words). When P set to 7 automatically adjusts the length of the PKW words are required. P = P PKE IND PWE word each 6 Bit P = 4 P PKE IND PWE PKE IND PWE Parameter ID Sub-index Parameter value If a fixed PKW length is selected only one parameter value can be transferred. In the case of indexed parameter, you must use the variable PKW length if you wish to have the values of all indices transferred in a single telegram. In selecting the fixed PKW length, it is important to ensure the value in question can be transferred using this PKW length. P =, fixes PKW length, but does not allow access to many parameter values. A parameter fault is generated when an out-of-range value is used, the value will not be accepted but the inverter state will not be affected. Useful for applications where parameters are not changed, but MMs are also used. Broadcast mode is not possible with this setting. P = 4, fixes PKW length. Allows access to all parameters, but indexed parameters can only be read one index at a time. Word order for single word values are different to setting or 7, see example below. P = 7, most useful setting. PKW reply length varies depending on the amount of information needed. Can read fault information and all indices of a parameter with a single telegram with this setting. Example: Set P7 to value 5 (7 = BC (hex)) P = P = 4 P = 7 Master MM4 BC 5 BC 5 BC 5 MM4 Master BC 5 BC 5 BC 5 6SE64-5BB-BP 97

198 Parameter Description Issue /6 P4[] USS telegram off time Min: CStat: CT Datatype: U6 Unit: ms Def: P-Group: COMM Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max: 6555 Defines the telegram failure time for the serial interfaces with USS protocol. The telegram failure time defines the time within which a valid telegram must have been received. If a valid telegram is not received within the specified time, the drive inverter outputs fault F7. P4[] : Serial interface COM link P4[] : Serial interface BOP link Notice: By default (time set to ), no fault is generated (i.e. watchdog disabled). r5[8] CO: PZD from BOP link (USS) Min: - Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: - P-Group: COMM Max: - Displays process data received via USS on BOP link (RS USS). PZD4 STW PZD PZD HSW P PZD STW r5 [] r [] [] []. r [7] BCC PZD Process data PKW Parameter USS telegram ADR LGE STX STX LGE ADR PKW PZD BCC STW HSW Start of text Length Address Parameter ID value Process data Block check character Control word Main setpoint USS on BOP link PZD mapping to parameter r5 r5[] : Received word r5[] : Received word r5[] : Received word r5[] : Received word r5[4] : Received word 4 r5[5] : Received word 5 r5[6] : Received word 6 r5[7] : Received word 7 The control words can be viewed as bit parameters r and r. Restrictions: - If the above serial interface controls the inverter (P7 or P79) then the st control word must be transferred in the st PZD-word. - If the setpoint source is selected via P or P79, then the main setpoint must be transfered in the nd PZD-word, - When P is greater than or equal to 4 the additional control word (nd control word) must transferred in the 4th PZD-word, if the above serial interface controls the inverter (P7 or P79). 98 6SE64-5BB-BP

199 Issue /6 Parameter Description P6[8] CI: PZD to BOP link (USS) Min: : CStat: CT Datatype: U Unit: - Def: 5: P-Group: COMM Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max: 4: Selects signals (process data PZD) to be transmitted to serial interface via USS on BOP link STX LGE ADR PKW PZD BCC ZSW HIW r5 r5 r r5 r5 Start of text Length Address Parameter ID value Process data Block check character Status word Main actual value P6 [] [] [] []. PZD4 PZD PZD PZD [7] ZSW HIW ZSW P BCC PZD Process data PKW Parameter USS telegram ADR LGE STX PZD mapping from parameter P6 USS on BOP link P6[] : Transmitted word P6[] : Transmitted word P6[] : Transmitted word P6[] : Transmitted word P6[4] : Transmitted word 4 P6[5] : Transmitted word 5 P6[6] : Transmitted word 6 P6[7] : Transmitted word 7 Example: P6[] = 5. (default). In this case, the value of r5[] (CO/BO: Status word) is transmitted as st PZD to the BOP link. If r5 not indexed, display does not show an index ("." ). 6SE64-5BB-BP 99

200 Parameter Description Issue /6 r8[8] CO: PZD from COM link (USS) Min: - Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: - P-Group: COMM Max: - Displays process data received via USS on COM link. PZD4 STW PZD PZD HSW P PZD STW r8 [] r6 [] [] []. r7 [7] BCC PZD Process data PKW Parameter USS telegram ADR LGE STX STX LGE ADR PKW PZD BCC STW HSW Start of text Length Address Parameter ID value Process data Block check character Control word Main setpoint USS on COM link PZD mapping to parameter r8 r8[] : Received word r8[] : Received word r8[] : Received word r8[] : Received word r8[4] : Received word 4 r8[5] : Received word 5 r8[6] : Received word 6 r8[7] : Received word 7 The control words can be viewed as bit parameters r6 and r7. Restrictions: - If the above serial interface controls the inverter (P7 or P79) then the st control word must be transferred in the st PZD-word. - If the setpoint source is selected via P or P79, then the main setpoint must be transfered in the nd PZD-word, - When P is greater than or equal to 4 the additional control word (nd control word) must transferred in the 4th PZD-word, if the above serial interface controls the inverter (P7 or P79). 6SE64-5BB-BP

201 Issue /6 Parameter Description P9[8] CI: PZD to COM link (USS) Min: : CStat: CT Datatype: U Unit: - Def: 5: P-Group: COMM Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max: 4: Selects signals (process data PZD) to be transmitted to serial interface via USS on COM link STX LGE ADR PKW PZD BCC ZSW HIW r5 r5 r r5 r5 Start of text Length Address Parameter ID value Process data Block check character Status word Main actual value P9 [] [] [] []. PZD4 PZD PZD PZD [7] ZSW HIW ZSW P BCC PZD Process data PKW Parameter USS telegram ADR LGE STX PZD mapping from parameter P9 USS on COM link P9[] : Transmitted word P9[] : Transmitted word P9[] : Transmitted word P9[] : Transmitted word P9[4] : Transmitted word 4 P9[5] : Transmitted word 5 P9[6] : Transmitted word 6 P9[7] : Transmitted word 7 Details: See P6 (PZD to BOP link) r4[] USS error-free telegrams Min: - Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: - P-Group: COMM Max: - Displays number of error-free USS telegrams received. r4[] : Serial interface COM link r4[] : Serial interface BOP link r5[] USS rejected telegrams Min: - Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: - P-Group: COMM Max: - Displays the number of rejected USS telegrams. The sum of all USS errors (r6 - r) is displayed in parameter r5. The following monitoring mechanisms have been implemented - when a telegram is received, then initially, the correct start of a telegram (start interval + STX) must be identified and then the length must be evaluated (LGE). If the length does not correspond to the selected value for a fixed telegram or it does not have a valid value for a variable telegram length, the telegram is rejected. - the appropriate times are monitored before and while receiving telegrams. - the block check character (BCC) is generated while the telegram is received and after the complete telegram has been read-in, this is compared with the received BCC. If these do not match, then the telegram is not evaluated. - if a character frame error or a parity error has not occurred in any of the received characters, then the node number (ADR) of the received telegram can be evaluated. - the telegram is rejected if the address byte (ADR) does not correspond to the node number (for slave) or the expected slave node number (for the master). r5[] : Serial interface COM link r5[] : Serial interface BOP link 6SE64-5BB-BP

202 Parameter Description Issue /6 r6[] USS character frame error Min: - Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: - P-Group: COMM Max: - Displays number of USS character frame errors. r6[] : Serial interface COM link r6[] : Serial interface BOP link r7[] USS overrun error Min: - Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: - P-Group: COMM Max: - Displays number of USS telegrams with overrun error. r7[] : Serial interface COM link r7[] : Serial interface BOP link r8[] USS parity error Min: - Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: - P-Group: COMM Max: - Displays number of USS telegrams with parity error. r8[] : Serial interface COM link r8[] : Serial interface BOP link r9[] USS start not identified Min: - Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: - P-Group: COMM Max: - Displays number of USS telegrams with unidentified start. r9[] : Serial interface COM link r9[] : Serial interface BOP link r[] USS BCC error Min: - Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: - P-Group: COMM Max: - Displays number of USS telegrams with BCC error. r[] : Serial interface COM link r[] : Serial interface BOP link r[] USS length error Min: - Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: - P-Group: COMM Max: - Displays number of USS telegrams with incorrect length. r[] : Serial interface COM link r[] : Serial interface BOP link r BO: CtrlWrd from BOP link (USS) Min: - Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: - P-Group: COMM Max: - Displays control word from BOP link (word within USS). Bitfields: Bit ON/OFF NO YES Bit OFF: Electrical stop YES NO Bit OFF: Fast stop YES NO Bit Pulses enabled NO YES Bit4 RFG enable NO YES Bit5 RFG start NO YES Bit6 Setpoint enable NO YES Bit7 Fault acknowledge NO YES Bit8 JOG right NO YES Bit9 JOG left NO YES Bit Control from PLC NO YES Bit Reverse (setpoint inversion) NO YES Bit Motor potentiometer MOP up NO YES Bit4 Motor potentiometer MOP down NO YES Bit5 CDS Bit (Local/Remote) NO YES 6SE64-5BB-BP

203 Issue /6 Parameter Description r BO: CtrlWrd from BOP link (USS) Min: - Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: - P-Group: COMM Max: - Displays control word from BOP link (i.e. word 4 within USS). Bitfields: Bit Fixed frequency Bit NO YES Bit Fixed frequency Bit NO YES Bit Fixed frequency Bit NO YES Bit Fixed frequency Bit NO YES Bit4 Drive data set (DDS) Bit NO YES Bit5 Drive data set (DDS) Bit NO YES Bit8 PID enabled NO YES Bit9 DC brake enabled NO YES Bit Droop enabled NO YES Bit Torque control NO YES Bit External fault YES NO Bit5 Command data set (CDS) Bit NO YES P7 = 4 (USS on BOP link) and P79 = (Cmd / Setpoint = BICO parameter). r6 BO: CtrlWrd from COM link (USS) Min: - Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: - P-Group: COMM Max: - Displays control word from COM link (i.e. word within USS). Bitfields: Bit ON/OFF NO YES Bit OFF: Electrical stop YES NO Bit OFF: Fast stop YES NO Bit Pulses enabled NO YES Bit4 RFG enable NO YES Bit5 RFG start NO YES Bit6 Setpoint enable NO YES Bit7 Fault acknowledge NO YES Bit8 JOG right NO YES Bit9 JOG left NO YES Bit Control from PLC NO YES Bit Reverse (setpoint inversion) NO YES Bit Motor potentiometer MOP up NO YES Bit4 Motor potentiometer MOP down NO YES Bit5 CDS Bit (Local/Remote) NO YES Details: See r (control word from BOP link). r7 BO: CtrlWrd from COM link (USS) Min: - Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: - P-Group: COMM Max: - Displays control word from COM link (i.e. word 4 within USS). Bitfields: Bit Fixed frequency Bit NO YES Bit Fixed frequency Bit NO YES Bit Fixed frequency Bit NO YES Bit Fixed frequency Bit NO YES Bit4 Drive data set (DDS) Bit NO YES Bit5 Drive data set (DDS) Bit NO YES Bit8 PID enabled NO YES Bit9 DC brake enabled NO YES Bit Droop enabled NO YES Bit Torque control NO YES Bit External fault YES NO Bit5 Command data set (CDS) Bit NO YES Details: See r (control word from BOP link). 6SE64-5BB-BP

204 Parameter Description Issue /6 P4 CB telegram off time Min: CStat: CT Datatype: U6 Unit: ms Def: P-Group: COMM Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max: 6555 Defines time after which a fault will be generated (F7) if no telegram is received via the link. The telegramm off time defines the time, within which a valid telegram must be received. If no valid telegram is received within that time, the inverter trips with F7. Setting = watchdog disabled P4[5] CB parameter Min: CStat: CT Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: P-Group: COMM Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: 6555 Configures a communication board (CB). P4[] : CB parameter P4[] : CB parameter P4[] : CB parameter P4[] : CB parameter P4[4] : CB parameter 4 Details: See relevant communication board manual for protocol definition and appropriate settings. r5[8] CO: PZD from CB Min: - Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: - P-Group: COMM Max: - Displays PZD received from communication board (CB). PZD4 STW PZD PZD HSW PZD STW r5 [] r9 [] [] []. r9 [7] PZD PKW CB-Frame Process data Parameter P4[] CB telegram CB-Frame PKW PZD STW HSW Parameter ID value Process data Control word Main setpoint CB on COM link PZD mapping to parameter r5 r5[] : Received word r5[] : Received word r5[] : Received word r5[] : Received word r5[4] : Received word 4 r5[5] : Received word 5 r5[6] : Received word 6 r5[7] : Received word 7 The control words can be viewed as bit parameters r9 and r9. Restrictions: - If the above serial interface controls the inverter (P7 or P79) then the st control word must be transferred in the st PZD-word. - If the setpoint source is selected via P or P79, then the main setpoint must be transfered in the nd PZD-word, - When P is greater than or equal to 4 the additional control word (nd control word) must transferred in the 4th PZD-word, if the above serial interface controls the inverter (P7 or P79). 4 6SE64-5BB-BP

205 Issue /6 Parameter Description P5[8] CI: PZD to CB Min: : CStat: CT Datatype: U Unit: - Def: 5: P-Group: COMM Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max: 4: Selects signals (process data PZD) to be transmitted via CB on COM link r5 r5 r r5 r5 P5 [] [] [] []. [7] PZD4 ZSW PZD PZD HIW PZD ZSW PKW PZD ZSW HIW Parameter ID value Process data Status word Main actual value PZD PKW CB-Frame Process data Parameter P4[] USS telegram CB-Frame PZD mapping from parameter P5 CB on COM link P5[] : Transmitted word P5[] : Transmitted word P5[] : Transmitted word P5[] : Transmitted word P5[4] : Transmitted word 4 P5[5] : Transmitted word 5 P5[6] : Transmitted word 6 P5[7] : Transmitted word 7 Common Settings: - Status word = 5 CO/BO: Act. status word (see r5) - Actual value = inverter output frequency (see r) - Other BICO settings are possible r5[5] CB identification Min: - Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: - P-Group: COMM Max: - Displays identification data of the communication board (CB). The different CB types (r5[]) are given in the Enum declaration. Possible Settings: No CB option board PROFIBUS DP DeviceNet 56 not defined r5[] : CB type (PROFIBUS = ) r5[] : Firmware version r5[] : Firmware version detail r5[] : Firmware date (year) r5[4] : Firmware date (day/month) r54[7] CB diagnosis Min: - Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: - P-Group: COMM Max: - Displays diagnostic information of communication board (CB). r54[] : CB diagnosis r54[] : CB diagnosis r54[] : CB diagnosis r54[] : CB diagnosis r54[4] : CB diagnosis 4 r54[5] : CB diagnosis 5 r54[6] : CB diagnosis 6 Details: See relevant communications board manual. 6SE64-5BB-BP 5

206 Parameter Description Issue /6 r9 BO: Control word from CB Min: - Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: - P-Group: COMM Max: - Displays control word received from communication board (CB). Bitfields: Bit ON/OFF NO YES Bit OFF: Electrical stop YES NO Bit OFF: Fast stop YES NO Bit Pulses enabled NO YES Bit4 RFG enable NO YES Bit5 RFG start NO YES Bit6 Setpoint enable NO YES Bit7 Fault acknowledge NO YES Bit8 JOG right NO YES Bit9 JOG left NO YES Bit Control from PLC NO YES Bit Reverse (setpoint inversion) NO YES Bit Motor potentiometer MOP up NO YES Bit4 Motor potentiometer MOP down NO YES Bit5 CDS Bit (Local/Remote) NO YES Details: See relevant communication board manual for protocol definition and appropriate settings. r9 BO: Control word from CB Min: - Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: - P-Group: COMM Max: - Displays control word received from communication board (CB). Bitfields: Bit Fixed frequency Bit NO YES Bit Fixed frequency Bit NO YES Bit Fixed frequency Bit NO YES Bit Fixed frequency Bit NO YES Bit4 Drive data set (DDS) Bit NO YES Bit5 Drive data set (DDS) Bit NO YES Bit8 PID enabled NO YES Bit9 DC brake enabled NO YES Bit Droop enabled NO YES Bit Torque control NO YES Bit External fault YES NO Bit5 Command data set (CDS) Bit NO YES Details: See relevant communication board manual for protocol definition and appropriate settings. 6 6SE64-5BB-BP

207 Issue /6 Parameter Description.5 Faults, Alarms, Monitoring P[] Alarm number selection Min: CStat: CT Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: P-Group: ALARMS Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: 6555 Selects up to faults or warnings for non-default reactions. P[] : Fault Number P[] : Fault Number P[] : Fault Number Example: If you want F5 to perform an OFF instead of an OFF, set P[] = 5, then select the desired reaction in P[] (in this case, set P[] = ). All fault codes have a default reaction to OFF. Some fault codes caused by hardware trips (e.g. overcurrent) cannot be changed from the default reactions. P[] Stop reaction value Min: CStat: CT Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: P-Group: ALARMS Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: 4 Sets drive stop reaction values for fault selected by P (alarm number stop reaction). This indexed parameter specifies the special reaction to the faults/warnings defined in P indices to. Possible Settings: No reaction, no display OFF stop reaction OFF stop reaction OFF stop reaction 4 No reaction warning only P[] : Stop reaction value P[] : Stop reaction value P[] : Stop reaction value - Settings - only are available for fault codes. - Settings and 4 only are available for warnings. - Index (P) refers to fault/warning in index (P). P[] BI:. Faults acknowledgement Min: : CStat: CT Datatype: U Unit: - Def: 7: P-Group: COMMANDS Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: 4: Defines first source of fault acknowledgement, e.g. keypad/din, etc. (depending on setting). P[] : st. Command data set (CDS) P[] : nd. Command data set (CDS) P[] : rd. Command data set (CDS) Common Settings: 7. = Digital input (requires P7 to be set to 99, BICO) 7. = Digital input (requires P7 to be set to 99, BICO) 7. = Digital input (requires P7 to be set to 99, BICO) 7. = Digital input 4 (requires P74 to be set to 99, BICO) 7.4 = Digital input 5 (requires P75 to be set to 99, BICO) 7.5 = Digital input 6 (requires P76 to be set to 99, BICO) 7.6 = Digital input 7 (via analog input, requires P77 to be set to 99) 7.7 = Digital input 8 (via analog input, requires P78 to be set to 99) 6SE64-5BB-BP 7

208 Parameter Description Issue /6 P4[] BI:. Faults acknowledgement Min: : CStat: CT Datatype: U Unit: - Def: : P-Group: COMMANDS Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: 4: Selects second source of fault acknowledgement. P4[] : st. Command data set (CDS) P4[] : nd. Command data set (CDS) P4[] : rd. Command data set (CDS) Common Settings: 7. = Digital input (requires P7 to be set to 99, BICO) 7. = Digital input (requires P7 to be set to 99, BICO) 7. = Digital input (requires P7 to be set to 99, BICO) 7. = Digital input 4 (requires P74 to be set to 99, BICO) 7.4 = Digital input 5 (requires P75 to be set to 99, BICO) 7.5 = Digital input 6 (requires P76 to be set to 99, BICO) 7.6 = Digital input 7 (via analog input, requires P77 to be set to 99) 7.7 = Digital input 8 (via analog input, requires P78 to be set to 99) P6[] BI: External fault Min: : CStat: CT Datatype: U Unit: - Def: : P-Group: COMMANDS Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: 4: Selects source of external faults. P6[] : st. Command data set (CDS) P6[] : nd. Command data set (CDS) P6[] : rd. Command data set (CDS) Common Settings: 7. = Digital input (requires P7 to be set to 99, BICO) 7. = Digital input (requires P7 to be set to 99, BICO) 7. = Digital input (requires P7 to be set to 99, BICO) 7. = Digital input 4 (requires P74 to be set to 99, BICO) 7.4 = Digital input 5 (requires P75 to be set to 99, BICO) 7.5 = Digital input 6 (requires P76 to be set to 99, BICO) 7.6 = Digital input 7 (via analog input, requires P77 to be set to 99) 7.7 = Digital input 8 (via analog input, requires P78 to be set to 99) r[4] Warning number Min: - Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: - P-Group: ALARMS Max: - Displays warning information. A maximum of active warnings (indices and ) and historical warnings (indices and ) may be viewed. r[] : Recent Warnings --, warning r[] : Recent Warnings --, warning r[] : Recent Warnings -, warning r[] : Recent Warnings -, warning 4 - Indices and are not stored. - The keypad will flash while a warning is active. The LEDs indicate the warning status in this case. - If an AOP is in use, the display will show number and text of the active warning. P Total number of warnings Min: CStat: CT Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: P-Group: ALARMS Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: 4 Displays number of warning (up to 4) since last reset. Set to to reset the warning history. 8 6SE64-5BB-BP

209 Issue /6 Parameter Description r4[] Run time counter Min: - Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: - P-Group: ALARMS Max: - Displays run time counter. It is the total time the drive has been powered up. When power goes value is saved, then restored on powerup. The run time counter r4 will be calculate as followed: - Multiply the value in r4[], by 6556 and then add it to the value in r4[]. - The resultant answer will be in seconds. When AOP is not connected, the time in this parameter is used by r948 to indicate when a fault has occured. r4[] : System Time, Seconds, Upper Word r4[] : System Time, Seconds, Lower Word Example: If r4[] = & r4[] = 864 We get * = 864 seconds which equals day. P5[] AOP real time clock Min: CStat: CT Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: P-Group: ALARMS Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max: 6555 Displays AOP real time. All of the frequency inverters have an internal time generator function which is used to time-stamp and log erroneous conditions. Therefore there is no battery-buffered real-time clock (RTC). The frequency inverters can support a software-controlled RTC where the RTC must be set from the AOP or via an interface. When using the AOP, this synchronization is automatic. When a serial interface is used, a task must be sent from the higher-level control to write into the parameter. If the AOP is withdrawn during operation, or if the bus is interrupted, then the real-time clock runs further using the runtime counter. The real-time clock is reset to zero only after power off. The time is stored in a word array parameter P5. This parameter number is common to all invertes. Inverters not supporting this feature would respond with parameter not recognised - a Master will ignore this. The time will be set by USS Protocol standard word array parameter write telegrams. Within the AOP, while it is acting as a USS Master, at each tick of the heartbeat, the list of available USS Slaves will be flagged with a time update request. As the Master runs around the list of USS slaves on its next USS update cycle, if there are no higher priority tasks to perform, and the slave still has its time update flag set, then an array parameter write telegram will be issued, containing the current time. The request for that slave is cancelled if the slave responds correctly. The AOP will not need to read the time from the slave. Time is maintained in a word array parameter and encoded as follows - the same format will be used in fault report logs. Index High Byte (MSB) Seconds ( - 59) Hours ( - ) Month ( - ) Low Byte (LSB) Minutes ( - 59) Days ( - ) Years ( - 5) Time is measured from Jan st. Values are in binary form. P5[] : Real Time, Seconds+Minutes P5[] : Real Time, Hours+Days P5[] : Real Time, Month+Year 6SE64-5BB-BP 9

210 Parameter Description Issue /6 Example: P5[] = 65 P5[] = 579 P5[] = 56 The conversion into binary quantities (U6) results in the following bit pattern: Seconds + minutes: - High byte (MSB) = corresponding to the number 5, i.e. seconds 5 - Low byte (LSB) = corresponding to the number 57, i.e. minutes 57 Hours + days: - High byte (MSB) = corresponding to the number, i.e. hours - Low byte (LSB) = corresponding to the number 9, i.e. days 9 Months + year: - High byte (MSB) = corresponding to the number, i.e. months - Low byte (LSB) = corresponding to the number 4, i.e. years 4 This means that the real time displayed in P5 is 9..4, :57:5. P Indication counter Min: CStat: CUT Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: P-Group: ALARMS Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max: Indicates total number of alarm events. This parameter is incremented whenever an alarm event occurs. It also gets incremented when a warning is cleared or faults are cleared. This parameter is used by the PC tools. P5[] Hysteresis frequency f_hys Min:. CStat: CUT Datatype: Float Unit: Hz Def:. P-Group: ALARMS Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max:. Defines hysteresis level applied for comparing frequency and speed to threshold as illustrated in the diagram below. f_act > f_act f_act > { r97 Bit r5 Bit4 f_set Hyst. freq. f_hys..... [Hz] P5.D (.) {- f_act >= f_set r97 Bit4 r5 Bit6 f_act >= f_set - Hyst. freq. f_hys..... [Hz] P5.D (.) P5[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P5[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P5[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) P5[] Time-constant frequency filter Min: CStat: CUT Datatype: U6 Unit: ms Def: 5 P-Group: ALARMS Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max: Specifies time constant of first-order frequency filter. The filtered frequency is then compared to the thresholds. P5[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P5[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P5[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) Details: See diagram in P55, P57 and P59 6SE64-5BB-BP

211 Issue /6 Parameter Description P55[] Threshold frequency f_ Min:. CStat: CUT Datatype: Float Unit: Hz Def:. P-Group: ALARMS Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max: 65. Sets a threshold for comparing actual frequency or frequency to threshold values f_. This threshold controls status bits 4 and 5 in status word (r5). f_act <= f_ Threshold freq f_ [Hz] Delay time of f _ f_act > f_ P55.D (.)... [ms] r69 P56.D () f_act Tconst. speed filt... [ms] P5.D (5) Threshold freq f_ [Hz] P55.D (.) { Hyst. freq. f_hys..... [Hz] P5.D (.) { Hyst. freq. f_hys..... [Hz] P5.D (.) T T Delay time of f _... [ms] P56.D () P55[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P55[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P55[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) P56[] Delay time of threshold freq f_ Min: CStat: CUT Datatype: U6 Unit: ms Def: P-Group: ALARMS Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max: f_act <= f_ r97 Bit r5 Bit5 f_act > f_ r97 Bit r5 Bit4 Sets delay time prior to threshold frequency f_ comparison (P55). P56[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P56[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P56[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) Details: See diagram in P55 (threshold frequency f_) P57[] Threshold frequency f_ Min:. CStat: CUT Datatype: Float Unit: Hz Def:. P-Group: ALARMS Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max: 65. Threshold_ for comparing frequency or frequency to thresholds as illustrated in the diagram below. f_act <= f_ Threshold freq f_ [Hz] Delay time of f _ f_act > f_ P57.D (.)... [ms] r69 P58.D () f_act Tconst. speed filt... [ms] P5.D (5) Threshold freq f_ [Hz] P57.D (.) Hyst. freq. f_hys..... [Hz] P5.D (.) Hyst. freq. f_hys..... [Hz] P5.D (.) Delay time of f _... [ms] P58.D () P57[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P57[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P57[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) P58[] Delay time of threshold freq f_ Min: CStat: CUT Datatype: U6 Unit: ms Def: P-Group: ALARMS Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max: Delay time for comparing frequency to threshold f_ (P57). P58[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P58[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P58[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) Details: See diagram in P57 (threshold frequency f_) { f_act <= f_ f_act > f_ 6SE64-5BB-BP { T T r98 Bit r98 Bit

212 Parameter Description Issue /6 P59[] Threshold frequency f_ Min:. CStat: CUT Datatype: Float Unit: Hz Def:. P-Group: ALARMS Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max: 65. Threshold_ for comparing frequency to thresholds. f_act <= f_ f_act > f_ r69 f_act Tconst. speed filt... [ms] P5.D (5) Threshold freq f_ [Hz] P59.D (.) Hyst. freq. f_hys..... [Hz] P5.D (.) Threshold freq f_ [Hz] P59.D (.) Hyst. freq. f_hys..... [Hz] P5.D (.) Delay time of f _... [ms] P6.D () T T Delay time of f _... [ms] P6.D () P59[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P59[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P59[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) P6[] Delay time of threshold freq f_ Min: CStat: CUT Datatype: U6 Unit: ms Def: P-Group: ALARMS Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max: { { f_act <= f_ r98 Bit f_act > f_ r98 Bit Delay time for comparing frequency to threshold f_ (P59). P6[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P6[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P6[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) Details: See diagram in P59 (threshold frequency f_) P6[] Min. threshold for freq. setp. Min:. CStat: CUT Datatype: Float Unit: Hz Def:. P-Group: ALARMS Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max:. Minimum threshold value for comparing frequency setpoint. f_set <= P6 Setp.min.threshold..... [Hz] P6.D (.) f_set f_set <= P6 { r98 Bit4 Hyst. freq. f_hys..... [Hz] P5.D (.) f_set > { r98 Bit5 f_set > Hyst. freq. f_hys..... [Hz] P5.D (.) P6[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P6[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P6[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) 6SE64-5BB-BP

213 Issue /6 Parameter Description P6[] Hysteresis freq. for overfreq. Min:. CStat: CUT Datatype: Float Unit: Hz Def:. P-Group: ALARMS Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max: 65. Hysteresis frequency for overfrequency-detection as illustrated in the diagram below. f_act > f_max Max. frequency [Hz] P8.D (5.) f_act f_act > f_max { r97 Bit6 Overspd. hyst.freq [Hz] P6.D (.) P6[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P6[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P6[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) P6[] Entry freq. for perm. deviation Min:. CStat: CUT Datatype: Float Unit: Hz Def:. P-Group: ALARMS Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max:. Threshold for detecting frequency deviation from setpoint as illustrated in the diagram P64. P6[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P6[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P6[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) P64[] Hysteresis frequency deviation Min:. CStat: CUT Datatype: Float Unit: Hz Def:. P-Group: ALARMS Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max:. Hysteresis frequency for detecting permitted deviation (from setpoint). This frequency controls bit 8 in status word (r5) and bit 6 in status word (r5). f_act == f_set Entry freq. deviat..... [Hz] P6.D (.) Delay_T perm. dev.... [ms] P65.D () f_act T f_act == f_set + f_set { Hyster freq deviat..... [Hz] P64.D (.) r97 Bit7 r5 Bit8 r5 Bit6 P64[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P64[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P64[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) P65[] Delay time permitted deviation Min: CStat: CUT Datatype: U6 Unit: ms Def: P-Group: ALARMS Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max: Delay time for detecting permitted deviation of frequency from setpoint. P65[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P65[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P65[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) Details: See diagram in P64. 6SE64-5BB-BP

214 Parameter Description Issue /6 P66[] Delay time ramp up completed Min: CStat: CUT Datatype: U6 Unit: ms Def: P-Group: ALARMS Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max: Delay time for signal that indicates completion of ramp-up. P66[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P66[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P66[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) Details: See diagram in P74. P67[] Switch-off frequency f_off Min:. CStat: CUT Datatype: Float Unit: Hz Def:. P-Group: ALARMS Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max:. Defines the threshold of the monitoring function f_act <= P67 (f_off). P67 influences following functions: - If the actual frequency falls below this threshold and the time delay has expired, bit in status word (r5) is reset. - If a OFF or OFF was applied and bit is reset the inverter will disable the pulse (OFF). Restriction: - The monitoring function f_act <= P67 (f_off) is not updated and pulses are not disabled, if motor holding brake (MHB, P5 = ) is enabled. ON OFF/OFF f f act OFF/OFF t P67 t f_act > P67 r5 Bit OFF Inactive Active P68 P68 P68 P67[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P67[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P67[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) P68[] Delay time T_off Min: CStat: CUT Datatype: U6 Unit: ms Def: P-Group: ALARMS Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max: t t Defines time for which the inverter may operate below switch-off frequency (P67) before switch off occurs. P68[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P68[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P68[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) Active if holding brake (P5) not parameterized. Details: See diagram in P67 (switch-off frequency) 4 6SE64-5BB-BP

215 Issue /6 Parameter Description r69 CO: Act. filtered frequency Min: - Datatype: Float Unit: Hz Def: - P-Group: ALARMS Max: - Filtered frequency for monitoring behind first-order lowpass filter. - f_act > f_ (see P55) - f_act > f_ (see P57) - f_act > f_ (see P59) P7[] Threshold current I_thresh Min:. CStat: CUT Datatype: Float Unit: % Def:. P-Group: ALARMS Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max: 4. Defines threshold current in [%] relative to P5 (rated motor current) to be used in comparisons of I_act and I_Thresh as illustrated in the diagram below. I_act > I_thresh I_act T I_act > I_thresh r5 Bit Threshold current [%] P7.D (.) P7[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P7[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P7[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) Delay time current... [ms] P7.D () This threshold controls bit in status word (r5). P7[] Delay time current Min: CStat: CUT Datatype: U6 Unit: ms Def: P-Group: ALARMS Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max: Defines delay time prior to activation of current comparison. P7[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P7[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P7[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) Details: See diagram in P7 (threshold current I_thresh) 6SE64-5BB-BP 5

216 Parameter Description Issue /6 P7[] Threshold DC-link voltage Min: CStat: CUT Datatype: U6 Unit: V Def: 8 P-Group: ALARMS Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max: Defines DC link voltage to be compared to actual voltage as illustrated in the diagram below. V dc P7 V dc_act < P7 r5 Bit7 V dc_act > P7 P7 t t r5 Bit8 P7 P7[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P7[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P7[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) This voltage controls bits 7 and 8 in status word (r5). P7[] Delay time DC-link voltage Min: CStat: CUT Datatype: U6 Unit: ms Def: P-Group: ALARMS Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max: Defines delay time prior to activation of threshold comparison. P7[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P7[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P7[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) Details: See diagram in P7 (threshold DC-link voltage) t 6 6SE64-5BB-BP

217 Issue /6 Parameter Description P74[] Torque threshold M_thresh Min:. CStat: CUT Datatype: Float Unit: Nm Def: 5. P-Group: ALARMS Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max: Defines torque threshold for comparing actual torque. M_act > M_thresh M_actNoAcc > M_thresh Delay time torque... [ms] P76.D () M_act > M_thresh r98 Bit M_act Torque threshold [Nm] P74.D (5.) Entry freq. deviat..... [Hz] P6.D (.) T Delay_T rampupcmpl... [ms] P66.D () T Ramp-up completed (active-high) SET (Q=) Q & M_actNoAcc > M_thresh r98 Bit9 f_act + f_set { Hyster freq deviat..... [Hz] P64.D (.) RFG active RESET (Q=) Q Priority RESET SET P74[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P74[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P74[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) P76[] Delay time for torque threshold Min: CStat: CUT Datatype: U6 Unit: ms Def: P-Group: ALARMS Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max: Delay time for comparing actual torque to threshold. P76[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P76[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P76[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) P77[] Delay time for motor is blocked Min: CStat: CUT Datatype: U6 Unit: ms Def: P-Group: ALARMS Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max: Delay time for identification that motor is blocked. P77[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P77[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P77[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) P78[] Delay time for motor pulled out Min: CStat: CUT Datatype: U6 Unit: ms Def: P-Group: ALARMS Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max: Delay time for identification that motor is pulled out. P78[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P78[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P78[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) 6SE64-5BB-BP 7

218 Parameter Description Issue /6 P79 Current limit for no load ident. Min:. CStat: CUT Datatype: Float Unit: % Def:. P-Group: ALARMS Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max:. Threshold current for A9 (load missing) in [%] relative to P5 (rated motor current) as illustrated in the diagram below. Load missing I_act Pulse_enable Cur.lim:no-load ID..... [%] P79 (.) & T Load missing r97 Bit V_act Load missing delay... [ms] P8 () - It may be that the motor is not connected (load missing) or a phase could be missing. - If a motor setpoint cannot be entered and the current limit (P79) is not exceeded, Alarm A9 (no load applied) is issued when delay time (P8) expires. P8 Delay time for load missing Min: CStat: CUT Datatype: U6 Unit: ms Def: P-Group: ALARMS Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max: Delay time to identify that the current is less than the threshold defined in P79. Details: See diagram in P79 (current limit for no load identification)..6 Load torque monitoring P8[] Belt failure detection mode Min: CStat: CT Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: P-Group: ALARMS Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: 6 Parameter P8 activates or de-activates the load torque monitoring and defines the response to a load torque fault. Using the load torque monitoring, it is possible to detect a mechanical failure or an overload condition of the mechanical transmission line, e.g. a broken drive belt or a stalled conveyor belt. In this case, the actual torque/frequency actual value is compared to a programmed envelope characteristic (refer to P8 - P9). If the actual torque/frequency actual value lies above or below the envelope curve, then after the delay time P9 expires, as a function of P8, alarm A95 is output or the drive inverter is tripped with fault message F45. Possible Settings: Belt failure detection disabled Warning: Low torque / frequency Warning: High torque / frequency Warning: High / low torque / frequency 4 Trip: Low torque / frequency 5 Trip: High torque / frequency 6 Trip: High / low torque / frequency P8[] : st. Command data set (CDS) P8[] : nd. Command data set (CDS) P8[] : rd. Command data set (CDS) 8 6SE64-5BB-BP

219 Issue /6 Parameter Description P8[] Belt threshold frequency Min:. CStat: CUT Datatype: Float Unit: Hz Def: 5. P-Group: ALARMS Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max: 65. Sets a frequency threshold for comparing actual torque to torque the envelope for belt failure detection. The frequency torque envelope is defined by 9 parameters - are frequency parameters (P8 - P84), and the other 6 define the low and high torque limits (P85 - P9) for each frequency (see diagram below). Torque [Nm] P8 Min. frequency P8 Max. frequency P89 Upper torque threshold P9 Lower torque threshold P87 Upper torque threshold P88 Lower torque threshold P85 Upper torque threshold P86 Lower torque threshold Frequency P8 [Hz] P8 Threshold frequency P84 Threshold frequency Threshold frequency Boundary zones De-activated monitoring Envelope curve Active monitoring The allowed frequency/torque region is defined by the shaded area. When the torque falls outside the area shown, a trip or warning occurs (see parameter P8). P8[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P8[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P8[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) - The load torque monitoring function is not active below the frequency defined in P8 and above the frequency defined in P84. - The current and torque limits of the drive inverter and motor still apply over the complete frequency range. - The drive inverter output frequency is defined using Parameter P8 and P8. These limits should be carefully observed for the load torque monitoring frequencies. P8[] Belt threshold frequency Min:. CStat: CUT Datatype: Float Unit: Hz Def:. P-Group: ALARMS Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max: 65. Sets a threshold F for comparing actual torque to torque the envelope for belt failure detection. P8[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P8[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P8[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) Details: See P8 (belt threshold frequency ). 6SE64-5BB-BP 9

220 Parameter Description Issue /6 P84[] Belt threshold frequency Min:. CStat: CUT Datatype: Float Unit: Hz Def: 5. P-Group: ALARMS Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max: 65. Sets a threshold F for comparing actual torque to torque the envelope for belt failure detection. P84[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P84[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P84[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) Details: See P8 (belt threshold frequency ). P85[] Upper torque threshold Min:. CStat: CUT Datatype: Float Unit: Nm Def: P-Group: ALARMS Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max: Upper limit threshold value for comparing actual torque. P85[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P85[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P85[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) Details: See P8 (belt threshold frequency ). P86[] Lower torque threshold Min:. CStat: CUT Datatype: Float Unit: Nm Def:. P-Group: ALARMS Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max: Lower limit threshold value for comparing actual torque. P86[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P86[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P86[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) Details: See P8 (belt threshold frequency ). P87[] Upper torque threshold Min:. CStat: CUT Datatype: Float Unit: Nm Def: P-Group: ALARMS Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max: Upper limit threshold value for comparing actual torque. P87[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P87[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P87[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) Details: See P8 (belt threshold frequency ). P88[] Lower torque threshold Min:. CStat: CUT Datatype: Float Unit: Nm Def:. P-Group: ALARMS Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max: Lower limit threshold value for comparing actual torque. P88[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P88[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P88[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) Details: See P8 (belt threshold frequency ). P89[] Upper torque threshold Min:. CStat: CUT Datatype: Float Unit: Nm Def: P-Group: ALARMS Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max: Upper limit threshold value for comparing actual torque. P89[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P89[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P89[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) Details: See P8 (belt threshold frequency ). 6SE64-5BB-BP

221 Issue /6 Parameter Description P9[] Lower torque threshold Min:. CStat: CUT Datatype: Float Unit: Nm Def:. P-Group: ALARMS Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max: Lower limit threshold value for comparing actual torque. P9[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P9[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P9[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) Details: See P8 (belt threshold frequency ). P9[] Time delay for belt failure Min: CStat: CUT Datatype: U6 Unit: s Def: P-Group: ALARMS Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max: 65 P9 defines a delay before warning/trip becomes active. It is used to eliminate events caused by transient conditions. It is used for both methods of fault detection. P9[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P9[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P9[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) r97 CO/BO: Monitoring word Min: - Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: - P-Group: ALARMS Max: - Monitoring word which indicates the state of monitor functions. Each bit represents one monitor function. Bitfields: Bit f_act <= P8 (f_min) NO YES Bit f_act <= P55 (f_) NO YES Bit f_act > P55 (f_) NO YES Bit f_act > zero NO YES Bit4 f_act >= setp. (f_set) NO YES Bit5 f_act <= P67 (f_off) NO YES Bit6 f_act >= P8 (f_max) NO YES Bit7 f_act == setp. (f_set) NO YES Bit8 Act. current r68 > P7 NO YES Bit9 Act. unfilt. Vdc < P7 NO YES Bit Act. unfilt. Vdc > P7 NO YES Bit Load missing NO YES r98 CO/BO: Monitoring word Min: - Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: - P-Group: ALARMS Max: - Monitoring word which indicates the state of monitor functions. Each bit represents one monitor function. Bitfields: Bit f_act <= P57 (f_) NO YES Bit f_act > P57 (f_) NO YES Bit f_act <= P59 (f_) NO YES Bit f_act > P59 (f_) NO YES Bit4 f_set < P6 (f_min_set) NO YES Bit5 f_set > NO YES Bit6 Motor blocked NO YES Bit7 Motor pulled out NO YES Bit8 I_act r68 > P7 NO YES Bit9 m_act > P74 & setpoint reached NO YES Bit m_act > P74 NO YES Bit Belt failure warning NO YES Bit Belt failure trip NO YES 6SE64-5BB-BP

222 Parameter Description Issue /6.7 Technology controller (PID controller) P[] BI: Enable PID controller Min: : CStat: CUT Datatype: U Unit: - Def: : P-Group: TECH Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: 4: Allows user to enable/disable the PID controller. P settings : BICO parameters : PID controller de-activated : PID controller permanently activated : PID controller event-controlled, de-activated/activated PID MOP ADC PID FF USS BOP link P54 P5 PID SUM P57 P58 PID RFG P6 PID PT P69 P7 P8 P85 PID PID PID Output & Motor control USS COM link CB COM link P64 P PID PT P65 PID SCL P7 P5 ADC P[] : st. Command data set (CDS) P[] : nd. Command data set (CDS) P[] : rd. Command data set (CDS) Common Settings: Parameter Parameter text Setting Meaning P BI: Enable PID controller PID controller de-activated. PID controller always active BICO BICO parameter P5 PID mode PID as setpoint P5 CI: PID setpoint 7.x Digital input x 4 Fixed PID setpoint (PID-FF) 5 PID-MOP 755. Analog input 5. USS on BOP link 9. USS on COM link 5. CB on COM link P64 CI: PID feedback Analog input Analog input Setting automatically disables normal ramp times set in P and P and the normal frequency setpoints. Following an OFF or OFF command, however, the inverter frequency will ramp down to zero using the ramp time set in P (P5 for OFF). The PID setpoint source is selected using P5. The PID setpoint and the PID feedback signal are interpreted as [%] values (not [Hz]). The output of the PID controller is displayed as [%] and then normalized into [Hz] through P (reference frequency) when PID is enabled. In level, the PID controller source enable can also come from the digital inputs in settings 7. to 7.5 for DIN to DIN6 or from any other BiCo source. The minimum and maximum motor frequencies (P8 and P8) as well as the skip frequencies (P9 to P94) remain active on the inverter output. However, enabling skip frequencies with PID control can produce instabilities. 6SE64-5BB-BP

223 Issue /6 Parameter Description P[] Fixed PID setpoint Min: -. CStat: CUT Datatype: Float Unit: % Def:. P-Group: TECH Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max:. Defines Fixed PID Setpoint There are three options available for selection of the PID fixed setpoints:. Direct selection. Direct selection + ON command. Binary coded selection + ON command. Direct selection (P7 - P76 = 5): - In this mode of operation, digital input selects one PID fixed setpoint. - If several inputs are active together, the selected setpoints are summed. - E.g.: PID-FF + PID-FF + PID-FF + PID-FF4 + PID-FF5 + PID-FF6.. Direct selection + ON command (P7 - P76 = 6): - In this mode of operation the PID fixed setpoints are combined with an ON command. - Description as for ), except that this type of selection issues an ON command concurrent with any setpoint selection. - If several inputs are active together, the selected setpoints are summed. - E.g.: PID-FF + PID-FF + PID-FF + PID-FF4 + PID-FF5 + PID-FF6.. Binary coded selection + ON command (P7 - P76 = 7): - Using this method to select the fixed PID setpoint (FF-PID) allows you to choose up to 6 different PID setpoints. - The setpoints are selected according to the following table: P[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) Example: Binary coded selection : % P P P P4 P5 P6 P7 P8 P9 P P P P P4 P5 PID - FF PID - FF PID - FF PID - FF PID - FF4 PID - FF5 PID - FF6 PID - FF7 PID - FF8 PID - FF9 PID - FF PID - FF PID - FF PID - FF PID - FF4 PID - FF5 DIN4 DIN DIN DIN 6SE64-5BB-BP

224 Parameter Description Issue /6 Direct selection of PID-FF P via DIN : P7 = 5 or P7 = 99, P = 7., P6 = P6 DIN r7. P, P.... r4 P = required in user access level to enable setpoint source. You may mix different types of frequencies; however, remember that they will be summed if selected together. P = % corresponds to 4 hex P[] Fixed PID setpoint Min: -. CStat: CUT Datatype: Float Unit: % Def:. P-Group: TECH Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max:. Defines Fixed PID Setpoint P[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) Details: See P (Fixed PID Setpoint ). P[] Fixed PID setpoint Min: -. CStat: CUT Datatype: Float Unit: % Def:. P-Group: TECH Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max:. Defines Fixed PID Setpoint P[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) Details: See P fixed PID setpoint (FF-PID ). P4[] Fixed PID setpoint 4 Min: -. CStat: CUT Datatype: Float Unit: % Def:. P-Group: TECH Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max:. Defines Fixed PID Setpoint 4 P4[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P4[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P4[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) Details: See P (Fixed PID Setpoint ). P5[] Fixed PID setpoint 5 Min: -. CStat: CUT Datatype: Float Unit: % Def: 4. P-Group: TECH Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max:. Defines Fixed PID Setpoint 5 P5[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P5[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P5[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) Details: See P (Fixed PID Setpoint ). 4 6SE64-5BB-BP

225 Issue /6 Parameter Description P6[] Fixed PID setpoint 6 Min: -. CStat: CUT Datatype: Float Unit: % Def: 5. P-Group: TECH Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max:. Defines Fixed PID Setpoint 6 P6[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P6[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P6[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) Details: See P (Fixed PID Setpoint ). P7[] Fixed PID setpoint 7 Min: -. CStat: CUT Datatype: Float Unit: % Def: 6. P-Group: TECH Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max:. Defines Fixed PID Setpoint 7 P7[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P7[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P7[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) Details: See P (Fixed PID Setpoint ). P8[] Fixed PID setpoint 8 Min: -. CStat: CUT Datatype: Float Unit: % Def: 7. P-Group: TECH Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max:. Defines Fixed PID Setpoint 8 P8[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P8[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P8[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) Details: See P (Fixed PID Setpoint ). P9[] Fixed PID setpoint 9 Min: -. CStat: CUT Datatype: Float Unit: % Def: 8. P-Group: TECH Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max:. Defines Fixed PID Setpoint 9 P9[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P9[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P9[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) Details: See P (Fixed PID Setpoint ). P[] Fixed PID setpoint Min: -. CStat: CUT Datatype: Float Unit: % Def: 9. P-Group: TECH Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max:. Defines Fixed PID Setpoint P[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) Details: See P (Fixed PID Setpoint ). P[] Fixed PID setpoint Min: -. CStat: CUT Datatype: Float Unit: % Def:. P-Group: TECH Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max:. Defines Fixed PID Setpoint P[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) Details: See P (Fixed PID Setpoint ). 6SE64-5BB-BP 5

226 Parameter Description Issue /6 P[] Fixed PID setpoint Min: -. CStat: CUT Datatype: Float Unit: % Def:. P-Group: TECH Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max:. Defines Fixed PID Setpoint P[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) Details: See P (Fixed PID Setpoint ). P[] Fixed PID setpoint Min: -. CStat: CUT Datatype: Float Unit: % Def:. P-Group: TECH Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max:. Defines Fixed PID Setpoint P[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) Details: See P (Fixed PID Setpoint ). P4[] Fixed PID setpoint 4 Min: -. CStat: CUT Datatype: Float Unit: % Def:. P-Group: TECH Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max:. Defines Fixed PID Setpoint 4 P4[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P4[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P4[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) Details: See P (Fixed PID Setpoint ). P5[] Fixed PID setpoint 5 Min: -. CStat: CUT Datatype: Float Unit: % Def:. P-Group: TECH Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max:. Defines Fixed PID Setpoint 5 P5[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P5[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P5[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) Details: See P (Fixed PID Setpoint ). P6[] Fixed PID setpoint mode - Bit Min: CStat: CT Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: P-Group: TECH Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: Fixed frequencies for PID setpoint can be selected in three different modes. Parameter P6 defines the mode of selection Bit. Possible Settings: Direct selection Direct selection + ON command Binary coded selection + ON command P6[] : st. Command data set (CDS) P6[] : nd. Command data set (CDS) P6[] : rd. Command data set (CDS) P7[] Fixed PID setpoint mode - Bit Min: CStat: CT Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: P-Group: TECH Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: BCD or direct selection Bit for PID setpoint. Possible Settings: Direct selection Direct selection + ON command Binary coded selection + ON command P7[] : st. Command data set (CDS) P7[] : nd. Command data set (CDS) P7[] : rd. Command data set (CDS) 6 6SE64-5BB-BP

227 Issue /6 Parameter Description P8[] Fixed PID setpoint mode - Bit Min: CStat: CT Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: P-Group: TECH Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: BCD or direct selection Bit for PID setpoint. Possible Settings: Direct selection Direct selection + ON command Binary coded selection + ON command P8[] : st. Command data set (CDS) P8[] : nd. Command data set (CDS) P8[] : rd. Command data set (CDS) P9[] Fixed PID setpoint mode - Bit Min: CStat: CT Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: P-Group: TECH Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: BCD or direct selection Bit for PID setpoint. Possible Settings: Direct selection Direct selection + ON command Binary coded selection + ON command P9[] : st. Command data set (CDS) P9[] : nd. Command data set (CDS) P9[] : rd. Command data set (CDS) P[] BI: Fixed PID setp. select Bit Min: : CStat: CT Datatype: U Unit: - Def: : P-Group: COMMANDS Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: 4: Defines command source of fixed PID setpoint selection Bit P[] : st. Command data set (CDS) P[] : nd. Command data set (CDS) P[] : rd. Command data set (CDS) Common Settings: 7. = Digital input (requires P7 to be set to 99, BICO) 7. = Digital input (requires P7 to be set to 99, BICO) 7. = Digital input (requires P7 to be set to 99, BICO) 7. = Digital input 4 (requires P74 to be set to 99, BICO) 7.4 = Digital input 5 (requires P75 to be set to 99, BICO) 7.5 = Digital input 6 (requires P76 to be set to 99, BICO) 7.6 = Digital input 7 (via analog input, requires P77 to be set to 99) 7.7 = Digital input 8 (via analog input, requires P78 to be set to 99) P[] BI: Fixed PID setp. select Bit Min: : CStat: CT Datatype: U Unit: - Def: : P-Group: COMMANDS Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: 4: Defines command source of fixed PID setpoint selection Bit. P[] : st. Command data set (CDS) P[] : nd. Command data set (CDS) P[] : rd. Command data set (CDS) Common Settings: 7. = Digital input (requires P7 to be set to 99, BICO) 7. = Digital input (requires P7 to be set to 99, BICO) 7. = Digital input (requires P7 to be set to 99, BICO) 7. = Digital input 4 (requires P74 to be set to 99, BICO) 7.4 = Digital input 5 (requires P75 to be set to 99, BICO) 7.5 = Digital input 6 (requires P76 to be set to 99, BICO) 6SE64-5BB-BP 7

228 Parameter Description Issue /6 P[] BI: Fixed PID setp. select Bit Min: : CStat: CT Datatype: U Unit: - Def: : P-Group: COMMANDS Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: 4: Defines command source of fixed PID setpoint selection Bit P[] : st. Command data set (CDS) P[] : nd. Command data set (CDS) P[] : rd. Command data set (CDS) Common Settings: 7. = Digital input (requires P7 to be set to 99, BICO) 7. = Digital input (requires P7 to be set to 99, BICO) 7. = Digital input (requires P7 to be set to 99, BICO) 7. = Digital input 4 (requires P74 to be set to 99, BICO) 7.4 = Digital input 5 (requires P75 to be set to 99, BICO) 7.5 = Digital input 6 (requires P76 to be set to 99, BICO) P[] BI: Fixed PID setp. select Bit Min: : CStat: CT Datatype: U Unit: - Def: 7: P-Group: COMMANDS Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: 4: Defines command source of fixed PID setpoint selection Bit P[] : st. Command data set (CDS) P[] : nd. Command data set (CDS) P[] : rd. Command data set (CDS) Common Settings: 7. = Digital input (requires P7 to be set to 99, BICO) 7. = Digital input (requires P7 to be set to 99, BICO) 7. = Digital input (requires P7 to be set to 99, BICO) 7. = Digital input 4 (requires P74 to be set to 99, BICO) 7.4 = Digital input 5 (requires P75 to be set to 99, BICO) 7.5 = Digital input 6 (requires P76 to be set to 99, BICO) r4 CO: Act. fixed PID setpoint Min: - Datatype: Float Unit: % Def: - P-Group: TECH Max: - Displays total output of PID fixed setpoint selection. r4 = % corresponds to 4 hex P5[] Fixed PID setpoint mode - Bit 4 Min: CStat: CT Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: P-Group: TECH Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: Direct selection or direct selection + ON Bit 4 for PID setpoint. Possible Settings: Direct selection Direct selection + ON command P5[] : st. Command data set (CDS) P5[] : nd. Command data set (CDS) P5[] : rd. Command data set (CDS) P6[] BI: Fixed PID setp. select Bit 4 Min: : CStat: CT Datatype: U Unit: - Def: 7:4 P-Group: COMMANDS Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: 4: Defines command source of fixed PID setpoint selection Bit 4 P6[] : st. Command data set (CDS) P6[] : nd. Command data set (CDS) P6[] : rd. Command data set (CDS) Common Settings: 7. = Digital input (requires P7 to be set to 99, BICO) 7. = Digital input (requires P7 to be set to 99, BICO) 7. = Digital input (requires P7 to be set to 99, BICO) 7. = Digital input 4 (requires P74 to be set to 99, BICO) 7.4 = Digital input 5 (requires P75 to be set to 99, BICO) 7.5 = Digital input 6 (requires P76 to be set to 99, BICO) 8 6SE64-5BB-BP

229 Issue /6 Parameter Description P7[] Fixed PID setpoint mode - Bit 5 Min: CStat: CT Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: P-Group: TECH Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: Direct selection / direct selection + ON Bit 5 for PID setpoint. Possible Settings: Direct selection Direct selection + ON command P7[] : st. Command data set (CDS) P7[] : nd. Command data set (CDS) P7[] : rd. Command data set (CDS) P8[] BI: Fixed PID setp. select Bit 5 Min: : CStat: CT Datatype: U Unit: - Def: 7:5 P-Group: COMMANDS Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: 4: Defines command source of fixed PID setpoint selection Bit 5 P8[] : st. Command data set (CDS) P8[] : nd. Command data set (CDS) P8[] : rd. Command data set (CDS) Common Settings: 7. = Digital input (requires P7 to be set to 99, BICO) 7. = Digital input (requires P7 to be set to 99, BICO) 7. = Digital input (requires P7 to be set to 99, BICO) 7. = Digital input 4 (requires P74 to be set to 99, BICO) 7.4 = Digital input 5 (requires P75 to be set to 99, BICO) 7.5 = Digital input 6 (requires P76 to be set to 99, BICO) P[] Setpoint memory of PID-MOP Min: CStat: CUT Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: P-Group: TECH Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max: Setpoint memory Possible Settings: PID-MOP setpoint will not be stored PID-MOP setpoint will be stored (P4 is updated) P[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) If selected, setpoint returns to value set in P4 (setpoint of PID-MOP) after an OFF command. If is selected, active setpoint is "remembered" and P4 updated with current value. Details: See P4 (setpoint of PID-MOP) P Inhibit neg. PID-MOP setpoints Min: CStat: CT Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: P-Group: TECH Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: This parameter suppresses negative setpoints of the PID-MOP output r5. Possible Settings: Neg. PID-MOP setpoint is allowed Neg. PID-MOP setpoint inhibited Setting enables a change of motor direction using the motor potentiometer setpoint (increase/decrease frequency either by using digital inputs or motor potentiometer up/down buttons. 6SE64-5BB-BP 9

230 Parameter Description Issue /6 P5[] BI: Enable PID-MOP (UP-cmd) Min: : CStat: CT Datatype: U Unit: - Def: 9: P-Group: COMMANDS Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: 4: Defines source of UP command. P5[] : st. Command data set (CDS) P5[] : nd. Command data set (CDS) P5[] : rd. Command data set (CDS) Common Settings: 7. = Digital input (requires P7 to be set to 99, BICO) 7. = Digital input (requires P7 to be set to 99, BICO) 7. = Digital input (requires P7 to be set to 99, BICO) 7. = Digital input 4 (requires P74 to be set to 99, BICO) 7.4 = Digital input 5 (requires P75 to be set to 99, BICO) 7.5 = Digital input 6 (requires P76 to be set to 99, BICO) 9.D = Keypad UP button To change setpoint:. Use UP / DOWN key on BOP or. Set P7/P7 = /4 (function of digital inputs and ) P6[] BI: Enable PID-MOP (DOWN-cmd) Min: : CStat: CT Datatype: U Unit: - Def: 9:4 P-Group: COMMANDS Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: 4: Defines source of DOWN command. P6[] : st. Command data set (CDS) P6[] : nd. Command data set (CDS) P6[] : rd. Command data set (CDS) Common Settings: 7. = Digital input (requires P7 to be set to 99, BICO) 7. = Digital input (requires P7 to be set to 99, BICO) 7. = Digital input (requires P7 to be set to 99, BICO) 7. = Digital input 4 (requires P74 to be set to 99, BICO) 7.4 = Digital input 5 (requires P75 to be set to 99, BICO) 7.5 = Digital input 6 (requires P76 to be set to 99, BICO) 7.6 = Digital input 7 (via analog input, requires P77 to be set to 99) 7.7 = Digital input 8 (via analog input, requires P78 to be set to 99) 9.E = Keypad DOWN button To change setpoint:. Use UP / DOWN key on BOP or. Set P7/P7 = /4 (function of digital inputs and ) P4[] Setpoint of PID-MOP Min: -. CStat: CUT Datatype: Float Unit: % Def:. P-Group: TECH Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max:. Setpoint of the motor potentiometer. Allows user to set a digital PID setpoint in [%]. P4[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P4[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P4[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) P4 = % corresponds to 4 hex 6SE64-5BB-BP

231 Issue /6 Parameter Description r5 CO: Output setpoint of PID-MOP Min: - Datatype: Float Unit: % Def: - P-Group: TECH Max: - Displays output setpoint of motor potentiometer in [%]. DIN P84 BOP USS CB COM link P5 P6 P8 % P % t t t P8 % P P8 % P P8 % P r5 r5 = % corresponds to 4 hex P5 PID mode Min: CStat: CT Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: P-Group: TECH Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max: f act P t % Configuration of PID controller. Possible Settings: PID as setpoint PID as trim Common Settings: In addition to the open-loop/closed-loop control of a three-phase motor (standard applications for a drive inverter), MICROMASTER has a technological controller that can be used to control (closed-loop) process quantities such as pressure, filling level or control a winder. These applications and the closed-loop control structures required to implement these are shown in the following diagram. Application Control structure SUM setpoint AFM RFG Motor control v Variable speed drive (VSD) p * p PID setpoint PID feedback PID RFG PID PID limit AFM RFG Motor control p PID control v * SUM setpoint AFM RFG Motor control 4 v v x x * x PID setpoint PID feedback PID RFG PID PID limit Dancer control 6SE64-5BB-BP

232 Parameter Description Issue /6 These structures are selected using parameters P and P5 (refer to the following table). 4 P = : ) P5 = P = : ) P5 = P = : ) P5 = P = : ) P5 = SUM VSD ) will take change with drive running ) change only taken when drive stopped VSD Setpoint via PID controller Dancer control PID control RFG ON: active OFF/: active ON: - OFF/: active ON: active OFF/: active ON: active OFF/: active PID-RFG ON: - OFF/: - ON: active OFF/: - ON: - OFF/: - ON: active OFF/: active Closed-loop dancer roll control is selected with P5 = P =. Important parameters and the structure are shown in the following diagrams. P7 P P MOP P75 SUM AFM RFG ADC FF USS BOP link USS COM link CB COM link ADC P54 P5 P64 P PID SUM PID PT P65 P57 P58 PID RFG P6 PID PT P69 P7 PID SCL P7 P8 P85 PID PID PID Output & P5 = Motor control Parameter Parameter text Setting Meaning P7 CI: Main setpoint 4 Fixed setpoint (FF) 5 MOP 755. Analog input 5. USS on BOP link 9. USS on COM link 5. CB on COM link P BI: Enable PID controller PID controller de-activated. PID controller always active 7.x BICO Digital input x BICO parameter P5 PID mode PID as trim P5 CI: PID setpoint 4 Fixed setpoint (FF) 5 MOP 755. Analog input 5. USS on BOP link 9. USS on COM link 5. CB on COM link P64 CI: PID feedback Analog input Analog input Active when PID loop is enabled (see P). 6SE64-5BB-BP

233 Issue /6 Parameter Description P5[] CI: PID setpoint Min: : CStat: CUT Datatype: U Unit: - Def: : P-Group: TECH Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: 4: Defines setpoint source for PID setpoint input. PID MOP ADC PID FF USS BOP link P54 P5 PID SUM P57 P58 PID RFG P6 PID PT P69 P7 P8 P85 PID PID PID Output & Motor control USS COM link CB COM link P64 P PID PT P65 PID SCL P7 P5 ADC P5[] : st. Command data set (CDS) P5[] : nd. Command data set (CDS) P5[] : rd. Command data set (CDS) Common Settings: Parameter Parameter text Setting Meaning P BI: Enable PID controller PID controller de-activated. PID controller always active BICO BICO parameter P5 PID mode PID as setpoint P5 CI: PID setpoint 7.x Digital input x 4 Fixed PID setpoint (PID-FF) 5 PID-MOP 755. Analog input 5. USS on BOP link 9. USS on COM link 5. CB on COM link P64 CI: PID feedback Analog input Analog input P54[] CI: PID trim source Min: : CStat: CUT Datatype: U Unit: - Def: : P-Group: TECH Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: 4: Selects trim source for PID setpoint. This signal is multiplied by the trim gain and added to the PID setpoint. P54[] : st. Command data set (CDS) P54[] : nd. Command data set (CDS) P54[] : rd. Command data set (CDS) Common Settings: See parameter P5 P55 PID setpoint gain factor Min:. CStat: CUT Datatype: Float Unit: - Def:. P-Group: TECH Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max:. Gain factor for PID setpoint. The PID setpoint input is multiplied by this gain factor to produce a suitable ratio between setpoint and trim. P56 PID trim gain factor Min:. CStat: CUT Datatype: Float Unit: - Def:. P-Group: TECH Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max:. Gain factor for PID trim. This gain factor scales the trim signal, which is added to the main PID setpoint. 6SE64-5BB-BP

234 Parameter Description Issue /6 P57 Ramp-up time for PID setpoint Min:. CStat: CUT Datatype: Float Unit: s Def:. P-Group: TECH Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max: 65. Sets the ramp-up time for the PID setpoint. PID Setpoint (%) % x x P57 t P = (PID control is enabled) disables normal ramp-up time (P). t (s) x x t = P57 % PID ramp time effective only on PID setpoint and only active - when PID setpoint is changed or - when RUN command is given. Notice: Setting the ramp-up time too short may cause the inverter to trip, on overcurrent for example. P58 Ramp-down time for PID setpoint Min:. CStat: CUT Datatype: Float Unit: s Def:. P-Group: TECH Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max: 65. Sets ramp-down time for PID setpoint. PID Setpoint (%) % x x P58 t t (s) x x t = P58 % - P = (PID control is enabled) disables normal ramp-up time (P). - PID setpoint ramp effective only on PID setpoint changes. - P (ramp-down time) and P5 (OFF ramp-down time) define the ramp times used after OFF and OFF respectively. Notice: Setting the ramp-down time too short can cause the inverter to trip on overvoltage (F) / overcurrent (F). r6 CO: PID setpoint after PID-RFG Min: - Datatype: Float Unit: % Def: - P-Group: TECH Max: - Displays total active PID setpoint after PID-RFG in [%]. r6 = % corresponds to 4 hex 4 6SE64-5BB-BP

235 Issue /6 Parameter Description P6 PID setpoint filter timeconstant Min:. CStat: CUT Datatype: Float Unit: s Def:. P-Group: TECH Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max: 6. Sets a time constant for smoothing the PID setpoint. = no smoothing r6 CO: Filtered PID setp. after RFG Min: - Datatype: Float Unit: % Def: - P-Group: TECH Max: - Displays the filtered PID setpoint after the PID ramp-function generator (PID_HLG) as percentage. Parameter r6 is obtained from the filtered parameter r6 that is filtered using the PT filter with time constant P6. r6 = % corresponds to 4 hex P6 PID controller type Min: CStat: CT Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: P-Group: TECH Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max: Sets the PID controller type. Possible Settings: D component on feedback signal D component on error signal P64[] CI: PID feedback Min: : CStat: CUT Datatype: U Unit: - Def: 755: P-Group: TECH Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: 4: Selects the source of the PID feedback signal. P64[] : st. Command data set (CDS) P64[] : nd. Command data set (CDS) P64[] : rd. Command data set (CDS) Common Settings: Parameter Parameter text Setting Meaning P BI: Enable PID controller PID controller de-activated. PID controller always active BICO BICO parameter P5 PID mode PID as setpoint P5 CI: PID setpoint 7.x Digital input x 4 Fixed PID setpoint (PID-FF) 5 PID-MOP 755. Analog input 5. USS on BOP link 9. USS on COM link 5. CB on COM link P64 CI: PID feedback Analog input Analog input When analog input is selected, offset and gain can be implemented using parameters P756 to P76 (ADC scaling). P65 PID feedback filter timeconstant Min:. CStat: CUT Datatype: Float Unit: s Def:. P-Group: TECH Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max: 6. Defines time constant for PID feedback filter. r66 CO: PID filtered feedback Min: - Datatype: Float Unit: % Def: - P-Group: TECH Max: - Displays PID feedback signal in [%]. r66 = % corresponds to 4 hex 6SE64-5BB-BP 5

236 Parameter Description Issue /6 P67 Max. value for PID feedback Min: -. CStat: CUT Datatype: Float Unit: % Def:. P-Group: TECH Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max:. Sets the upper limit for the value of the feedback signal in [%]. - P67 = % corresponds to 4 hex - When PID is enabled (P = ) and the signal rises above this value, the inverter will trip with F. P68 Min. value for PID feedback Min: -. CStat: CUT Datatype: Float Unit: % Def:. P-Group: TECH Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max:. Sets lower limit for value of feedback signal in [%]. - P68 = % corresponds to 4 hex - When PID is enabled (P = ) and the signal rises below this value, the inverter will trip with F. P69 Gain applied to PID feedback Min:. CStat: CUT Datatype: Float Unit: - Def:. P-Group: TECH Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max: 5. Allows the user to scale the PID feedback as a percentage value [%]. A gain of. % means that feedback signal has not changed from its default value. P7 PID feedback function selector Min: CStat: CUT Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: P-Group: TECH Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max: Applies mathematical functions to the PID feedback signal, allowing multiplication of the result by P69 (gain applied to PID feedback). Possible Settings: Disabled Square root (root(x)) Square (x*x) Cube (x*x*x) P7 PID transducer type Min: CStat: CUT Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: P-Group: TECH Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max: Allows the user to select the transducer type for the PID feedback signal. Possible Settings: Disabled Inversion of PID feedback signal Notice: It is essential that you select the correct tranducer type. If you are unsure whether or is applicable, you can determine the correct type as follows:. Disable the PID function (P = ).. Increase the motor frequency while measuring the feedback signal.. If the feedback signal increases with an increase in motor frequency, the PID transducer type should be. 4. If the feedback signal decreases with an increase in motor frequency the PID transducer type should be set to. r7 CO: PID scaled feedback Min: - Datatype: Float Unit: % Def: - P-Group: TECH Max: - Displays PID scaled feedback signal in [%]. r7 = % corresponds to 4 hex r7 CO: PID error Min: - Datatype: Float Unit: % Def: - P-Group: TECH Max: - Displays PID error (difference) signal between setpoint and feedback signals in [%]. r7 = % corresponds to 4 hex 6 6SE64-5BB-BP

237 Issue /6 Parameter Description P74 PID derivative time Min:. CStat: CUT Datatype: Float Unit: s Def:. P-Group: TECH Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max: 6. Sets PID derivative time. P74 = : The derivative term does not have any effect (it applies a gain of ). P8 PID proportional gain Min:. CStat: CUT Datatype: Float Unit: - Def:. P-Group: TECH Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max: 65. Allows user to set proportional gain for PID controller. The PID controller is implemented using the standard model. P9 P6 P9 P8 P85 PID setpoint P67 r6 + - d dt Kp r7 Tn y x Motor control r94 PID feedback y x P74 r7 P9 P9 P68 For best results, enable both P and I terms. P8 = (P term of PID = ): I term acts on the square of the error signal. P85 = (I term of PID = ): PID controller acts as a P or PD controller respectively. - If the system is prone to sudden step changes in the feedback signal, P term should normally be set to a small value (.5) with a faster I term for optimum performance. - The D term (P74) multiplies the difference between the present and previous feedback signal thus accelerating the controller reaction to an error that appears suddenly. - The D term should be used carefully, since it can cause the controller output to fluctuate as every change in the feedback signal is amplified by the controller derivative action. P85 PID integral time Min:. CStat: CUT Datatype: Float Unit: s Def:. P-Group: TECH Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max: 6. Sets integral time constant for PID controller. Details: See P8 (PID proportional gain). P9 PID output upper limit Min: -. CStat: CUT Datatype: Float Unit: % Def:. P-Group: TECH Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max:. Sets upper limit for PID controller output in [%]. If F max (P8) is greater than P (reference frequency), either P or P9 (PID output upper limit) must be changed to achieve F max. P9 = % corresponds to 4 hex (as defined by P (reference frequency)). 6SE64-5BB-BP 7

238 Parameter Description Issue /6 P9 PID output lower limit Min: -. CStat: CUT Datatype: Float Unit: % Def:. P-Group: TECH Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max:. Sets lower limit for the PID controller output in [%]. A negative value allows bipolar operation of PID controller. P9 = % corresponds to 4 hex P9 Ramp-up /-down time of PID limit Min:. CStat: CUT Datatype: Float Unit: s Def:. P-Group: TECH Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max:. Sets maximum ramp rate on output of PID. When PI is enabled, the output limits are ramped up from to the limits set in P9 (PID output upper limit) and P9 (PID output lower limit). Limits prevent large step changes appearing on the output of the PID when the inverter is started. Once the limits have been reached, the PID controller output is instantaneous. These ramp times are used whenever a RUN command is issued. If an OFF or OFF are issued, the inverter output frequency ramps down as set in P (ramp-down time) or P5 (OFF ramp-down time). r94 CO: Act. PID output Min: - Datatype: Float Unit: % Def: - P-Group: TECH Max: - Displays PID output in [%] r94 = % corresponds to 4 hex P95 Gain applied to PID output Min: -. CStat: CUT Datatype: Float Unit: - Def:. P-Group: TECH Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max:. Allows the user to scale the PID output as a percentage value [%]. A gain of. % means that output signal has not changed from its default value. P5 PID autotune enable Min: CStat: CUT Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: P-Group: TECH Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max: 4 Enables autotune function of PID controller. Possible Settings: PID autotuning disabled PID autotuning via Ziegler Nichols (ZN) standard PID autotuning as plus some overshoot (O/S) PID autotuning as little or no overshoot (O/S) 4 PID autotuning PI only, quarter damped response Active when PID loop is enabled (see P). P5 = This is the standard Ziegler Nichols (ZN) tuning which should be a quarter damped response to a step. P5 = This tuning will give some overshoot (O/S) but should be faster than option P5 = This tuning should give little or no overshoot but will not be as fast as option. P5 = 4 This tuning only changes values of P and I and should be a quarter damped response. The option to be selected depends on the application but braodly speaking option will give an all round good respsonse, whereas if a faster response is desired option should be selected. If no overshoot is desired then option is the choice. For cases where no D term is wanted then option 4 can be selected. The tuning procedure is the same for all options. It is just the calculation of P,I and D values that is different. After autotune this parameter is set to zero (autotune completed). 8 6SE64-5BB-BP

239 Issue /6 Parameter Description P54 PID tuning timeout length Min: 6 CStat: CUT Datatype: U6 Unit: s Def: 4 P-Group: TECH Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max: 65 This parameter determines the time that the auto tuning code will wait before aborting a tuning run if no oscillation has been obtained. P55 PID tuning offset Min:. CStat: CUT Datatype: Float Unit: % Def: 5. P-Group: TECH Active: Immediately QuickComm.: No Max:. Sets applied offset and deviation for PID autotuning. This can be varied depending on plant conditions e.g. a very long system time constant might require a larger value..8 Positioning down ramp P48[] Position mode Min: CStat: CT Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: P-Group: CONTROL Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: Sets the mode for positioning mode. Possible Settings: Open loop positioning P48[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P48[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P48[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) P48[] Gearbox ratio input Min:. CStat: CUT Datatype: Float Unit: - Def:. P-Group: CONTROL Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: Defines the ratio between number of motor shaft revolutions to equal one revolution of the gearbox output shaft. Motor Gear Load Ü n Motor n Load Ü = Motor revolutions Load revolutions P48 = P48 P48[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P48[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P48[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) P48[] Gearbox ratio output Min:. CStat: CUT Datatype: Float Unit: - Def:. P-Group: CONTROL Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: Defines the ratio between number of motor shaft revolutions to equal one revolution of the gearbox output shaft. P48[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P48[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P48[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) 6SE64-5BB-BP 9

240 Parameter Description Issue /6 P484[] No. of shaft turns = Unit Min:. CStat: CUT Datatype: Float Unit: - Def:. P-Group: CONTROL Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: Sets the number of rotations of the motor shaft required to represent unit of user selected units. Pulley radius r Load Distance s Motor U P484= s U = No. of revolutions [unit] The following equation determines the number of motor shaft revolutions to stop: P48 Revolutions Motor = P488 P484 P48 P484[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P484[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P484[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) P488[] Distance / No. of revolutions Min:. CStat: CUT Datatype: Float Unit: - Def:. P-Group: CONTROL Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: Sets the required distance or number of revolutions (see P484). Motor Gear f OFF f OFF s = P488= f. OFF t P488 t P488[] : st. Drive data set (DDS) P488[] : nd. Drive data set (DDS) P488[] : rd. Drive data set (DDS) r489 Act. number of shaft revolutions Min: - Datatype: Float Unit: - Def: - P-Group: CONTROL Max: - t P488 Displayes the actual number of shaft revolutions since trigger of positioning. Positioning ramp down is an open loop control method. So, there might be a difference between the position setpoint and the calculated actual position shown in r489. That means, it could happen that the setpoint position is already reached, although r489 displays a different actual position. 4 6SE64-5BB-BP

241 Issue /6 Parameter Description.9 Free function blocks (FFB) P8 Enable FFBs Min: CStat: CUT Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: P-Group: TECH Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: Free function blocks (FFB) are enabled in two steps.. Parameter P8 enables all free function blocks, normally (P8 = ).. Parameters P8 and P8 respectively, enable each free function block individually (P8[x] > oder P8[x] > ). Possible Settings: Disabled Enabled All active function blocks will be calculated in every ms. P8[7] Activate FFBs Min: CStat: CUT Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: P-Group: TECH Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: Free function blocks (FFB) are enabled in two steps.. Parameter P8 enables all free function blocks, normally (P8 = ). Parameters P8 and P8 respectively, enable each free function block individually (P8[x] > oder P8[x] > ) In addition, Parameters P8 and P8 determine the chronological order of each function block. The following table shows that the priority increases from left to right and from bottom to top. low Priority high Inactive P8 [] CMP P8 [] CMP P8 [] DIV P8 [] DIV P8 [9] MUL P8 [8] MUL P8 [7] SUB P8 [6] SUB P8 [5] ADD P8 [4] ADD P8 [] Timer 4 P8 [] Timer P8 [] Timer P8 [] Timer P8 [6] RS-FF P8 [5] RS-FF P8 [4] RS-FF P8 [] D-FF P8 [] D-FF P8 [] NOT P8 [] NOT P8 [9] NOT P8 [8] XOR P8 [7] XOR P8 [6] XOR P8 [5] OR P8 [4] OR P8 [] OR P8 [] AND P8 [] AND P8 [] AND low Priority Possible Settings: Not Active P8[] : Enable AND P8[] : Enable AND P8[] : Enable AND P8[] : Enable OR P8[4] : Enable OR P8[5] : Enable OR P8[6] : Enable XOR P8[7] : Enable XOR P8[8] : Enable XOR P8[9] : Enable NOT P8[] : Enable NOT P8[] : Enable NOT P8[] : Enable D-FF P8[] : Enable D-FF P8[4] : Enable RS-FF P8[5] : Enable RS-FF P8[6] : Enable RS-FF Example: P8[] =, P8[4] =, P8[] =, P8[4] = FFBs will be calculated in following order: P8[], P8[], P8[4], P8[4] - Set P8 to to enable function blocks. - All active function blocks will be calculated in every ms. 6SE64-5BB-BP 4

242 Parameter Description Issue /6 P8[4] Activate FFBs Min: CStat: CUT Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: P-Group: TECH Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: Free function blocks (FFB) are enabled in two steps.. Parameter P8 enables all free function blocks, normally (P8 = ). Parameters P8 and P8 respectively, enable each free function block individually (P8[x] > oder P8[x] > ) In addition, Parameters P8 and P8 determine the chronological order of each function block. The following table shows that the priority increases from left to right and from bottom to top. low Priority high Inactive P8 [] CMP P8 [] CMP P8 [] DIV P8 [] DIV P8 [9] MUL P8 [8] MUL P8 [7] SUB P8 [6] SUB P8 [5] ADD P8 [4] ADD P8 [] Timer 4 P8 [] Timer P8 [] Timer P8 [] Timer P8 [6] RS-FF P8 [5] RS-FF P8 [4] RS-FF P8 [] D-FF P8 [] D-FF P8 [] NOT P8 [] NOT P8 [9] NOT P8 [8] XOR P8 [7] XOR P8 [6] XOR P8 [5] OR P8 [4] OR P8 [] OR P8 [] AND P8 [] AND P8 [] AND Priority low Possible Settings: Not Active P8[] : Enable timer P8[] : Enable timer P8[] : Enable timer P8[] : Enable timer 4 P8[4] : Enable ADD P8[5] : Enable ADD P8[6] : Enable SUB P8[7] : Enable SUB P8[8] : Enable MUL P8[9] : Enable MUL P8[] : Enable DIV P8[] : Enable DIV P8[] : Enable CMP P8[] : Enable CMP Example: P8[] =, P8[4] =, P8[] =, P8[4] = FFBs will be calculated in following order: P8[], P8[], P8[4], P8[4] - Set P8 to to enable function blocks. - All active function blocks will be calculated in every ms. 4 6SE64-5BB-BP

243 Issue /6 Parameter Description P8[] BI: AND Min: : CStat: CUT Datatype: U Unit: - Def: : P-Group: TECH Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: 4: P8[], P8[] define inputs of AND element, output is P8. P8 P8[] P8 Index Index A B & C r8 A B C P8[] : Binector input (BI ) P8[] : Binector input (BI ) P8[] is active level for the AND element. r8 BO: AND Min: - Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: - P-Group: TECH Max: - Output of AND element. Displays and logic of bits defined in P8[], P8[]. P8[] is active level for the AND element. P8[] BI: AND Min: : CStat: CUT Datatype: U Unit: - Def: : P-Group: TECH Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: 4: P8[], 8[] define inputs of AND element, output is P8. P8[] : Binector input (BI ) P8[] : Binector input (BI ) P8[] is active level for the AND element. r8 BO: AND Min: - Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: - P-Group: TECH Max: - Output of AND element. Displays and logic of bits defined in P8[], P8[]. P8[] is active level for the AND element. P84[] BI: AND Min: : CStat: CUT Datatype: U Unit: - Def: : P-Group: TECH Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: 4: P84[], P84[] define inputs of AND element, output is P85. P84[] : Binector input (BI ) P84[] : Binector input (BI ) P8[] is active level for the AND element. r85 BO: AND Min: - Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: - P-Group: TECH Max: - Output of AND element. Displays and logic of bits defined in P84[], P84[]. P8[] is active level for the AND element. 6SE64-5BB-BP 4

244 Parameter Description Issue /6 P86[] BI: OR Min: : CStat: CUT Datatype: U Unit: - Def: : P-Group: TECH Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: 4: P86[], P86[] define inputs of OR element, output is P87. P8 P8[] P86 Index Index A B C r87 A B C P86[] : Binector input (BI ) P86[] : Binector input (BI ) P8[] is active level for the OR element. r87 BO: OR Min: - Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: - P-Group: TECH Max: - Output of OR element. Displays or logic of bits defined in P86[], P86[]. P8[] is active level for the OR element. P88[] BI: OR Min: : CStat: CUT Datatype: U Unit: - Def: : P-Group: TECH Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: 4: P88[], P88[] define inputs of OR element, output is P89. P88[] : Binector input (BI ) P88[] : Binector input (BI ) P8[4] is active level for the OR element. r89 BO: OR Min: - Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: - P-Group: TECH Max: - Output of OR element. Displays or logic of bits defined in P88[], P88[]. P8[4] is active level for the OR element. P8[] BI: OR Min: : CStat: CUT Datatype: U Unit: - Def: : P-Group: TECH Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: 4: P8[], P8[] define inputs of OR element, output is P8. P8[] : Binector input (BI ) P8[] : Binector input (BI ) P8[5] is active level for the OR element. r8 BO: OR Min: - Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: - P-Group: TECH Max: - Output of OR element. Displays or logic of bits defined in P8[], P8[]. P8[5] is active level for the OR element. 44 6SE64-5BB-BP

245 Issue /6 Parameter Description P8[] BI: XOR Min: : CStat: CUT Datatype: U Unit: - Def: : P-Group: TECH Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: 4: P8[], P8[] define inputs of XOR element, output is P8. P8 P8[6] P8 Index Index A B = C r8 A B C P8[] : Binector input (BI ) P8[] : Binector input (BI ) P8[6] is active level for the XOR element. r8 BO: XOR Min: - Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: - P-Group: TECH Max: - Output of XOR element. Displays exclusive-or logic of bits defined in P8[], P8[]. P8[6] is active level for the XOR element. P84[] BI: XOR Min: : CStat: CUT Datatype: U Unit: - Def: : P-Group: TECH Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: 4: P84[], P84[] define inputs of XOR element, output is P85. P84[] : Binector input (BI ) P84[] : Binector input (BI ) P8[7] is active level for the XOR element. r85 BO: XOR Min: - Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: - P-Group: TECH Max: - Output of XOR element. Displays exclusive-or logic of bits defined in P84[], P84[]. P8[7] is active level for the XOR element. P86[] BI: XOR Min: : CStat: CUT Datatype: U Unit: - Def: : P-Group: TECH Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: 4: P86[], P86[] define inputs of XOR element, output is P87. P86[] : Binector input (BI ) P86[] : Binector input (BI ) P8[8] is active level for the XOR element. r87 BO: XOR Min: - Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: - P-Group: TECH Max: - Output of XOR element. Displays exclusive-or logic of bits defined in P86[], P86[]. P8[8] is active level for the XOR element. 6SE64-5BB-BP 45

246 Parameter Description Issue /6 P88 BI: NOT Min: : CStat: CUT Datatype: U Unit: - Def: : P-Group: TECH Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: 4: P88 defines input of NOT element, output is P89. P8 P8[9] P88 Index A r89 C A C P8[9] is active level for the NOT element. r89 BO: NOT Min: - Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: - P-Group: TECH Max: - Output of NOT element. Displays not logic of bit defined in P88. P8[9] is active level for the NOT element. P8 BI: NOT Min: : CStat: CUT Datatype: U Unit: - Def: : P-Group: TECH Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: 4: P8 defines input of NOT element, output is P8. P8[] is active level for the NOT element. r8 BO: NOT Min: - Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: - P-Group: TECH Max: - Output of NOT element. Displays not logic of bit defined in P8. P8[] is active level for the NOT element. P8 BI: NOT Min: : CStat: CUT Datatype: U Unit: - Def: : P-Group: TECH Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: 4: P8 defines input of NOT element, output is P8. P8[] is active level for the NOT element. r8 BO: NOT Min: - Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: - P-Group: TECH Max: - Output of NOT element. Displays not logic of bit defined in P8. P8[] is active level for the NOT element. 46 6SE64-5BB-BP

247 Issue /6 Parameter Description P84[4] BI: D-FF Min: : CStat: CUT Datatype: U Unit: - Def: : P-Group: TECH Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: 4: P84[], P84[], P84[], P84[] define inputs of D-FlipFlop, outputs are P85, P86. P8 P8[] P84 Index Index Index SET (Q=) D Q r85 Index STOR E Q r86 RESET (Q=) SET RESET D STORE Q Q x x POWER ON x x x x Q n- Q n- POWER-ON P84[] : Binector input: Set P84[] : Binector input: D input P84[] : Binector input: Store pulse P84[] : Binector input: Reset P8[] is active level for the D-FlipFlop. r85 BO: Q D-FF Min: - Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: - P-Group: TECH Max: - Displays output of D-FlipFlop, inputs are defined in P84[], P84[], P84[], P84[] P8[] is active level for the D-FlipFlop. r86 BO: NOT-Q D-FF Min: - Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: - P-Group: TECH Max: - Displays Not-output of D-FlipFlop, inputs are defined in P84[], P84[], P84[], P84[] P8[] is active level for the D-FlipFlop. P87[4] BI: D-FF Min: : CStat: CUT Datatype: U Unit: - Def: : P-Group: TECH Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: 4: P87[], P87[], P87[], P87[] define inputs of D-FlipFlop, outputs are P88, 89. P87[] : Binector input: Set P87[] : Binector input: D input P87[] : Binector input: Store pulse P87[] : Binector input: Reset P8[] is active level for the D-FlipFlop. 6SE64-5BB-BP 47

248 Parameter Description Issue /6 r88 BO: Q D-FF Min: - Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: - P-Group: TECH Max: - Displays output of D-FlipFlop, inputs are defined in P87[], P87[], P87[], P87[] P8[] is active level for the D-FlipFlop. r89 BO: NOT-Q D-FF Min: - Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: - P-Group: TECH Max: - Displays Not-output of D-FlipFlop, inputs are defined in P87[], P87[], P87[], P87[] P8[] is active level for the D-FlipFlop. P84[] BI: RS-FF Min: : CStat: CUT Datatype: U Unit: - Def: : P-Group: TECH Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: 4: P84[], P84[] define inputs of RS-FlipFlop, outputs are P84, P84. P84 Index Index POWER ON P8 P8[4] SET (Q=) RESET (Q=) Q Q r84 r84 SET RESET Q Q Q n- Q n- Q n- Q n- POWER-ON P84[] : Binector input: Set P84[] : Binector input: Reset P8[4] is active level for the RS-FlipFlop. r84 BO: Q RS-FF Min: - Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: - P-Group: TECH Max: - Displays output of RS-FlipFlop, inputs are defined in P84[], P84[] P8[4] is active level for the RS-FlipFlop. r84 BO: NOT-Q RS-FF Min: - Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: - P-Group: TECH Max: - Displays Not-output of RS-FlipFlop, inputs are defined in P84[], P84[] P8[4] is active level for the RS-FlipFlop. P84[] BI: RS-FF Min: : CStat: CUT Datatype: U Unit: - Def: : P-Group: TECH Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: 4: P84[], P84[] define inputs of RS-FlipFlop, outputs are P844, P845. P84[] : Binector input: Set P84[] : Binector input: Reset P8[5] is active level for the RS-FlipFlop. r844 BO: Q RS-FF Min: - Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: - P-Group: TECH Max: - Displays output of RS-FlipFlop, inputs are defined in P84[], P84[] P8[5] is active level for the RS-FlipFlop. 48 6SE64-5BB-BP

249 Issue /6 Parameter Description r845 BO: NOT-Q RS-FF Min: - Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: - P-Group: TECH Max: - Displays Not-output of RS-FlipFlop, inputs are defined in P84[], P84[] P8[5] is active level for the RS-FlipFlop. P846[] BI: RS-FF Min: : CStat: CUT Datatype: U Unit: - Def: : P-Group: TECH Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: 4: P846[], P846[] define inputs of RS-FlipFlop, outputs are P847, P848. P846[] : Binector input: Set P846[] : Binector input: Reset P8[6] is active level for the RS-FlipFlop. r847 BO: Q RS-FF Min: - Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: - P-Group: TECH Max: - Displays output of RS-FlipFlop, inputs are defined in P846[], P846[] P8[6] is active level for the RS-FlipFlop. r848 BO: NOT-Q RS-FF Min: - Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: - P-Group: TECH Max: - Displays Not-output of RS-FlipFlop, inputs are defined in P846[], P846[] P8[6] is active level for the RS-FlipFlop. 6SE64-5BB-BP 49

250 Parameter Description Issue /6 P849 BI: Timer Min: : CStat: CUT Datatype: U Unit: - Def: : P-Group: TECH Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: 4: Define input signal of timer. P849, P85, P85 are the inputs of the timer, outputs are P85, P85. P85 (.) P8 P8. Delay Time P85() Mode ON Delay T P849 Index I n OFF Delay T ON/OFF Delay T T Pulse Gernerator T Ou t r85 NOu t r85 In Out t P85 = (ON Delay) P85 t P85 = (OFF Delay) P85 t P85 = (ON-OFF Delay) P85 P85 = (Pulse Generator) P85 t In Out t P85 t In Out t P85 P8[] is active level for the timer. P85 Delay time of timer Min:. CStat: CUT Datatype: Float Unit: - Def:. P-Group: TECH Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: t Defines delay time of timer. P849, P85, P85 are the inputs of the timer, outputs are P85, P85. P8[] is active level for the timer. 5 6SE64-5BB-BP

251 Issue /6 Parameter Description P85 Mode timer Min: CStat: CUT Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: P-Group: TECH Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: Selects mode of timer. P849, P85, P85 are the inputs of the timer, outputs are P85, P85. Possible Settings: ON delay (seconds) OFF delay (seconds) ON/OFF delay (seconds) Pulse generator (seconds) ON delay (minutes) OFF delay (minutes) ON/OFF delay (minutes) Pulse generator (minutes) P8[] is active level for the timer. r85 BO: Timer Min: - Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: - P-Group: TECH Max: - Displays output of timer. P849, P85, P85 are the inputs of the timer, outputs are P85, P85. P8[] is active level for the timer. r85 BO: Nout timer Min: - Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: - P-Group: TECH Max: - Displays Not-output of timer. P849, P85, P85 are the inputs of the timer, outputs are P85, P85. P8[] is active level for the timer. P854 BI: Timer Min: : CStat: CUT Datatype: U Unit: - Def: : P-Group: TECH Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: 4: Define input signal of timer. P854, P855, P856 are the inputs of the timer, outputs are P857, P858. P8[] is active level for the timer. P855 Delay time of timer Min:. CStat: CUT Datatype: Float Unit: - Def:. P-Group: TECH Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: Defines delay time of timer. P854, P855, P856 are the inputs of the timer, outputs are P857, P858. P8[] is active level for the timer. P856 Mode timer Min: CStat: CUT Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: P-Group: TECH Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: Selects mode of timer. P854, P855, P856 are the inputs of the timer, outputs are P857, P858. Possible Settings: ON delay (seconds) OFF delay (seconds) ON/OFF delay (seconds) Pulse generator (seconds) ON delay (minutes) OFF delay (minutes) ON/OFF delay (minutes) Pulse generator (minutes) P8[] is active level for the timer. r857 BO: Timer Min: - Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: - P-Group: TECH Max: - Displays output of timer. P854, P855, P856 are the inputs of the timer, outputs are P857, P858. P8[] is active level for the timer. 6SE64-5BB-BP 5

252 Parameter Description Issue /6 r858 BO: Nout timer Min: - Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: - P-Group: TECH Max: - Displays Not-output of timer P854, P855, P856 are the inputs of the timer, outputs are P857, P858. P8[] is active level for the timer. P859 BI: Timer Min: : CStat: CUT Datatype: U Unit: - Def: : P-Group: TECH Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: 4: Define input signal of timer. P859, P86, P86 are the inputs of the timer, outputs are P86, P86. P8[] is active level for the timer. P86 Delay time of timer Min:. CStat: CUT Datatype: Float Unit: - Def:. P-Group: TECH Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: Defines delay time of timer. P859, P86, P86 are the inputs of the timer, outputs are P86, P86. P8[] is active level for the timer. P86 Mode timer Min: CStat: CUT Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: P-Group: TECH Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: Selects mode of timer. P859, P86, P86 are the inputs of the timer, outputs are P86, P86. Possible Settings: ON delay (seconds) OFF delay (seconds) ON/OFF delay (seconds) Pulse generator (seconds) ON delay (minutes) OFF delay (minutes) ON/OFF delay (minutes) Pulse generator (minutes) P8[] is active level for the timer. r86 BO: Timer Min: - Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: - P-Group: TECH Max: - Displays output of timer. P859, P86, P86 are the inputs of the timer, outputs are P86, P86. P8[] is active level for the timer. r86 BO: Nout timer Min: - Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: - P-Group: TECH Max: - Displays Not-output of timer. P859, P86, P86 are the inputs of the timer, outputs are P86, P86. P8[] is active level for the timer. P864 BI: Timer 4 Min: : CStat: CUT Datatype: U Unit: - Def: : P-Group: TECH Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: 4: Define input signal of timer 4. P864, P865, P866 are the inputs of the timer, outputs are P867, P868. P8[] is active level for the timer. P865 Delay time of timer 4 Min:. CStat: CUT Datatype: Float Unit: - Def:. P-Group: TECH Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: Defines delay time of timer 4. P864, P865, P866 are the inputs of the timer, outputs are P867, P868. P8[] is active level for the timer. 5 6SE64-5BB-BP

253 Issue /6 Parameter Description P866 Mode timer 4 Min: CStat: CUT Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: P-Group: TECH Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: Selects mode of timer 4. P864, P865, P866 are the inputs of the timer, outputs are P867, P868. Possible Settings: ON delay (seconds) OFF delay (seconds) ON/OFF delay (seconds) Pulse generator (seconds) ON delay (minutes) OFF delay (minutes) ON/OFF delay (minutes) Pulse generator (minutes) P8[] is active level for the timer. r867 BO: Timer 4 Min: - Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: - P-Group: TECH Max: - Displays output of timer 4. P864, P865, P866 are the inputs of the timer, outputs are P867, P868. P8[] is active level for the timer. r868 BO: Nout timer 4 Min: - Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: - P-Group: TECH Max: - Displays Not-output of timer 4. P864, P865, P866 are the inputs of the timer, outputs are P867, P868. P8[] is active level for the timer. P869[] CI: ADD Min: : CStat: CUT Datatype: U Unit: - Def: 755: P-Group: TECH Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: 4: Define inputs of Adder, result is in P87. P869 Index Index x x P8 P8[4] x + x % -% Result r87 Result = x + x x + x > If: Result = % % x + x < -% Result = -% P869[] : Connector input (CI ) P869[] : Connector input (CI ) P8[4] is the active level for the Adder. r87 CO: ADD Min: - Datatype: Float Unit: % Def: - P-Group: TECH Max: - Result of Adder. P8[4] is active level for the Adder. P87[] CI: ADD Min: : CStat: CUT Datatype: U Unit: - Def: 755: P-Group: TECH Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: 4: Define inputs of Adder, result is in P87. P87[] : Connector input (CI ) P87[] : Connector input (CI ) P8[5] is active level for the Adder. r87 CO: ADD Min: - Datatype: Float Unit: % Def: - P-Group: TECH Max: - Result of Adder. P8[5] is active level for the Adder. 6SE64-5BB-BP 5

254 Parameter Description Issue /6 P87[] CI: SUB Min: : CStat: CUT Datatype: U Unit: - Def: 755: P-Group: TECH Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: 4: Define inputs of Subtracter, result is in P874. P87 Index Index x x P8 P8[6] x - x % -% Result r874 Result = x - x If: x - x > % Result = % x - x < -% Result = -% P87[] : Connector input (CI ) P87[] : Connector input (CI ) P8[6] is active level for the Subtracter. r874 CO: SUB Min: - Datatype: Float Unit: % Def: - P-Group: TECH Max: - Result of Subtracter. P8[6] is active level for the Subtracter. P875[] CI: SUB Min: : CStat: CUT Datatype: U Unit: - Def: 755: P-Group: TECH Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: 4: Define inputs of Subtracter, result is in P876. P875[] : Connector input (CI ) P875[] : Connector input (CI ) P8[7] is active level for the Subtracter. r876 CO: SUB Min: - Datatype: Float Unit: % Def: - P-Group: TECH Max: - Result of Subtracter. P8[7] is active level for the Subtracter. P877[] CI: MUL Min: : CStat: CUT Datatype: U Unit: - Def: 755: P-Group: TECH Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: 4: Define inputs of Multiplier, result is in P878. P877 Index Index x x P8 P8[8] x x % % -% Result r878 x x Result = % x x If: > % Result = % % x x < -% Result = -% % P877[] : Connector input (CI ) P877[] : Connector input (CI ) P8[8] is active level for the Multiplier. r878 CO: MUL Min: - Datatype: Float Unit: % Def: - P-Group: TECH Max: - Result of Multiplier. P8[8] is active level for the Multiplier. 54 6SE64-5BB-BP

255 Issue /6 Parameter Description P879[] CI: MUL Min: : CStat: CUT Datatype: U Unit: - Def: 755: P-Group: TECH Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: 4: Define inputs of Multiplier, result is in P88. P879[] : Connector input (CI ) P879[] : Connector input (CI ) P8[9] is active level for the Multiplier. r88 CO: MUL Min: - Datatype: Float Unit: % Def: - P-Group: TECH Max: - Result of Multiplier. P8[9] is active level for the Multiplier. P88[] CI: DIV Min: : CStat: CUT Datatype: U Unit: - Def: 755: P-Group: TECH Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: 4: Define inputs of Divider, result is in P88. P88 Index Index x x P8 P8[] x % X % -% Result r88 x % Result = x x % If: > % x x % < - x % P88[] : Connector input (CI ) P88[] : Connector input (CI ) P8[] is active level for the Divider. r88 CO: DIV Min: - Datatype: Float Unit: % Def: - P-Group: TECH Max: - Result = % Result = -% Result of Divider. P8[] is active level for the Divider. P88[] CI: DIV Min: : CStat: CUT Datatype: U Unit: - Def: 755: P-Group: TECH Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: 4: Define inputs of Divider, result is in P884. P88[] : Connector input (CI ) P88[] : Connector input (CI ) P8[] is active level for the Divider. r884 CO: DIV Min: - Datatype: Float Unit: % Def: - P-Group: TECH Max: - Result of Divider. P8[] is active level for the Divider. 6SE64-5BB-BP 55

256 Parameter Description Issue /6 P885[] CI: CMP Min: : CStat: CUT Datatype: U Unit: - Def: 755: P-Group: TECH Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: 4: Defines inputs of Comparator, output is P886. P8 P8[] P885 Index Index x x CMP Out = x x Out x r886 x Out = x < x Out = P885[] : Connector input (CI ) P885[] : Connector input (CI ) P8[] is active level for the Comparator. r886 BO: CMP Min: - Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: - P-Group: TECH Max: - Displays result bit of Comparator. P8[] is active level for the Comparator. P887[] CI: CMP Min: : CStat: CUT Datatype: U Unit: - Def: 755: P-Group: TECH Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: 4: Defines inputs of Comparator, output is P888. P887[] : Connector input (CI ) P887[] : Connector input (CI ) P8[] is active level for the Comparator. r888 BO: CMP Min: - Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: - P-Group: TECH Max: - Displays result bit of Comparator. P8[] is active level for the Comparator. P889 CO: Fixed setpoint in [%] Min: -. CStat: CUT Datatype: Float Unit: % Def:. P-Group: TECH Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max:. Fixed percent setting. Connector Setting in % P889 P89 Range : -%... % P89 CO: Fixed setpoint in [%] Min: -. CStat: CUT Datatype: Float Unit: % Def:. P-Group: TECH Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max:. Fixed percent setting. 56 6SE64-5BB-BP

257 Issue /6 Parameter Description.4 Inverter parameters P9 End of quick commissioning Min: CStat: C Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: P-Group: QUICK Active: first confirm QuickComm.: Yes Max: Performs calculations necessary for optimized motor operation. After completion of calculation, P9 and P (parameter groups for commissioning) are automatically reset to their original value. Possible Settings: No quick commissioning Start quick commissioning with factory reset Start quick commissioning Start quick commissioning only for motor data Changeable only when P = (quick commissioning) P9 = : When setting is selected, only the parameter settings carried out via the commissioning menu "Quick commissioning", are retained; all other parameter changes, including the I/O settings, are lost. Motor calculations are also performed. P9 = : When setting is selected, only those parameters, which depend on the parameters in the commissioning menu "Quick commissioning" (P = ) are calculated. The I/O settings are also reset to default and the motor calculations performed. P9 = : When setting is selected, only the motor and controller calculations are performed. Exiting quick commissioning with this setting saves time (for example, if only motor rating plate data have been changed). Calculates a variety of motor parameters, overwriting previous values (see parameter P4, setting P4 = ). P95 Access of hidden parameters Min: CStat: CUT Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: P-Group: ALWAYS Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: 55 Accesses special parameters for development (expert only) and factory functionality (calibration parameter). r954[] CM version and GUI ID Min: - Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: - P-Group: - Max: - Used to classify firmware (only for SIEMENS internal purposes). r954[] : CM version (major release) r954[] : CM version (minor release) r954[] : CM version (baselevel or patch) r954[] : GUI ID r954[4] : GUI ID r954[5] : GUI ID r954[6] : GUI ID r954[7] : GUI ID r954[8] : GUI ID r954[9] : GUI ID r954[] : GUI ID r954[] : GUI ID major release r954[] : GUI ID minor release 4 4 6SE64-5BB-BP 57

258 Parameter Description Issue /6 P98 Commissioning command selection Min: CStat: T Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: P-Group: - Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: 67 4 Toggles command and setpoint sources between freely programmable BICO parameters and fixed command/setpoint profiles for commissioning. The command and setpoint sources can be changed independently. The tens digit selects the command source, the ones digit the setpoint source. Possible Settings: Cmd = BICO parameter Setpoint = BICO parameter Cmd = BICO parameter Setpoint = MOP setpoint Cmd = BICO parameter Setpoint = Analog setpoint Cmd = BICO parameter Setpoint = Fixed frequency 4 Cmd = BICO parameter Setpoint = USS on BOP link 5 Cmd = BICO parameter Setpoint = USS on COM link 6 Cmd = BICO parameter Setpoint = CB on COM link 7 Cmd = BICO parameter Setpoint = Analog setp Cmd = BOP Setpoint = BICO parameter Cmd = BOP Setpoint = MOP setpoint Cmd = BOP Setpoint = Analog setpoint Cmd = BOP Setpoint = Fixed frequency 5 Cmd = BOP Setpoint = USS on COM link 6 Cmd = BOP Setpoint = CB on COM link 7 Cmd = BOP Setpoint = Analog setp 4 Cmd = USS on BOP link Setpoint = BICO parameter 4 Cmd = USS on BOP link Setpoint = MOP setpoint 4 Cmd = USS on BOP link Setpoint = Analog setpoint 4 Cmd = USS on BOP link Setpoint = Fixed frequency 44 Cmd = USS on BOP link Setpoint = USS on BOP link 45 Cmd = USS on BOP link Setpoint = USS on COM link 46 Cmd = USS on BOP link Setpoint = CB on COM link 47 Cmd = USS on BOP link Setpoint = Analog setp 5 Cmd = USS on COM link Setpoint = BICO parameter 5 Cmd = USS on COM link Setpoint = MOP setpoint 5 Cmd = USS on COM link Setpoint = Analog setpoint 5 Cmd = USS on COM link Setpoint = Fixed frequency 54 Cmd = USS on COM link Setpoint = USS on BOP link 55 Cmd = USS on COM link Setpoint = USS on COM link 57 Cmd = USS on COM link Setpoint = Analog setp 6 Cmd = CB on COM link Setpoint = BICO parameter 6 Cmd = CB on COM link Setpoint = MOP setpoint 6 Cmd = CB on COM link Setpoint = Analog setpoint 6 Cmd = CB on COM link Setpoint = Fixed frequency 64 Cmd = CB on COM link Setpoint = USS on BOP link 66 Cmd = CB on COM link Setpoint = CB on COM link 67 Cmd = CB on COM link Setpoint = Analog setp P98 Reset active fault Min: CStat: CT Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: P-Group: ALARMS Active: first confirm QuickComm.: No Max: 4 Resets active faults when changed from to. Possible Settings: No fault reset Reset fault Automatically reset to. Details: See r947 (last fault code) r986[] Number of parameters Min: - Datatype: U6 Unit: - Def: - P-Group: - Max: - 4 Number of parameters on the drive r986[] : Read only r986[] : Read & write 58 6SE64-5BB-BP

259 Issue /6 Function Diagrams 4 Function Diagrams Explanation of symbols used in the function diagrams Setting parameters ParName Min... Max [Dim] PNumber.C/D [] (Default) Parameter text Minimum... Maximum value [Unit] Parameter number.command/drive data set [Number indexes] (Default) Monitoring parameters ParName [Dim] PNumber.C/D [] Parameter text [Unit] Parameter number.command/drive data set [Number indexes] BICO parameters Binector input (Setting parameter) ParName [Dim] Parameter text [Unit] PNum.C/D Parameter number.command/drive data set (Default) (Default) T Binector output (Monitoring parameter) ParName Parameter text PNum Parameter number Connector input (Setting parameter) ParName (Default) PNum.C/D [] Connector output (Monitoring parameter) ParName [Hz] Parameter text [Unit] PNum [] Parameter number [Number indexes] Connector/Binector output (Monitoring parameter) ParName PNum PNum Parameter text Parameter number.command/drive data set [Number indexes] (Default) Parameter text Parameter number T T T & _Symbols.vsd Symbols in funktion diagrams 6..6 V. y x Kp Tn Hysteresis 8 7 Function diagram MICROMASTER { x y Summation Multiplication Division Switch Selection switch ( out of 4) ON delay OFF delay ON and OFF delay AND gate OR gate NOT gate NOT gate A D A/D converter D A D/A converter Filter element Gain element Integrator PI controller Differentiator Limitation Limitation Characteristic 6SE64-5BB-BP 59

260 Function Diagrams Issue /6 External interfaces USS BOP link USS COM link Encoder Overview General Overview Internal setpoint source JOG Technology functions Setpoint channel Motor control Modulator V/f control SUM setpoint Speed / torque control Motor model Current control SUM/JOG selection AFM RFG MOD DIN DOUT ADC DAC BOP CB COM link MOP FF Fixed PID setpoint PID MOP Monitoring Braking Restart Flying Restart 46 Vdc Control 46 Vdc_min Control (KIB) Positioning ramp down Free function blocks PID controller Flux setpoint Motor identification Motor and inverter protection, Adaption of motor parameters Sequence control Parameterization _Overview.vsd 6..6 V. 7 Function diagram MICROMASTER SE64-5BB-BP

261 Issue /6 Function Diagrams DIN DOUT CO/BO: Bin.inp.val r7 r7 BI: Fct. of DOUT P7.C (5:) BI: Enable JOG -> P55.C (:) BI: Enable JOG <- P56.C (:) ADC DAC BOP USS (COM-link) RS485 CB (COM-link) USS (BOP-link) RS CO:ADC scal[4h] r755 [] CI: DAC P77 [] (:) CO/BO: BOP CtrlWd r9 r9 CO: PZD<-COM (USS) r8 [8] BO: CtrlWd <- COM r6 BO: CtrlWd <- COM r7 CI: PZD->COM (USS) P9 [8] (5:) CO: PZD from CB r5 [8] BO: CtrlWd <- CB r9 BO: CtrlWd <- CB r9 CI: PZD to CB P5 [8] (5:) CO: PZD<-BOP (USS) r5 [8] BO: CtrlWd <- BOP r BO: CtrlWd <- BOP r CI: PZD->BOP (USS) P6 [8] (5:) BI: Enable MOP(UP) P5.C (9:) BI:Enable MOP(DWN) P6.C (9:4) BI: FF sel. Bit P.C (:) BI: FF sel. Bit P.C (:) BI: FF sel. Bit P.C (:) BI: FF sel. Bit P.C (7:) BI:PID setp->bit P.C (:) BI:PID setp->bit P.C (:) BI:PID setp->bit P.C (:) BI:PID setp->bit P.C (7:) BI: PID-MOP (UP) P5.C (9:) BI: PID-MOP (DWN) P6.C (9:4) MOP FF FF PID PID MOP Overview Connection of External and Internal Setpoints CO: MOP outp.freq. r5 CO: Act. FF r4 CO: Fixed.PID setp r4 CO: MOP outp. setp r5 CI: Add. setpoint P75.C (:) CI: Add. setp.scal P76.C (:) BI: Disab.add.setp P74.C (:) CI: Main setp scal P7.C (:) CI: Main setpoint (755:) P7.C CI: PID setpoint P5.C (:) CI:PID trim source P54.C (:) CI: PID feedback (755:) P64.C BI: Enab. PID ctrl P.C (:) 4 SUM JOG frequency -> [Hz] P58.D (5.) JOG frequency < [Hz] P59.D (5.) CO: Tot. freq.setp [Hz] r78 CO: Act.PID output [%] PID controller r94 SUM/JOG selection BI: Inh. neg. setp P.C (:) BI: Reverse P.C (7:) BI: RFG enable P4.C... (:) AFM RFG V/f FOC Imax contr.... CO/BO: Act StatWd r5 r5 CO/BO: Act StatWd r5 r5 CO/BO: Act CtrlWd r54 r54 CO/BO: Act CtrlWd r55 r55 BI: ON/OFF P84.C (7:) BI:ON reverse/off P84.C (:) BI:. OFF P844.C (:) BI:. OFF P845.C (9:) BI:. OFF P848.C (:) BI:. OFF P849.C (:) BI: Pulse enabling P85.C... (:) 5 6 _BICO_Overv.vsd 6..6 V. 7 Function diagram MICROMASTER 44 Sequence control SE64-5BB-BP 6

262 Function Diagrams Issue /6 P4 (KL9) or V (KL8) External Interfaces Digital Inputs KL5 KL6 KL7 KL8 KL6 KL7 PNP/NPN DIN... P75 () 4 V Debounce time: DIN... P74 () 4 V T V 4 V Debounce time: DIN... P74 () 4 V T 4 V Debounce time: DIN... V P74 () 4 V T V 4 V Debounce time: DIN... P74 () 4 V T 4 V Debounce time: DIN V... P74 () 4 V T V 4 V Debounce time: DIN... P74 () 4 V T V _DIN.vsd 6..6 V. & & & & CO/BO: Bin.inp.val r7 r7 r7 r7 r7 r7 r & & 7 Function diagram MICROMASTER SE64-5BB-BP

263 Issue /6 Function Diagrams External Interfaces Digital Outputs BI: Fct. of DOUT P7.C (5:) BI: Fct. of DOUT P7.C (5:7) BI: Fct. of DOUT P7.C (:) Invert DOUTs... 7 P748 () CO/BO: State DOUTs r747 r Invert DOUTs... 7 P748 () CO/BO: State DOUTs r747 r Invert DOUTs... 7 P748 () CO/BO: State DOUTs r747 r COM NO NC Kl. Kl.9 Kl.8 COM Kl. NO Kl. COM NO NC Kl.5 Kl.4 Kl. 6 _DOUT.vsd 6..6 V. 7 Function diagram MICROMASTER SE64-5BB-BP 6

264 Function Diagrams Issue /6 Type of ADC... 4 P756 [] () A Switching bipolar unipolar D External Interfaces Analog Input (ADC) Smooth time ADC... [ms] P75 [] () Type of ADC... 4 P756 [] () Value x:adc scal P757 [] () Value x:adc scal P759 [] () ADC deadband width... P76 [] () Value y:adc scal [%] P76 [] (.) Value y:adc scal [%] P758 [] (.) ADC after scal.[%] [%] r754 [] V or ma Analog input % % ASP max y y ASP min x d 4 h x x V ma x % V ma CO:ADC scal[4h] r755 [] Digit Volts or ma Act.ADC inp.[v/ma] r75 [] Type of ADC... 4 P756 [] () 5 % of P76 Delay on sig. loss... [ms] P76 [] () BO: ADC status Wd r75, T Warning, signal lost (F8).7.9 V CO/BO: Bin.inp.val r7 r7.6 r _ADC.vsd 6..6 V. 7 Function diagram MICROMASTER SE64-5BB-BP

265 Issue /6 Function Diagrams CI: DAC (:) P77 [] Smooth time DAC... [ms] P77 [] () Enable ab. value... P775 [] () Value y:dac scal.... P78 [] () Value y:dac scal.... P778 [] () x(t) External Interfaces Analog Output (DAC) Type of DAC... P776 [] () ma y% ma y y P78 4 Value x:dac scal [%] P777 [] (.) 4 h ma x DAC deadband width... P78 [] () Value x:dac scal [%] P779 [] (.) Act. DAC value[ma] r774 [] x Analog output D % xma % A CO/BO: DAC stat Wd r785 r785 6 VisioDocument 6..6 V. 7 Function diagram MICROMASTER SE64-5BB-BP 65

266 Function Diagrams Issue /6 Activation of the raise and lower keys is only effective if the operating display (r) is selected, a changeover to the value display has taken place with the toggle key and the unit is in the "Operation" status. CO/BO: BOP CtrlWd Raise motor potentiometer from BOP.D.D POWER ON Seven-segment display Raise key Toggle key Reversing key ON key OFF key JOG key Program key Lower key r9 r9 CO/BO: BOP CtrlWd Lower motor potentiometer from BOP.E.E r9 r9 Toggle key to operating system, fault acknowledgement Access parameters Actuation of sevensegment display CO/BO: BOP CtrlWd Positive direction of rotation from BOP Q Priority RESET SET Priority RESET SET Reset command POWER ON Operating display (r) selected and operation= of sequence control Function diagram MICROMASTER _BOP.vsd 6..6 V. External Interfaces Basic Operator Panel (BOP) 4 5 Q Basic Operator Panel BOP Fn P jog.b.b r9 r9 SET (Q=) & RESET (Q=) & CO/BO: BOP CtrlWd Q 5 V 5 V 5 V SET (Q=) Fn 5 V P 5 V Q 5 V RESET (Q=) 5 V.. r9 r9 Set command ON/OFF, OFF, OFF from BOP 66 6SE64-5BB-BP

267 Issue /6 Function Diagrams RxD Receive telegram Receive PZD BCC PKW ADR LGE STX Bit = Change par. via... 5 P97 (5) USS baudrate 4... P [] (6) All parameters: Index = => BOP link USS address... P [] () USS PZD length... 8 P [] () USS configuration USS PKW length... 7 P [] (7) USS telegram T_off [ms] P4 [] () External Interfaces USS on BOP link, Receiving PKW PZD r [] [] [] [] [4] [5] [6] [7] Bit must be set in the first PZD word of the telegram received via USS so that the converter will accept the process data as being valid. For this reason, the control word must be transferred to the converter in the first PZD word. 4 5 BO: CtrlWd <- BOP r BO: CtrlWd <- BOP r 6 5_USSonBOP.vsd 6..6 V. Bit ON/OFF Bit OFF: Electrical stop Bit OFF: Fast stop Bit Pulse enable Bit4 RFG enable Bit5 RFG start Bit6 Setpoint enable Bit7 Fault acknowledge Bit8 JOG right Bit9 JOG left Bit Control from PLC Bit Reverse (setpoint inversion) Bit Motor potentiometer MOP up Bit4 Motor potentiometer MOP down Bit5 CDS Bit (Local/Remote) Bit Fixed frequency Bit Bit Fixed frequency Bit Bit Fixed frequency Bit Bit Fixed frequency Bit Bit4 Drive data set (DDS) Bit Bit5 Drive data set (DDS) Bit Bit8 PID enabled Bit9 DC brake enabled Bit Droop Bit Torque control Bit External fault Bit5 Command data set (CDS) Bit 7 Function diagram MICROMASTER SE64-5BB-BP 67

268 Function Diagrams Issue /6 Bit Drive ready Bit Drive ready to run Bit Drive running Bit Drive fault active Bit4 OFF active Bit5 OFF active Bit6 ON inhibit active Bit7 Drive warning active Bit8 Deviation setpoint / act. value Bit9 PZD control Bit Maximum frequency reached Bit Warning: Motor current Bit Motor holding brake active Bit Motor overload Bit4 Motor runs right Bit5 Inverter overload Bit DC brake active Bit Act. freq. r > P67 (f_off) Bit Act. freq. r > P8 (f_min) Bit Act. current r7 >= P7 Bit4 Act. freq. r >= P55 (f_) Bit5 Act. freq. r < P55 (f_) Bit6 Act. freq. r >= setpoint Bit7 Act. Vdc r6 < P7 Bit8 Act. Vdc r6 > P7 Bit9 Ramping finished Bit PID output r94 == P9 (PID_min) Bit PID output r94 == P9 (PID_max) Bit4 Download data set from AOP Bit5 Download data set from AOP External Interfaces USS on BOP link, Transmitting CO/BO: Act StatWd r5 r5 CO: f_act filt [Hz] r CO/BO: Act StatWd r5 r5 4 P6 [] [] [] [] [4] [5] [6] [7] P6[] = 5 P6[] = P6[] = 5 are default settings PKW PZD Transmit Transmit telegram PZD BCC PKW ADR Bit = Change par. via... 5 P97 (5) USS baudrate 4... P [] (6) USS address... P [] () All parameters: Index = => BOP link USS PZD length... 8 P [] () USS PKW length... 7 P [] (7) USS telegram T_off [ms] P4 [] () 6 5_USSonBOP.vsd 6..6 V. 7 Function diagram MICROMASTER 44 TxD LGE STX USS configuration SE64-5BB-BP

269 Issue /6 Function Diagrams RxD Receive telegram Receive PZD BCC PKW ADR LGE STX Bit = Change par. via... 5 P97 (5) USS baudrate 4... P [] (6) All parameters: Index = => COM link USS address... P [] () USS PZD length... 8 P [] () USS configuration USS PKW length... 7 P [] (7) USS telegram T_off [ms] P4 [] () External Interfaces USS on COM link, Receiving PKW PZD r [] [] [] [] [4] [5] [6] [7] Bit must be set in the first PZD word of the telegram received via USS so that the converter will accept the process data as being valid. For this reason, the control word must be transferred to the converter in the first PZD word. 4 5 BO: CtrlWd <- COM r6 BO: CtrlWd <- COM r7 6 6_USSonCOM.vsd 6..6 V. Bit ON/OFF Bit OFF: Electrical stop Bit OFF: Fast stop Bit Pulse enable Bit4 RFG enable Bit5 RFG start Bit6 Setpoint enable Bit7 Fault acknowledge Bit8 JOG right Bit9 JOG left Bit Control from PLC Bit Reverse (setpoint inversion) Bit Motor potentiometer MOP up Bit4 Motor potentiometer MOP down Bit5 CDS Bit (Local/Remote) Bit Fixed frequency Bit Bit Fixed frequency Bit Bit Fixed frequency Bit Bit Fixed frequency Bit Bit4 Drive data set (DDS) Bit Bit5 Drive data set (DDS) Bit Bit8 PID enabled Bit9 DC brake enabled Bit Droop Bit Torque control Bit External fault Bit5 Command data set (CDS) Bit 7 Function diagram MICROMASTER SE64-5BB-BP 69

270 Function Diagrams Issue /6 Bit Drive ready Bit Drive ready to run Bit Drive running Bit Drive fault active Bit4 OFF active Bit5 OFF active Bit6 ON inhibit active Bit7 Drive warning active Bit8 Deviation setpoint / act. value Bit9 PZD control Bit Maximum frequency reached Bit Warning: Motor current Bit Motor holding brake active Bit Motor overload Bit4 Motor runs right Bit5 Inverter overload Bit DC brake active Bit Act. freq. r > P67 (f_off) Bit Act. freq. r > P8 (f_min) Bit Act. current r7 >= P7 Bit4 Act. freq. r >= P55 (f_) Bit5 Act. freq. r < P55 (f_) Bit6 Act. freq. r >= setpoint Bit7 Act. Vdc r6 < P7 Bit8 Act. Vdc r6 > P7 Bit9 Ramping finished Bit PID output r94 == P9 (PID_min) Bit PID output r94 == P9 (PID_max) Bit4 Download data set from AOP Bit5 Download data set from AOP External Interfaces USS on COM link, Transmitting CO/BO: Act StatWd r5 r5 CO: f_act filt [Hz] r CO/BO: Act StatWd r5 r5 4 P9 [] [] [] [] [4] [5] [6] [7] P9[] = 5 P9[] = P9[] = 5 are default settings PKW PZD Transmit Transmit telegram PZD BCC PKW ADR Bit = Change par. via... 5 P97 (5) USS baudrate 4... P [] (6) USS address... P [] () All parameters: Index = => COM link USS PZD length... 8 P [] () USS PKW length... 7 P [] (7) USS telegram T_off [ms] P4 [] () 6 6_USSonCOM.vsd 6..6 V. 7 Function diagram MICROMASTER 44 TxD LGE STX USS configuration SE64-5BB-BP

271 Issue /6 Function Diagrams RxD Receive telegram Receive PZD CB-Frame PKW CB-Frame Bit = Change par. via... 5 P97 (5) CB tel. off time [ms] P4 () CB configuration CB parameter P4 [5] () External Interfaces CB on COM link, Receiving PKW PZD [] r5 [] [] [] [4] [5] [6] [7] Bit must be set in the first PZD word of the telegram received via USS so that the converter will accept the process data as being valid. For this reason, the control word must be transferred to the converter in the first PZD word. 4 5 BO: CtrlWd <- CB r9 BO: CtrlWd <- CB r9 6 7_CBonCOM.vsd 6..6 V. Bit ON/OFF Bit OFF: Electrical stop Bit OFF: Fast stop Bit Pulse enable Bit4 RFG enable Bit5 RFG start Bit6 Setpoint enable Bit7 Fault acknowledge Bit8 JOG right Bit9 JOG left Bit Control from PLC Bit Reverse (setpoint inversion) Bit Motor potentiometer MOP up Bit4 Motor potentiometer MOP down Bit5 CDS Bit (Local/Remote) Bit Fixed frequency Bit Bit Fixed frequency Bit Bit Fixed frequency Bit Bit Fixed frequency Bit Bit4 Drive data set (DDS) Bit Bit5 Drive data set (DDS) Bit Bit8 PID enabled Bit9 DC brake enabled Bit Droop Bit Torque control Bit External fault Bit5 Command data set (CDS) Bit 7 Function diagram MICROMASTER SE64-5BB-BP 7

272 Function Diagrams Issue /6 Bit Drive ready Bit Drive ready to run Bit Drive running Bit Drive fault active Bit4 OFF active Bit5 OFF active Bit6 ON inhibit active Bit7 Drive warning active Bit8 Deviation setpoint / act. value Bit9 PZD control Bit Maximum frequency reached Bit Warning: Motor current Bit Motor holding brake active Bit Motor overload Bit4 Motor runs right Bit5 Inverter overload Bit DC brake active Bit Act. freq. r > P67 (f_off) Bit Act. freq. r > P8 (f_min) Bit Act. current r7 >= P7 Bit4 Act. freq. r >= P55 (f_) Bit5 Act. freq. r < P55 (f_) Bit6 Act. freq. r >= setpoint Bit7 Act. Vdc r6 < P7 Bit8 Act. Vdc r6 > P7 Bit9 Ramping finished Bit PID output r94 == P9 (PID_min) Bit PID output r94 == P9 (PID_max) Bit4 Download data set from AOP Bit5 Download data set from AOP External Interfaces CB on COM link, Transmitting CO/BO: Act StatWd r5 r5 CO: f_act filt [Hz] r CO/BO: Act StatWd r5 r5 4 P5 [] [] [] [] [4] [5] [6] [7] P5[] = 5 P5[] = P5[] = 5 are default settings PKW PZD Transmit Transmit telegram PZD CB-Frame PKW Bit = Change par. via... 5 P97 (5) CB tel. off time [ms] P4 () CB parameter P4 [5] () 6 7_CBonCOM.vsd 6..6 V. 7 Function diagram MICROMASTER 44 TxD CB-Frame CB configuration SE64-5BB-BP

273 Issue /6 Function Diagrams BI: ON/OFF P84.C (7:) BI: Enable MOP(UP) P5.C (9:) BI:Enable MOP(DWN) P6.C (9:4) MOP setpoint [Hz] P4.D (5.) MOP output start value control MOP setp. memory... P.D () Max. frequency [Hz] P8.D (5.) MOP RFG - & Internal Setpoint Source _MOP.vsd Motor Potentiometer (MOP) 6..6 V. Inh. neg. MOP setp... P () CO: MOP outp.freq. r5 7 Function diagram MICROMASTER SE64-5BB-BP 7

274 Function Diagrams Issue /6 BI: FF sel. Bit P.C (:) FF mode - Bit... P6.C (), BI: FF sel. Bit P.C (:) FF mode - Bit... P7.C (), BI: FF sel. Bit P.C (:) FF mode - Bit... P8.C (), BI: FF sel. Bit P.C (7:) FF mode - Bit... P9.C (), BI: FF sel. Bit 4 P6.C (7:4) FF mode - Bit 4... P5.C (), BI: FF sel. Bit 5 P8.C (7:5) FF mode - Bit 5... P7.C (), Internal Setpoint Source Fixed Frequency (FF) bit coded Fixed frequency [Hz] P.D (.) Fixed frequency [Hz] P.D (5.) Fixed frequency [Hz] P.D (.) Fixed frequency [Hz] P4.D (5.) Fixed frequency [Hz] P5.D (.) Fixed frequency [Hz] P6.D (5.) 4 (P6 - P9, P5, P7 = or ) FF mode - Bit... P6.C () FF mode - Bit... P8.C () FF mode - Bit 4... P5.C () _FF.vsd 6..6 V. FF mode - Bit... P7.C () FF mode - Bit... P9.C () FF mode - Bit 5... P7.C () 7 Function diagram MICROMASTER 44 ON/OFF CO: Act. FF r SE64-5BB-BP

275 Issue /6 Function Diagrams BI: FF sel. Bit P.C (:) FF mode - Bit... P6.C (), BI: FF sel. Bit P.C (:) FF mode - Bit... P7.C (), BI: FF sel. Bit P.C (:) FF mode - Bit... P8.C (), BI: FF sel. Bit P.C (7:) FF mode - Bit... P9.C (), Internal Setpoint Source Fixed Frequency (FF) binary coded Fixed frequency [Hz] P.D (.)... Fixed frequency [Hz] P4.D (5.) Fixed frequency [Hz] P5.D (.) Fixed frequency [Hz] P6.D (5.)... Fixed frequency [Hz] P5.D (65.) (P6 - P9 = ) _FF.vsd 6..6 V. : If all FF mode selections equal (P6 = P7 = P8 = P9 = ) : For all other cases ON/OFF OFF CO: Act. FF r4 7 Function diagram MICROMASTER SE64-5BB-BP 75

276 Function Diagrams Issue /6 BI:PID setp->bit P.C (:) Fix.PID setp.bit... P6.C (), BI:PID setp->bit P.C (:) Fix.PID setp.bit... P7.C (), BI:PID setp->bit P.C (:) Fix.PID setp.bit... P8.C (), BI:PID setp->bit P.C (7:) Fix.PID setp.bit... P9.C (), BI:PID setp->bit 4 P6.C (7:4) Fix.PID setp.bit 4... P5.C (), BI:PID setp->bit 5 P8.C (7:5) Fix.PID setp.bit 5... P7.C (), Internal Setpoint Source Fixed PID setpoint, bit coded Fixed PID setp [%] P.D (.) Fixed PID setp [%] P.D (.) Fixed PID setp [%] P.D (.) Fixed PID setp [%] P4.D (.) Fixed PID setp [%] P5.D (4.) Fixed PID setp [%] P6.D (5.) 4 (P6 - P9, P5, P7 = or ) Fix.PID setp.bit... P6.C () Fix.PID setp.bit... P8.C () Fix.PID setp.bit 4... P5.C () _FPID.vsd 6..6 V. Fix.PID setp.bit... P7.C () Fix.PID setp.bit... P9.C () Fix.PID setp.bit 5... P7.C () 7 Function diagram MICROMASTER 44 ON/OFF CO: Fixed.PID setp r SE64-5BB-BP

277 Issue /6 Function Diagrams BI:PID setp->bit P.C (:) Fix.PID setp.bit... P6.C (), BI:PID setp->bit P.C (:) Fix.PID setp.bit... P7.C (), BI:PID setp->bit P.C (:) Fix.PID setp.bit... P8.C (), BI:PID setp->bit P.C (7:) Fix.PID setp.bit... P9.C (), Internal Setpoint Source Fixed PID setpoint, binary coded Fixed PID setp [%] P.D (.)... Fixed PID setp [%] P4.D (.) Fixed PID setp [%] P5.D (4.) Fixed PID setp [%] P6.D (5.)... Fixed PID setp [%] P5.D (.) (P6 - P9 = ) _FPID.vsd 6..6 V. : If all FF mode selections equal (P6 = P7 = P8 = P9 = ) : For all other cases ON/OFF OFF CO: Fixed.PID setp r4 7 Function diagram MICROMASTER SE64-5BB-BP 77

278 Function Diagrams Issue /6 BI: PID-MOP (UP) P5.C (9:) BI: PID-MOP (DWN) P6.C (9:4) Rated frequency [Hz] P.D (5.) % Setp. of PID-MOP [%] P4.D (.) PID-MOP setp. mem.... P.D () PID-MOP output start value control Inh. neg. PID-MOP... P () Max. frequency [Hz] % P8.D (5.) PID-MOP RFG - CO: MOP outp. setp r Internal Setpoint Source 4_PIDMOP.vsd PID Motor Potentiometer (PID-MOP) 6..6 V. 7 Function diagram MICROMASTER SE64-5BB-BP

279 Issue /6 Function Diagrams f_act >= P67 (f_off) f_act f_act > P8 (f_min) f_act I_act >= P7 (I_thresh) Technology Functions Monitoring SwOff freq. f_off..... [Hz] P67.D (.) no Brake selected Brake closed (on ramp down) Delay time T_off... [ms] P68.D () & T Tconst. freq. filt... [ms] P5.D (5) 4 5 Min. frequency [Hz] P8.D (.) 6 4_SW.vsd 6..6 V. 7 Function diagram MICROMASTER 44 CO/BO: Act StatWd r5 r { I_act I_act < P7 I_act Threshold current [%] P7.D (.) Threshold current [%] P7.D (.) T Delay time current... [ms] P7.D () T Delay time current... [ms] P7.D () Hyst. freq. f_hys..... [Hz] P5.D (.) CO/BO: Monitor Wd r97 r97.5 CO/BO: Act StatWd r5 r5. CO/BO: Monitor Wd r97 r97. CO/BO: Act StatWd r5 r5. CO/BO: Monitor Wd r97 r97.8 CO/BO: Monitor Wd r98 r98.8 6SE64-5BB-BP 79

280 Function Diagrams Issue /6 f_act > P55 (f_) f_act <= P55 (f_) f_act >= f_set Technology Functions Monitoring Tconst. freq. filt... [ms] P5.D (5) Threshold freq f_ [Hz] P55.D (.) Hyst. freq. f_hys..... [Hz] P5.D (.) 4 T Delay time of f_... [ms] P56.D () Threshold freq f_ [Hz] P55.D (.) T Hyst. freq. f_hys..... [Hz] P5.D (.) Delay time of f_... [ms] P56.D () 6 5 4_SW.vsd 6..6 V. CO/BO: Act StatWd r5 r5.4 CO/BO: Act StatWd r5 r5 7 Function diagram MICROMASTER { CO/BO: Monitor Wd r97 r97..5 CO/BO: Monitor Wd r97 r97. { Vdc_act < P7 Vdc_act > P7 f_act f_act + _ f_set - { Hyst. freq. f_hys..... [Hz] P5.D (.) Hyst. freq. f_hys..... [Hz] P5.D (.) CO/BO: Act StatWd r5 r5.6 CO/BO: Monitor Wd r97 r97.4 CO/BO: Act StatWd r5 r5.4 CO/BO: Monitor Wd r97 r97. { f_act > Vdc_act Vdc threshold... [V] P7.D (8) Vdc delay time... [ms] P7.D () T Vdc delay time... [ms] P7.D () T CO/BO: Act StatWd r5 r5.7 CO/BO: Monitor Wd r97 r97.9 CO/BO: Act StatWd r5 r5.8 CO/BO: Monitor Wd r97 r SE64-5BB-BP

281 Issue /6 Function Diagrams BI:. OFF P844.C (:) BI:. OFF P845.C (9:) BI:. OFF P848.C (:) BI:. OFF P849.C (:) BI:. Faults ackn P.C (7:) BOP/AOP via "Fn" BI:. Faults ackn P4.C (:) Seven-segment display Segment Bit 5 4 Segment Bit Technology Functions Control word (r54) & & 9 8 BI: ON/OFF P84.C (7:) BI:ON reverse/off P84.C (:) BI: Pulse enabling P85.C (:) BI: RFG enable P4.C (:) BI: RFG start P4.C (:) BI:RFG enable setp P4.C (:) BI: Enable JOG -> P55.C (:) BI: Enable JOG <- P56.C (:) BI:ON reverse/off P84.C (:) BI: Reverse P.C (7:) (9:) BI: Enable MOP(UP) P5.C (9:4) BI:Enable MOP(DWN) P6.C BI: CDS b loc/rem P8 (:) Bit No Parameter r54 Meaning = ON/OFF, Shutdown via ramp, followed by pulse disable = ON, operating condition (edge-controlled) = OFF: Electrical stop, pulse disable, motor coasts down = Operating condition = OFF: Fast stop = Operating condition = Pulse enable = Pulse disable = RFG enable = Set RFG to = RFG start = Stop RFG = RFG setpoint enable = Setpoint disable = No = Fault acknowledge = NO = JOG right = NO = JOG left = Control from PLC = No control from PLC = Reverse (setpoint inversion) = Revers disabled reserved = NO = Motor potentiometer MOP up = NO = Motor potentiometer MOP down = NO = CDS Bit (local/remote) _STW.vsd 6..6 V. CO/BO: Act CtrlWd r54 r54 Sequence control ) Braking control Setpoint channel Sequence control ) Braking control Sequence control ) Braking control Setpoint channel Sequence control ) Setpoint channel All bits = --> drive runs Setpoint channel Setpoint channel Sequence control ) Sequence control ) Setpoint channel Sequence control ) Setpoint channel This bit must be set in the first PZD word of the telegram received from serial interfaces, so that the converter will accept the process data as being valid (compare USS, PROFIBUS, etc.) Setpoint channel Setpoint channel Setpoint channel Sequence control ) ) The sequence control is the internal control (software) for realizing the inverter status (r) 7 Function diagram MICROMASTER SE64-5BB-BP 8

282 Function Diagrams Issue /6 BI: ON/OFF P84.C (7:) BI:ON reverse/off P84.C (:) Droop input source... P488.D () Enable droop... P49.D () Seven-segment display Segment Bit 5 4 Segment Bit Technology Functions Control word (r55) 9 8 & BI: FF sel. Bit P.C (:) BI: FF sel. Bit P.C (:) BI: FF sel. Bit P.C (:) (7:) BI: FF sel. Bit P.C BI: DDS bit P8 (:) BI: DDS bit P8 (:) BI: Enab. PID ctrl P.C (:) BI: Enable DC brk. P.C (:) BI:-> torque ctrl. P5.C (:) BI: External fault P6.C (:) BI: CDS bit P8 (:) Parameter r55 Bit No. Meaning = NO = Fixed frequency Bit = NO = Fixed frequency Bit = NO = Fixed frequency Bit = NO = Fixed frequency Bit 4 = NO = Drive data set (DDS) Bit 5 = NO = Drive data set (DDS) Bit 6 reserved 7 reserved 8 = NO = PID enabled 9 = NO = DC brake enabled reserved = NO = Droop (only SLVC/VC) = NO = Torque control (only SLVC/VC) = External fault = No external fault 4 reserved 5 = NO = Command data set (CDS) Bit _STW.vsd V. CO/BO: Act CtrlWd r55 r55 Fixed frequencies Fixed frequencies Fixed frequencies Fixed frequencies Sequence control ) Sequence control ) PID control DC braking control Speed control Speed/torque control Sequence control ) Sequence control ) ) The sequence control is the internal control (software) for realizing the drive status (r) 7 Function diagram MICROMASTER SE64-5BB-BP

283 Issue /6 Function Diagrams Seven-segment display Segment Bit Segment Bit Technology Functions Status word (r5) Sequence control ) Sequence control ) Sequence control ) Sequence control ) Sequence control ) Sequence control ) Sequence control ) Alarm processing Messages Sequence control ) Messages Messages Braking control Messages Messages Messages Parameter r5 Bit No. Meaning = Drive ready = Drive not ready = Drive ready to run (DC link loaded, pulses disabled) = Drive not ready to run = Drive running (voltage at output terminals) = Pulses disabled = Drive fault active (pulses disabled) = No fault 4 = OFF active = No OFF 5 = OFF active = No OFF 6 = ON inhibit active = No On inhibit (possible to switch on) 7 = Drive warning active = No warning 8 = Deviation setpoint / act. value = No deviation setpoint / act. Value 9 = PZD control (always ) = Maximum frequency reached = Maximum frequency not reached = Warning: Motor current limit = Motor current limit not reached = Motor holding brake active = Motor holding brake not active = Motor overload = No Motor overload 4 = Motor runs right = Motor does not run right 5 = Inverter overload = No inverter overload _ZSW.vsd 6..6 V. CO/BO: Act StatWd r5 r5 r5 P7..P7 r5. (x.x) Signal "Fault active" is inverted by MICROMASTER if connected to a digital output which means that the relay will be in the de-energised state. ) The sequence control is the internal control (software) for realizing the drive status (r) 7 Function diagram MICROMASTER SE64-5BB-BP 8

284 Function Diagrams Issue /6 Seven-segment display Segment Bit Segment Bit Technology Functions Status word (r5) Braking control Alarm processing Messages Alarm processing Messages Messages Messages Messages Alarm processing Sequence control ) Messages Messages Sequence control ) Sequence control ) Parameter r5 Bit No. Meaning = DC brake active = DC brake not active = f_act > P67 (f_off) = f_act >= P8 (f_min) = Act. current r7 >= P7 4 = f_act > P55 (f_) 5 = f_act <= P55 (f_) 6 = f_act >= setpoint 7 = Act. Vdc r6 < P7 8 = Act. Vdc r6 > P7 9 = Ramping finished = PID output r94 == P9 (PID_min) = PID output r94 == P9 (PID_max) reserved reserved 4 Download data set from AOP 5 Download data set from AOP _ZSW.vsd 6..6 V. CO/BO: Act StatWd r5 r5 ) The sequence control is the internal control (software) for realizing the drive status (r) 7 Function diagram MICROMASTER SE64-5BB-BP

285 Issue /6 Function Diagrams CO: Act. Vdc [V] r7 CO: Vdc-max ON lev [V] Vdc controller... P4.D (),, Vdc-max dyn. fact.... [%] P4.D () Int. time Vdc ctrl..... [ms] P5.D (4.) Gain of Vdc ctrl P5.D (.) r4 CO: Act. Vdc [V] CO: KIB ON level [V] r46 [] r7 Vdc controller... P4.D (),, Diff.time Vdc ctrl..... [ms] P5.D (.) 4 5 Control mode... P.D () < 6 46.vsd 6..6 V. CO/BO:Stat MotCtrl r56 r56.4 r56.5 KIB ON level [%] P45.D (76) Dyn. factor of KIP... [%] P47.D () Vdc ctrl outp. lim [Hz] P5.D (.) Supply voltage... [V] P () f(v DC ) Technology Functions Vdc Control (max, min) FP 6 isq(v DC ) FP 79 7 Function diagram MICROMASTER SE64-5BB-BP 85

286 Function Diagrams Issue /6 AND Elements with Inputs P8 P8[] P8 Index Index & r8 P8 P8[] P8 Index Index & r8 P8 P8[] P84 Index Index & r85 XOR Elements with Inputs P8 P8[6] P8 Index Index = r8 P8 P8[7] P84 Index Index = r85 P8 P8[8] P86 Index Index = r87 Free Blocks AND-, OR-, XOR- and NOT- Elements 4 5 OR Elements with Inputs P8 P8[] P86 Index Index r87 P8 P8[4] P88 Index Index r89 P8 P8[5] P8 Index Index r8 NOT Elements with Input P8 P8[9] P88 Index r89 P8 P8[] P8 Index r8 P8 P8[] P8 Index r8 6 48_FreeBlocks.vsd 6..6 V. 7 Function diagram MICROMASTER SE64-5BB-BP

287 Issue /6 Function Diagrams Free Blocks FlipFlops P84 Index Index Index Index POWER ON P87 Index Index Index Index POWER ON D FlipFlops RS FlipFlops P8 P8[] P8 P8[4] SET (Q=) D Q r85 P84 Index Index SET (Q=) Q r84 STORE Q r86 POWER ON RESET (Q=) Q r84 RESET (Q=) P84 Index Index P8 P8[5] SET (Q=) Q r844 P8 P8[] POWER ON RESET (Q=) Q r845 SET (Q=) D Q r88 P8 P8[6] RESET (Q=) STORE Q r89 P846 Index Index POWER ON SET (Q=) RESET (Q=) Q Q r847 r _FreeBlocks.vsd 6..6 V. 7 Function diagram MICROMASTER SE64-5BB-BP 87

288 Function Diagrams Issue /6 P849 Index P854 Index Free Blocks Timers P8 P8[] P85 (.)...6. s ON Delay T OFF Delay T ON/OFF Delay T T Pulse Gernerator T P8 P8[] P855 (.)...6. s ON Delay T OFF Delay T ON/OFF Delay T T Pulse Gernerator T P85() Mode P856() Mode r85 r85 r857 r858 4 Timers s 4 5 P859 Index P864 Index P8 P8[] P86 (.)...6. s P86() Mode ON Delay T OFF Delay T ON/OFF Delay T T Pulse Gernerator T r86 r86 P8 P8[] P865 (.)...6. s P866() Mode ON Delay T OFF Delay T ON/OFF Delay T T Pulse Gernerator T r867 r _FreeBlocks.vsd 6..6 V. 7 Function diagram MICROMASTER SE64-5BB-BP

289 Issue /6 Function Diagrams Adders with Inputs ( Word) Subtracters with Inputs ( Word) P8 P8[4] P8 P8[6] P869 Index x Index x x + x % r87 - % P87 Index x Index x x - x % - % P8 P8[5] P8 P8[7] P87 Index x Index x x + x % r87 - % P875 Index x Index x x - x % - % Dividers ( Word) Word Compare P8 P8[] P8 P8[] P88 Index Index x x x % x % - % r88 P885 Index Index x x CMP Out = x x P8 P8[] r886 P88 Index x Index x P8 P8[] % r884 - % P887 Index x r888 Index x CMP Out = x x x % x 4 5 Free Blocks Adders, Subtracters, Multipliers, Dividers, Comparators, Setting in % r874 r876 P877 Index Index P879 Index Index 6 48_FreeBlocks4.vsd 6..6 V. Multipliers ( Word) P8 P8[8] x % x x x % - % P8 P8[9] x % x x x % - % Connector Setting in % P889 P89 7 Function diagram MICROMASTER 44 r878 r SE64-5BB-BP 89

290 Function Diagrams Issue /6 MOD BI: Enable JOG -> P55.C (:) BI: Enable JOG <- P56.C (:) CI: Main setpoint (755:) P7.C CI: Main setp scal P7.C BI: Disab.add.setp P74.C CI: Add. setp.scal P76.C (:) CI: Add. setpoint P75.C (:) (:) (:) + + CO: Tot. freq.setp [Hz] r78 JOG frequency -> [Hz] P58.D (5.) JOG frequency < [Hz] P59.D (5.) CI:PID trim source P54.C CI: PID setpoint P5.C (:) (:) PID controller CI: PID feedback (755:) P64.C BI: Enab. PID ctrl P.C (:) Overview Setpoint channel and Motor control SUM/JOG selection P9 P9 AFM r94 CO: Act.PID output [%] PID mode... P5 () 4 P8 P8 & PID mode... P5 () PID output scale P95 (.) & RFG 5 Control mode... P.D () P8 *) < 6 5_Overview.vsd 6..6 V. 6 V/f control Flux setpoint Speed / torque control Current control + P8 *) r7 CO:Setp. after RFG [Hz] 79 Motor model Motor identification *) only effective, if PID trim is activated 7 Function diagram MICROMASTER SE64-5BB-BP

291 Issue /6 Function Diagrams CI:PID trim source P54.C (:) PID trim gain fact..... P56 (.) PID setp. ramp-up [s] P57 (.) CI: PID setpoint P5.C (:) + + PID setp.gain fact..... P55 (.) PID setp. ramp-dwn [s] P58 (.) Fdbck.filt. Tconst [s] P65 (.) PID fdbck max. val [%] P67 (.) CI: PID feedback P64.C (755:) r66 CO: PID filt.fdbck [%] PID fdbck min. val [%] P68 (.) P = BI: Enable PID controller P5 = PID mode ( = PID as setpoint, = PID as trim) P5 = PID autotune enable P54 = PID tuning timeout length P55 = PID tuning offset Setpoint Channel PID controller PID setp.filt.tcon [s] P6 (.) PID ctrl. type... P6 () PID prop. gain P8 (.) PID integral time [s] P85 (.) CO: PID setp <-RFG r6 CO: Filt. PID setp r6 + - d dt Kp Tn y x PID deriv. time [s] P74 (.) r7 CO: PID error y PID feedback gain P69 (.) PID fdbck fnct sel... P7 () x PID trans. type... P7 () r7 CO: PID scal fdbck [%] PID outp.upper lim [%] P9 (.) PID lim. ramp time..... [s] P9 (.) PID outp.lower lim [%] P9 (.) _PID.vsd 6..6 V. 7 Function diagram MICROMASTER 44 CO/BO: Act StatWd r5 r5 r5.. r94 CO: Act.PID output SE64-5BB-BP 9

292 Function Diagrams Issue /6 BI: Inh. neg. setp P.C (:) JOG BI: Reverse P.C (7:) SUM or PID controller SUM/JOG selection - No evaluation with PID r79 CO: Sel. freq.setp Setpoint channel Additional Frequency Modifications (AFM) 4 Skip frequency [Hz] P9.D (.) Skip frequency [Hz] P94.D (.) Skip frequency [Hz] P9.D (.) Skip frequency [Hz] P9.D (.) Max. frequency [Hz] P8.D (5.) f OUT Resultant max freq [Hz] r84 y x RFG Bandwidth Skip frequency f IN r9 CO:Setp before RFG r4 CO:Setp<-dir.ctrl. Skipfreq bandwidth..... [Hz] P.D (.) Min. frequency [Hz] P8.D (.) 5 6 5_AFM.vsd 6..6 V. 7 Function diagram MICROMASTER SE64-5BB-BP

293 Issue /6 Function Diagrams Ramp-up ini. Trnd [s] P.D (.) Ramp-up final Trnd [s] P.D (.) Ramp-dwn ini. Trnd [s] P.D (.) Ramp-dwn fin. Trnd [s] P.D (.) Rounding type... P4.D () f from AFM CO:Setp before RFG [Hz] r9 fx fy BI: RFG start P4.C (:) BI:RFG enable setp P4.C (:) (Freeze y) Stop RFG Bring RFG to a standstill P Ramp-up time [s] P.D (.) P P P Ramp-down time [s] P.D (.) t BI: RFG enable P4.C (:) = Enable RFG = Set RFG to zero POWER ON fy = PID trim Setpoint Channel 5_RFG.vsd Ramp Function Generator 6..6 V. CO:Setp. after RFG [Hz] r7 + 7 Function diagram MICROMASTER SE64-5BB-BP 9

294 Function Diagrams Issue /6 from AFM PID trim 6 6_V_f.vsd n/f(max) + control reserve Frequency output to modulator 7 Function diagram MICROMASTER active active RFG + r9 CO:Setp before RFG Motor ovl fact [%] [%] P64.D (5.) CI: Voltage setp. P.C (:) Rated mot. current..... [A] P5.D (.5) Motor temperature Inverter temperature i t inverter Imax controller setpoint r67 CO: Outp cur limit [A] Current feedback r68 CO: Output current [A] P V/f characteristic + FCC + Voltage boost P... P V/f Control Overview of V/f Control + Control mode... P.D () 9 4 P Flying start Imax frequency ctrl. P4 P4 Imax voltage ctrl. P45 P46 P5 Voltage build-up 5 P4 Vdmax controller P5 Slip compensation r7 CO:Setp. after RFG r6 CO: Act. frequency CO:Imax ctrl Foutp r4 CO:Imax ctrl Voutp r V. P8 Resonance damping CO: Act outp. freq r4 CO: Act.outp. volt r5 Voltage output to modulator f(vdc ) FP 46 CO/BO:Stat MotCtrl r56 r SE64-5BB-BP

295 Issue /6 Function Diagrams Speed control Sheet 75 Torque/current limit Flux setpoint Sheet 77 Current control, Observer model Sheet 79 Modulator Setpoint channel Max. frequency [Hz] P8.D (5.) Max. frequency [Hz] P8.D (5.) Gain n-ctrl (SLVC)..... P47.D (.) CO:Setp. after RFG [Hz] r7 Tn of n-ctrl. SLVC 5... [ms] P47.D (4) CO: Lower trq. lim [Nm] P5.D (-5.) Scal. low trq. lim [%] P55.D (.) Sheet 78 Motoring power lim CO: Upper trq. lim P5.D (.) [Nm] P5.D (5.) CI: Upper trq. lim (5:) P5.C CI: Lower trq. lim (5:) P5.C Motor ovl fact [%] [%] P64.D (5.) CO: Fval flux setp [%] P57.D (7.) Torque limitation Regener. power lim P5.D (-.) CO: Max. outp.volt [V] r7 x y Int.time cur. ctrl [ms] P77.D (4.) Gain current ctrl P75.D (.5) r CO: Act. cur. Isq [A] Kp Tn *) *) 4 CO: Act. outp.volt [V] r7 Voltage 6 CO: Act. Vdc [V] r7 5 CO: Output current [A] r68 Asyc. Mot. ~ Note The current injection of P6 is only calculated when the observer model is off. r5 = act. command data set (CDS) r5. = act. drive data set (DDS) *) Access level 4 **) settable via P Filter time (SLVC)... [ms] P45.D (4) Scal acc. prectrl [%] P496.D (.) Tot/mot inert.rat P4.D (.) Inertia [kg*m^]..... P4.D (.8) r6 CO: Act. frequency [Hz] Efficiency optimiz... [%] P58.D () Cont. torque boost..... [%] P6.D (5.) Acc trq boost SLVC..... [%] P6.D (.) Current model ms + + Observer r65 model CO: Slip frequency [%] r9 CO: Act. cur. Isd [A] Kp n-adapt. (SLVC) P764.D (.) *) Tn n-adapt. (SLVC)..... [ms] P767.D (4.) Pulse frequency... 6 [khz] P8 (4) r66 CO: Act. outp freq [Hz] *) Vector Control 7.vsd Overview of Speed Control without Encoder (SLVC): P = and P5 = 6..6 V. 7 Function diagram MICROMASTER SE64-5BB-BP 95

296 Function Diagrams Issue /6 Speed control Sheet 75 Torque/current limit Flux setpoint Sheet 77 Current control, Observer model Sheet 79 Modulator Setpoint channel Encoder Max. frequency [Hz] P8.D (5.) Max. frequency [Hz] P8.D (5.) Note The current injection of P6 is only calculated when the observer model is off. r5 = act. command data set (CDS) r5. = act. drive data set (DDS) *) Access level 4 **) settable via P Gain of n-ctrl P46.D (.) CO:Setp. after RFG [Hz] r7 Filter time n_act.... [ms] P44.D (4) Scal acc. prectrl [%] P496.D (.) Tot/mot inert.rat P4.D (.) Inertia [kg*m^]..... P4.D (.8) Tn of n-ctrl [ms] P46.D (4) r6 CO: Act. frequency [Hz] CO: Lower trq. lim [Nm] P5.D (-5.) Scal. low trq. lim [%] P55.D (.) Sheet 78 Motoring power lim CO: Upper trq. lim P5.D (.) [Nm] P5.D (5.) CI: Upper trq. lim (5:) P5.C CI: Lower trq. lim (5:) P5.C Motor ovl fact [%] [%] P64.D (5.) CO: Fval flux setp [%] P57.D (7.) Efficiency optimiz... [%] P58.D () Current model Torque limitation Regener. power lim P5.D (-.) CO: Max. outp.volt [V] r7 x y Int.time cur. ctrl [ms] P77.D (4.) Gain current ctrl P75.D (.5) r CO: Act. cur. Isq [A] Kp Tn + + Observer r65 model CO: Slip frequency [%] r9 CO: Act. cur. Isd [A] Kp n-adapt. (SLVC) P764.D (.) *) *) *) r7 4 CO: Act. outp.volt [V] Voltage Tn n-adapt. (SLVC)..... [ms] P767.D (4.) 6 CO: Act. Vdc [V] r7 5 CO: Output current [A] r68 Pulse frequency... 6 [khz] P8 (4) Asyc. Mot. ~ r66 CO: Act. outp freq [Hz] *) Vector Control 7.vsd Overview of Speed Control with Encoder (VC): P = and P5 = 6..6 V. 7 Function diagram MICROMASTER SE64-5BB-BP

297 Issue /6 Function Diagrams Torque/current limit Flux setpoint Sheet 77 CO: Lower trq. lim [Nm] P5.D (-5.) CO: Upper trq. lim [Nm] P5.D (5.) CI: Upper trq. lim (5:) P5.C Motoring power lim P5.D (.) Regener. power lim P5.D (-.) Current control, Observer model Sheet 79 Modulator CI: Lower trq. lim P5.C (5:) Torque limitation r59 CO:Total lw TrqLim [Nm] CI: Add. trq. setp P5.C (:) CI: Torque setp. P5.C (:) *) *) CO: Add. trq. setp [Nm] r55 CO: Torque setp. [Nm] r58 Scal. low trq. lim [%] P55.D (.) Motor ovl fact [%] [%] P64.D (5.) r67 CO: Outp cur limit [A] CO:Total up TrqLim [Nm] r58 CO: Total trq setp [Nm] r79 x y Gain current ctrl P75.D (.5) Int.time cur. ctrl [ms] P77.D (4.) *) 6 CO: Act. Vdc [V] *) r7 4 5 CO: Act. outp.volt [V] CO: Output current [A] r7 r68 *) settable via P5 Tot/mot inert.rat P4.D (.) **) The speed integrator doesn't work in the range of the observer model Inertia [kg*m^]..... P4.D (.8) Scal acc. trq ctrl [%] P499.D (.) Max. frequency [Hz] P8.D (5.) Max. frequency [Hz] P8.D (5.) CO: Act. frequency [Hz] r6 Sheet 78 CO: Fval flux setp [%] P57.D (7.) Efficiency optimiz... [%] P58.D () Cont. torque boost..... [%] P6.D (5.) Acc trq boost SLVC..... [%] P6.D (.) Current model CO: Max. outp.volt [V] r7 ms r CO: Act. cur. Isq [A] Kp Tn r9 CO: Act. cur. Isd [A] Voltage + + Observer r65 model CO: Slip frequency [%] Kp n-adapt. (SLVC) P764.D (.) *) Tn n-adapt. (SLVC)..... [ms] P767.D (4.) Pulse frequency... 6 [khz] P8 (4) Asyc. Mot. ~ r66 CO: Act. outp freq [Hz] *) Vector Control 7.vsd Overview of Torque Control without Encoder: P = or P = and P5 = 6..6 V. 7 Function diagram MICROMASTER SE64-5BB-BP 97

298 Function Diagrams Issue /6 Torque/current limit Flux setpoint Sheet 77 CO: Lower trq. lim [Nm] P5.D (-5.) CO: Upper trq. lim [Nm] P5.D (5.) CI: Lower trq. lim (5:) P5.C CI: Upper trq. lim P5.C (5:) Motoring power lim P5.D (.) Torque limitation Regener. power lim P5.D (-.) r59 CO:Total lw TrqLim [Nm] Current control, Observer model Sheet 79 Modulator CI: Add. trq. setp P5.C (:) CI: Torque setp. P5.C (:) *) *) CO: Add. trq. setp [Nm] r55 CO: Torque setp. [Nm] r58 Scal. low trq. lim [%] P55.D (.) Motor ovl fact [%] [%] P64.D (5.) r67 CO: Outp cur limit [A] CO:Total up TrqLim [Nm] r58 CO: Total trq setp [Nm] r79 x y Gain current ctrl P75.D (.5) Int.time cur. ctrl [ms] P77.D (4.) *) *) 4 CO: Act. outp.volt [V] r7 6 CO: Act. Vdc [V] r7 5 CO: Output current [A] r68 Sheet 78 CO: Fval flux setp [%] P57.D (7.) CO: Max. outp.volt [V] r7 r CO: Act. cur. Isq [A] Kp Tn Voltage Asyc. Mot. ~ Encoder *) settable via P5 **) The speed integrator doesn't work in the range of the observer model CO: Act. frequency [Hz] r6 Efficiency optimiz... [%] P58.D () Current model + + Observer r65 model CO: Slip frequency [%] r9 CO: Act. cur. Isd [A] Kp n-adapt. (SLVC) P764.D (.) *) Tn n-adapt. (SLVC)..... [ms] P767.D (4.) Pulse frequency... 6 [khz] P8 (4) r66 CO: Act. outp freq [Hz] *) Vector Control 7.vsd Overview of Torque Control with Encoder: P = or P = and P5 = 6..6 V. 7 Function diagram MICROMASTER SE64-5BB-BP

299 Issue /6 Function Diagrams Torque limitation r58 Torque limitation r79 FP77 b FP77 a Enable droop... P49.D () Ramp generator Resultant max freq [Hz] r84 r6 CO: Freq. setpoint [Hz] CO: Act. frequency [Hz] r6 speed from observer model Vector Control Speed Controller without Encoder (SLVC): CO: Droop freq. [Hz] r49 5 ms Inertia [kg*m^]..... P4.D (.8) Tot/mot inert.rat P4.D (.) Scal acc. prectrl [%] P496.D (.) > Filter time (SLVC)... [ms] P45.D (4) CO: f_act filt [Hz] r P = and P5 = Droop scaling P489.D (.5) Droop input source... P488.D () Forward speed Observer model FP79 CO: Accel. torque [Nm] r58 CO: Freq. setp ctl [Hz] r48 CO: Dev. freq ctrl [Hz] r64 Gain n-ctrl (SLVC)..... P47.D (.) **) Tn of n-ctrl. SLVC **) 5... [ms] P47.D (4) Kp Tn r58 Speed precontrol Torque limitation FP77 CO:Int.outp n-ctrl [Nm] r48 *) BI: Set integrator P477.C (:) CI: Set int. value P478.C (:) Config. of n-ctrl.... P4.D () r59 Speed controller output Torque limitation FP77 *) Access level 4 **) changeable in run via DDS 6 75_SLVC.vsd 6..6 V. 7 Function diagram MICROMASTER SE64-5BB-BP 99

300 Function Diagrams Issue /6 Torque limitation r58 Torque limitation r79 FP77 b FP77 a Enable droop... P49.D () Ramp generator Resultant max freq [Hz] r84 CO: Act. enc. freq [Hz] r6 Speed measurement *) Access level 4 **) changeable in run via DDS Vector Control Speed Controller with Encoder (VC): CO: Droop freq. [Hz] r49 Inertia [kg*m^]..... P4.D (.8) Tot/mot inert.rat P4.D (.) Scal acc. prectrl [%] P496.D (.) > r6 CO: Freq. setpoint [Hz] CO: Act. frequency [Hz] r6 Filter time n_act.... [ms] P44.D (4) CO: f_act filt [Hz] r P = and P5 = Droop scaling P489.D (.5) Droop input source... P488.D () CO: Accel. torque [Nm] r58 CO: Freq. setp ctl [Hz] r48 CO: Dev. freq ctrl [Hz] r64 Gain of n-ctrl P46.D (.) **) Tn of n-ctrl. **) 5... [ms] P46.D (4) Kp Tn r58 Speed precontrol Torque limitation FP77 CO:Int.outp n-ctrl [Nm] r48 *) BI: Set integrator P477.C (:) CI: Set int. value P478.C (:) Config. of n-ctrl.... P4.D () r59 Speed controller output Torque limitation FP77 Forward speed Observer model FP _VC.vsd 6..6 V. 7 Function diagram MICROMASTER SE64-5BB-BP

301 Issue /6 Function Diagrams CI: Add. trq. setp **) P5.C (:) Speed precontrol FP75 BI:-> torque ctrl. P5.C (:) CO: Add. trq. setp r55 CO: Accel. torque r58 CI: Torque setp. **) r58 P5.C (:) *) Access level 4 **) selectable with P5 Flux setpoint 5 Speed controller output FP75 Motor ovl fact [%] [%] P64.D (5.) r58 CO: Torque setp. Rated mot. current..... [A] P5.D (.5) r59 Motor temperature Inverter temperature CO: Outp cur limit i t inverter r67 CO: Upper trq. lim [Nm] P5.D (5.) Vector Control Torque Controller and Torque Limitation (SLVC) 4 Motor stall protection CI: Upper trq. lim (5:) P5.C CO: Lower trq. lim [Nm] P5.D (-5.) CI: Lower trq. lim (5:) P5.C Scal. low trq. lim [%] P55.D (.) CO/BO: Stat ctrl r47 r47.8 FP75 b Imax CO: Upper trq. lim r56 r57 CO: Lower trq. lim Power limitation r47 r47.9 CO/BO: Stat ctrl Id Regener. power lim P5.D (-.) Motoring power lim P5.D (.) act. frequency Scal acc. trq ctrl [%] P499.D (.) Resultant max freq [Hz] r84 M [Nm] = enable Forward speed Observer model FP79 Inertia [kg*m^]..... P4.D (.8) Tot/mot inert.rat P4.D (.) CO/BO: Stat ctrl r47 r47.8 FP79 Current control and FP75 a r79 CO: Total trq setp [Nm] r47 r47.9 CO/BO: Stat ctrl MIN + r58 CO:Total up TrqLim Speed limitation controller (only for torque control) - MAX r59 CO:Total lw TrqLim CO:Max trq mot cur *) MIN r56 MAX r57 CO:Max trq reg cur *) 6 77_TC.vsd 6..6 V. 7 Function diagram MICROMASTER P [kw] f π 6SE64-5BB-BP

302 P [kw] Function Diagrams Issue /6 Speed precontrol FP75 b FP75 BI:-> torque ctrl. P5.C (:) CO: Accel. torque r58 Motor stall protection CI: Torque setp. *) Access level 4 **) selectable with P5 Flux setpoint act. frequency 5 P5.C Vector Control Torque Controller and Torque Limitation (VC) 4 Power limitation (:) **) Speed controller output FP75 Motor ovl fact [%] [%] P64.D (5.) r58 CO: Torque setp. Rated mot. current..... [A] P5.D (.5) Motor temperature Inverter temperature i t inverter CO: Outp cur limit r67 CO: Upper trq. lim [Nm] P5.D (5.) CI: Upper trq. lim (5:) P5.C CO: Lower trq. lim [Nm] P5.D (-5.) CI: Lower trq. lim (5:) P5.C Scal. low trq. lim [%] P55.D (.) r58 CO/BO: Stat ctrl r47 r47.8 r59 r47 r47.9 CO/BO: Stat ctrl Imax Id CO: Upper trq. lim r56 Regener. power lim P5.D (-.) Motoring power lim P5.D (.) r57 CO: Lower trq. lim MIN M [Nm] = - MAX MIN MAX 6 77_TC.vsd 6..6 V. + Speed limitation controller (only for torque control) 7 Function diagram MICROMASTER 44 CO/BO: Stat ctrl r47 r47.8 FP79 Current control and FP75 a r79 CO: Total trq setp [Nm] r47 r47.9 CO/BO: Stat ctrl r58 CO:Total up TrqLim r59 CO:Total lw TrqLim CO:Max trq mot cur r56 *) r57 CO:Max trq reg cur *) f π 6SE64-5BB-BP

303 Issue /6 Function Diagrams CO: Act. fil. Vdc [V] r6 Vdc measurement Vsetp. Current control CO: Fval flux setp [%] P57.D (7.) Max. modulation [%] P8.D (6.) *) CO/BO:Stat MotCtrl r56 r56 : Dyn. volt headroom... 5 [V] P574.D () CO: Max. outp.volt [V] r7 Act. frequency Magnetization time..... [s] P46.D (.) Field weakening characteristic Efficiency optimiz... [%] P58.D () MIN Efficiency optimization Cont. torque boost..... [%] P6.D (5.) Rotor time const. [ms] r84.d Acc trq boost SLVC..... [%] P6.D (.) CO: Torque setp. [Nm] r58 Speed control x -y ms Rated magnet. cur. [A] r.d *) Access level 4 4 Vector Control Flux Setpoint (SLVC and VC) Int.time weak.ctrl... [ms] P596.D (5) Field weakening controller CO/BO:Stat MotCtrl r56 r56 Motor model StatWd r75 Flux setp. Tsmooth [ms] P58.D (5) Flux setpoint generation 5 CO/BO:Stat MotCtrl r56 r56 CO:Outp.weak. ctrl [%] *) r597 CO:Total flux setp [%] r598 r58 CO: Smoothed setp. [%] *) 6 78_VC.vsd 6..6 V. Saturation characteristic P6... P69 *) 7 Function diagram MICROMASTER 44 Id Current control and stall protection SE64-5BB-BP

304 Function Diagrams Issue /6 Tot.leak.react.[%] [%] r77.d CO: Total stat.res [%] r95 *) Rotor flux Voltage precontrol CO: Decoupl. volt [V] *) r78 Flux setpoint CO: Cur. setp. Isd [A] r75 Id CO: Cur. setp. Isq [A] r77 CO: Act. cur. Isd [A] r76 Kp Tn id controller r75 *) CO: Int. outp. Isd [V] r74 CO: Int. outp. Isq [V]*) r79 *) CO: Outp. Isd ctrl [V] *) r7 CO: Outp. Isq ctrl [V] *) r78 Vd Vq K P Isq setp. Tsmooth..... [ms] P654.D (6.) *) CO: Act. cur. Isq [A] r78 Gain current ctrl P75.D (.5) Kp Tn Int.time cur. ctrl [ms] P77.D (4.) P755 *) P756 *) P757 *) P758 *) Model control Speed control Rotor flux : + r95 r96 isq(v DC ) FP 46 i R Current measurement i S CO: Act. phase cur [A] r69 [6] CO: Act. phase cur [A] r69 [6] *) *) Transformation iq controller CO: Output current [A] r68 P75 P78 P78 *) P786 *) Observer model Kp Tn r75 r78 r787 r84 *) CO: Int. outp n-ad [Hz] r77 CO: Prop outp n-ad [Hz] r77 Forward speed Speed or torque control *) Access level 4 Kp n-adapt. (SLVC) P764.D (.) *) Tn n-adapt. (SLVC) *)..... [ms] P767.D (4.) Vector Control 79_MM.vsd Current Controller & Observer Model (SLVC and VC) 6..6 V. Field weakening control CO: Act. Vdc [V] r7 *) CO: Act modulation [%] : r74 *) CO/BO:Stat MotCtrl r56 r56 r7 CO: Act pulse freq [khz] r8 CO/BO:Stat MotCtrl r56 r56 V set P8 P8 P8 Modulator α P85 *) P86 *) ϕ Slip determination CO: Slip frequency [%] r65 CO: Act. outp freq [Hz] r66 Oscillation damping Oscill. damp. gain..... P74 (.) 7 Function diagram MICROMASTER 44 only SLVC: speed to speed controller SE64-5BB-BP

305 Issue /6 Function Diagrams from sheet 5 from sheet 7-7 from sheet ms 6 ms Act fil rotorspeed [/min] r CO:Setp before RFG [Hz] r CO:Setp before RFG [Hz] r9 CO: f_act filt [Hz] r CO: Act. frequency [Hz] r6 CO: Act outp. freq [Hz] r4 CO: Act. outp freq [Hz] r66 CO: Act.outp. volt [V] r5 CI: DAC P77 [] (:) CI: DAC (:) P77 [] x y = f(x) Value y:dac scal.... P78 [] ()... 6 ms Display values Analogue outputs Value x:dac scal [%] P777 [] (.) x AOUT AOUT Value x:dac scal [%] P777 [] (.) characteristic **) characteristic **) y = f(x) y Value y:dac scal.... P78 [] () y D D A A... ma... ma Sheet 6 7 AOUT... AOUT 4 from sheet 7-7 ms ms CO: Act. outp.volt [V] r7 CO: Act fil. power r CO: Act fil torque [Nm] r *) CO: Act. torque [Nm] r8 CI: PZD signals (:) P95 []..9 %... 4 ms *) CO: Act. outp. cur [A] r7 Display parameter in PZD normalization Reference Parameters P... P4 Display signals r from sheet 7-7 from sheet 7-7 ms Vector Control Analog outputs and display values CO: Output current [A] r68 CO: Act. fil. Vdc [V] r6 CO: Act. Vdc [V] r7 *) Access level 4 **) Reference values P = Reference frequency P = Reference voltage P = Reference current P4 = Reference power vsd 6..6 V. Explanations Sheet Details refer to Reference to function diagram 7 Function diagram MICROMASTER SE64-5BB-BP 5

306 Function Diagrams Issue /6 6 6SE64-5BB-BP

307 Issue /6 Faults and Alarms 5 Faults and Alarms 5. Fault messages In the event of a failure, the inverter switches off and a fault code appears on the display. NOTE To reset the fault code, one of three methods listed below can be used:. Cycle the power to the drive.. Press the button on the BOP or AOP.. Via Digital Input (default setting) Fault messages are stored in parameter r947 under their code number (e.g. F = ). The associated error value is found in parameter r949. The value is entered if a fault has no error value. It is furthermore possible to read out the point in time that a fault occurred (r948) and the number of fault messages (P95) stored in Parameter r947. F Overcurrent STOP II Quit Remove fault and reset fault memory by disconnecting the - drive converter from the line supply and powering-up again - Press the Fn key on the BOP or AOP - Acknowledge fault P, P4 - P95 (complete fault memory) Cause - short-circuit at the output - ground fault - excessively large motor (the motor power rating P7 is greater than the inverter power r6) - defective final stage (end stage) Diagnosis & Remedy Please check the following: - are the cable lengths within the limit values? - does the motor cable or motor have either a short-circuit or ground fault? - do the motor parameters correspond to those of the motor being used? - is the motor overloaded or stalled (locked rotor)? - increase the accelerating time. - reduce the gain - use a motor with a lower power rating - is the stator resistance value (P5) correct? F Overvoltage STOP II Quit Refer to F Cause - DC link voltage (r6) higher than the overvoltage threshold (refer to parameter r6) - ground fault Diagnosis & Remedy Please check the following: - is the line supply voltage within the permissible range? - has the DC current DC link monitoring been enabled (P4) and correctly parameterized? - extend the deceleration ramp (ramp-down time P, P5) - remove the ground fault - is the required braking power within the permissible limits? NOTE - a higher moment of inertia requires longer deceleration times; if required, use a braking resistor. - overvoltage can either be caused by an excessively high line supply voltage or by the fact that the motor is generating (regenerative mode). - the motor can be generating as it is decelerating quickly or due to the fact that an active load is driving the motor. 6SE64-5BB-BP 7

308 Faults and Alarms Issue /6 F Undervoltage STOP II Quit Refer to F Cause - line voltage failed - shock stressing outside the permissible limits. Diagnosis & Remedy Please check the following: - is the line supply voltage within the permissible range? - is the line supply voltage stable with respect to sporadic failures and voltage dips (brown-outs)? F4 Inverter overtemperature STOP II Quit Refer to F Cause - inadequate cooling - ambient temperature is too high. ambient temperature is too high. Diagnosis & Remedy Please check the following: - is the pulse frequency P8 set to the factory setting? If required reset P8. - does the ambient temperature lie within the permissible limits? - reduce the load and / or ensure adequate cooling Please check the following: - does the fan rotate if the inverter is operational? F5 Inverter IT STOP II Quit Refer to F Cause - inverter overloaded. - load duty cycle too high. - the motor power rating (P7) is greater than that of the inverter (r6). - % overload reached (refer to utilization r6) Diagnosis & Remedy Please check the following: - does the load duty cycle lie within the permissible limits? - use a motor with a lower rating (motor power P7 is greater than ls inverter power r6) F Motor overtemperature STOP II Quit Refer to F Cause Motor overloaded Diagnosis & Remedy Please check the following: - is the load cycle correct? - are the rated/nominal motor overtemperatures correct (P66-P68)? - is the alarm threshold correct for the motor temperature (P64)? F No inverter temperature signal STOP I Quit Refer to F Cause - wire breakage of the inverter-temperature sensor (heatsink) Diagnosis & Remedy - replace the inverter 8 6SE64-5BB-BP

309 Issue /6 Faults and Alarms F5 No motor temperature signal STOP II Quit Refer to F Cause - motor temperature sensor either short-circuited or open-circuit. - if it is identified that a signal has been lost, then the temperature monitoring changes-over to monitoring based on the thermal-motor model. F Line supply phase missing STOP II Quit Refer to F Cause - a fault is output if one of the three input phases is missing, the pulses are enabled and a load is present Diagnosis & Remedy Please check the following: - are the power connections ok? F Ground fault STOP II Quit Refer to F Cause - the fault occurs if the sum of the phase currents is greater than 5 % of the inverter rated current. NOTE - this fault only occurs for inverters with current sensors (sizes D to F, GX, FX). Diagnosis & Remedy Please check the following: - are the connections at the motor terminal boxes o.k.? - are the motor cable connections at the inverter o.k.? F Hardware monitoring active STOP II Quit Refer to F Cause This fault (r947 = and r949 = ) occurs under the following circumstances: () DC link overcurrent condition = IGBT short-circuit () Braking chopper short-circuit () Ground fault (4) I/O module not correctly inserted For the following sizes the above faults can occur: - size A to C (),(),(),(4) - size D to E (),(), (4) - size F (),() The following faults only occur in conjunction with sizes FX / GX: - UCE faults are identified if r947 = and the fault value r949 = or or 4. - IC bus error is identified if r947 = and the fault value r949 = (power-down and then power-up again). NOTE All of these faults are assigned to a signal in the power module. This means that it is not possible to determine which fault actually occurred. Diagnosis & Remedy You must first identify as to whether the fault is permanent (i.e. the inverter cannot be started without the fault occurring) or it sporadically occurs (occasionally occurs or under certain operating conditions). Permanent fault F: - check whether the I/O module is correctly inserted (refer to the Operating Instructions). - is there a ground fault or short-circuit at the inverter output or at an IGBT? You can identify this by disconnecting the motor cable. In the case that the fault occurs, if all of the external cables (with the exception from the line supply voltage) are disconnected, then with a high degree of probability, the drive unit is defective and must be repaired. Sporadic fault F: - this fault should be treated as "overcurrent". If fault F sporadically occurs, the causes can be as follows: - sudden load changes or mechanical obstructions - extremely short ramp-up times (accelerating times) - poor optimization of the sensorless closed-loop vector control - incorrect braking resistor is installed with an excessively low resistance 6SE64-5BB-BP 9

310 Faults and Alarms Issue /6 F Output fault STOP II Quit Refer to F Cause - one output phase has not been correctly connected. Diagnosis & Remedy Please check the following: - are the connections at the motor terminal box o.k.? - are the motor cable connections at the inverter o.k.? F4 Rectifier temperature too high STOP II Quit Refer to F Cause - inadequate cooling - fan is not operational - ambient temperature is too high. Diagnosis & Remedy Please check the following: - does the fan rotate when the inverter is powered-up (A5, A5)? - is the pulse frequency set to the factory setting? If required, reset. - is the ambient temperature within the permissible limits (A5, A5)? F Fan failed STOP II Quit Refer to F Cause - fan no longer functions Diagnosis & Remedy - fault cannot be suppressed if an AOP or BOP is connected. - a new fan is required. F5 Restart after n STOP II Quit reset fault memory or Power On / Stop Cause - restart fault after n attempts, refer to P F4 Fault, for automatic calibration STOP II Quit Refer to F Cause - a calibration error has occurred for the automatic calibration of the analog inputs / outputs or the current actual value sensing. - the calibration is only carried-out once in the factory. - a fault F4 is therefore only to be expected while the inverter is being manufactured and not in operation. Diagnosis & Remedy - change the drive 6SE64-5BB-BP

311 Issue /6 Faults and Alarms F4 Failure, motor data identification STOP II Quit Refer to F Cause Motor data identification run unsuccessful (refer to fault value r949): - r949 = : Load missing. - r949 = : Current limit was reached during the identification run. - r949 = : Identified stator resistance less than.% or greater than %. - r949 = : Identified rotor resistance less than.% or greater than %. - r949 = 4: Identified stator reactance less than 5% or greater than 5% - r949 = 5: Identified magnetizing reactance less than 5% or greater than 5% - r949 = 6: Identified rotor time constant less than ms or greater than 5s - r949 = 7: Identified total leakage reactance less than 5% or greater than 5% - r949 = 8: Identified stator leakage reactance less than 5% or greater than 5% - r949 = 9: Identified rotor leakage reactance less than 5% or greater than 5% - r949 = : Identified IGBT response voltage less than.5 or greater than V - r949 = : Current controller at voltage limit value - r949 = 4: Identified data set inconsistent; at least one identification run unsuccessful NOTE Percentage values based on the impedence Zb = Vmot,rated / sqrt() / Imot,rated Diagnosis & Remedy Please check the following: - r949 = : Is the motor connected to the inverter? - r949 = -4: Is the motor data in P4-P correct? - r949 = -4: Motor circuit configuration correct (star, delta configuration)? F4 Fault/error when optimizing the speed controller STOP II Quit Refer to F Cause Automatic data identification run unsuccessful (refer to fault value r949): - r949 = : Time slice overflow while waiting for a stable speed - r949 = : No matching/appropriate value when reading F5 Parameter EEPROM fault STOP II Quit Refer to F Cause - read or write operation while saving parameters in the EEPROM was unsuccessful. Diagnosis & Remedy - reset to factory setting and then re-parameterize - if required, change the drive F5 Power stack fault STOP II Quit Refer to F Cause - read error, power data or invalid power module data. Diagnosis & Remedy - change the drive F5 I/O EEPROM fault STOP II Quit Refer to F Cause - fault with I/O EEPROM read operation or invalid data. Diagnosis & Remedy Please check the following: - check I/O data and if required repeat the operation - the installation of the I/O module in the inverter if required, replace the I/O module 6SE64-5BB-BP

312 Faults and Alarms Issue /6 F54 Incorrect I/O module STOP II Quit Refer to F Cause - incorrect I/O module inserted. - no ID of the I/O module found, no data. Diagnosis & Remedy Please check the following: - check I/O data, if required repeat the operation - the installation of the I/O module in the inverter if required, replace the I/O module F6 Asic time slice overflow STOP II Quit Refer to F Cause - internal communications failure/error Diagnosis & Remedy - if the error still occurs, replace the inverter. - contact customer service! F7 CB setpoint fault STOP II Quit Refer to F Cause - no setpoints received via the communications bus during the telegram failure time. Diagnosis & Remedy - check the communications module (CB) and communications partner. F7 USS(BOP link) setpoint fault STOP II Quit Refer to F Cause - no setpoint was received via the USS during the telegram off time Diagnosis & Remedy - check USS master F7 USS(COMM link) setpoint fault STOP II Quit Refer to F Cause - no setpoints received via the USS during the telegram off time Diagnosis & Remedy - check USS master F8 ADC input signal lost STOP II Quit Refer to F Cause - wire breakage - signal outside the limit values F85 External fault STOP II Quit Refer to F Cause - external fault as a result of command input via terminals. Diagnosis & Remedy - inhibit terminal input to initiate fault. 6SE64-5BB-BP

313 Issue /6 Faults and Alarms F9 Signal loss, encoder STOP II Quit Refer to F Cause - encoder signal between the encoder and inverter is interrupted - excessively large difference between the setpoint (reference) and actual frequency Diagnosis & Remedy Please check the following: - is there an integrated encoder? If there is no integrated encoder, then set P4 = and select the operating mode sensorless closed-loop vector control (P = or ) - the connection between the encoder and the inverter - is the encoder faulty? (select P =, operation with fixed speed, check the encoder signal in r6) - increase the encoder signal threshold in P49, P494 F Stack overflow STOP II Quit Refer to F Cause - software error or processor failure Diagnosis & Remedy - carry-out self-test routines F PID feedback below the minimum value STOP II Quit Refer to F Cause - PID feedback below the minimum value P68. Diagnosis & Remedy - change value of P68. - set feedback gain. F PID feedback above maximum value STOP II Quit Refer to F Cause - PID feedback above maximum value P67. Diagnosis & Remedy - change value of P67. - set the feedback gain. F4 No load applied to inverter STOP II Quit Refer to F Cause No Load is applied to the inverter. As a result, some functions may not work as under normal load conditions. F45 Failure BIST tests STOP II Quit Refer to F Cause Self-test routine unsuccessful (refer to fault value r949): - r949 = : Self-test routine for power module components unsuccessful - r949 = : Self-test routine for closed-loop control module components unsuccessful - r949 = 4: Several function tests were unsuccessful - r949 = 8: Several tests carried-out at the I/O module were unsuccessful (only MICROMASTER 4) - r949 = 6: Failure of the internal RAM at the switch-on test Diagnosis & Remedy - the drive is functional, but several functions are not correctly executed. - replace the drive 6SE64-5BB-BP

314 Faults and Alarms Issue /6 F45 Load torque fault detected STOP II Quit Refer to F Cause - load conditions at the motor signify a load torque fault (e.g. belt failure) or a mechanical fault Diagnosis & Remedy Please check the following: - no braking, failure or destruction of the mechanical drive transmission line - if required, lubricate the mechanical drive transmission line. If you are using an external encoder, please check the following parameter settings: - P9 (delay time, load torque monitoring) If you are operating within a specific speed range, please check the following: - P8 (load torque monitoring F) - P8 (load torque monitoring Ff) - P84 (load torque monitoring Ff) - P85 (upper torque threshold ) - P86 (lower torque threshold ) - P87 (upper torque threshold ) - P88 (lower torque threshold ) - P89 (upper torque threshold ) - P9 (lower torque threshold ) - P9 (delay time, load torque monitoring) F45 Motor stalled STOP II Quit Refer to F Cause - up/ or down ramp too steep (excessive gradient) - inverter connected to an already spinning motor without using the flying restart function - motor incorrectly connected - motor too small - voltage boost P6 for sensorless vector control too low Diagnosis & Remedy Please check the following: - the motor connections - increase the ramp-up time P or the ramp-down time P - activate the flying restart function P - use a larger motor - increase the voltage boost P6 for sensorless closed-loop vector control - use closed-loop vector control with encoder instead of sensorless closed-loop vector control. - activate the V/f closed-loop control mode (P less than ) instead of closed-loop vector control 4 6SE64-5BB-BP

315 Issue /6 Faults and Alarms 5. Alarm Messages Alarm messages are stored in parameter r under their code number (e.g. A5 = 5) and can be read out from there. A5 Current limit value Cause - the motor power rating does not correspond to the inverter power rating - motor cables are too long - ground fault Diagnosis & Remedy Please check the following: - does the motor power rating (P7) match the inverter power rating (r6)? - are the limit values for the cable lengths maintained? - does the motor cable or motor have a short-circuit or ground fault? - do the motor parameters correspond to those of the motor being used? - stator resistance value (P5) correct? - is the motor overloaded or is the rotor locked (cannot rotate)? - ramp-up time P too low? A5 Overvoltage limit value Cause - the overvoltage limit value has been reached (actual value of the DC link voltage r6 greater than r4). Diagnosis & Remedy - if this alarm is permanently displayed, check the inverter input voltage. - is the DC link voltage controller (Vdc_max controller) de-activated (refer to parameter P4)? - short ramp times and/or large flywheel masses (moment of inertia)? A5 Undervoltage limit value Cause - line supply has failed. - line voltage and therefore also the DC link voltage (r6) below the defined limit value (refer to parameter r6). Diagnosis & Remedy - check the line voltage. A54 Inverter overtemperature Cause - alarm threshold of the inverter heatsink temperature (P64) was exceeded; this results in a reduction of the pulse frequency and/or the output frequency (dependent on the parameterization in (P6). Diagnosis & Remedy Please check the following: - is the ambient temperature within the permissible limits? - are the load and load duty cycle within the permissible limits? A55 Inverter IT Cause - overload alarm limit P94 is exceeded (refer to utilization r6) - the pulse frequency and/or the output frequency is reduced as a function of the setting of parameter P9. Diagnosis & Remedy - check whether the load duty cycle lies within the permissible limits. A56 Inverter load duty cycle Cause - difference between the temperature at the heatsink and IGBT exceeds the alarm limit values. Diagnosis & Remedy - please ensure that the load duty cycle and load surge lie within the permissible limits. 6SE64-5BB-BP 5

316 Faults and Alarms Issue /6 A5 Motor overtemperature A5 Motor overtemperature Cause - motor is overloaded. - load duty cycle is exceeded. Diagnosis & Remedy Check, independently of the type of temperature monitoring: - P64 alarm threshold, motor overtemperature - P65 motor ambient temperature If P6 = or, please check the following: - is the motor data correct (rating plate)?, if not, carry-out a fast commissioning routine - precise temperature values from the motor identification routine (P9=). - is the motor weight correct (P44)? - the permissible overtemperature can be changed using P66, P67, P68, if the motor is not a standard Siemens motor. If P6 =, then please check the following: - is the temperature displayed in r5 plausible? - is an KTY84 temperature sensor being used? (others are not supported). A5 Rectifier overtemperature Cause - alarm threshold of the rectifier heatsink exceeded. Diagnosis & Remedy Please check the following: - is the ambient temperature within the permissible range? - are the load and load duty cycle within the permissible range? - does the fan operate if the inverter is operational? A5 Ambient temperature too high Cause - alarm threshold of the permissible ambient temperature exceeded. Diagnosis & Remedy Please check the following: - is the ambient temperature within the permissible range? - does the fan operate if the inverter is operational? - is the air feed to the fan obstructed? A5 Read IC, time exceeded Cause - cyclic access to UCE values and power module data via ic bus (only for sizes FX and GX) is faulted. A5 Output fault Cause - an output cable is not connected. Diagnosis & Remedy - alarm can be suppressed. A55 Brake resistor hot Cause - the load duty cycle of the braking resistor has been exceeded. - when the load duty cycle is exceeded, then it is automatically limited to the value P7. Diagnosis & Remedy - use a braking resistor with higher power rating / higher load duty cycle. A54 Motor data identification routine active Cause - motor data identification routine (P9) selected and is active A54 Speed controller optimization running Cause - speed controller optimization (P96) is selected and is presently active. 6 6SE64-5BB-BP

317 Issue /6 Faults and Alarms A59 Alarm, no signals from the speed encoder Cause - no speed encoder signals - inverter has changed-over to encoderless vector control. Diagnosis & Remedy Stop the inverter, and - check the speed encoder, if an encoder is not being used, set P4 to and select the sensorless closed-loop vector control mode (P = or ) - check the encoder connections - check whether the encoder is operating correctly (set P = and operate the drive at a fixed speed and check the encoder signal in r6 - increase the permissible speed deviation in P49 A6 RTOS data loss alarm Cause - time slice overflow was identified Diagnosis & Remedy - use lower baud rate for USS - de-activate inverter functions A7 CB alarm Cause - CB-(communications module)-specific Diagnosis & Remedy - refer to the CB User Manual A7 CB alarm Cause - CB-(communications module)-specific Diagnosis & Remedy - refer to the CB User Manual A7 CB alarm Cause - CB-(communications module)-specific Diagnosis & Remedy - refer to the CB User Manual A7 CB alarm 4 Cause - CB-(communications module)-specific Diagnosis & Remedy - refer to the CB User Manual A74 CB alarm 5 Cause - CB-(communications module)-specific Diagnosis & Remedy - refer to the CB User Manual A75 CB alarm 6 Cause - CB-(Communications module)-specific Diagnosis & Remedy - refer to the CB User Manual A76 CB alarm 7 Cause - CB-(Communications module)-specific Diagnosis & Remedy - refer to the CB User Manual 6SE64-5BB-BP 7

318 Faults and Alarms Issue /6 A77 CB alarm 8 Cause - CB-(Communications module)-specific Diagnosis & Remedy - refer to the CB User Manual A78 CB alarm 9 Cause - CB-(Communications module)-specific Diagnosis & Remedy - refer to the CB User Manual A79 CB alarm Cause - CB-(Communications module)-specific Diagnosis & Remedy - refer to the CB User Manual A7 CB communications error Cause - loss of communications with the CB (communications module) Diagnosis & Remedy - check the CB hardware A7 CB communications error Cause - CB (communications module) signals a communications error. Diagnosis & Remedy - check the CB parameters A9 Vdc-max controller disabled/switched-out Cause - Vdc max controller was de-activated, as it was not able to keep the DC link voltage (r6) within the limit values (refer to r6 and P4). This occurs, - if the line supply voltage is permanently too high. - if the motor is driven by an active load, which means that the motor goes into regenerative operation. - while decelerating (short down-ramps P) for extremely high load torques Diagnosis & Remedy Please check the following: - is the input voltage (P756) within the permissible range? - are load duty cycle and load limits within the permissible limits? A9 Vdc-max controller active Cause - Vdc max controller is active - the ramp-down times are automatically increased in order to keep the DC link voltage (r6) within the limit values (refer to r6 and P4). A9 Vdc-min controller active Cause - Vdc min controller is activated, if the DC link voltage (r6) falls below the minimum value (refer to r6 or P4). - the kinetic energy of the motor is used to buffer the DC link voltage and therefore to slow down the drive. - therefore brief line failures no longer automatically result in an undervoltage trip. 8 6SE64-5BB-BP

319 Issue /6 Faults and Alarms A9 ADC parameters not correctly set Cause ADC parameters should not be set to identical values, as this would lead to illogical results. - Index : Parameter settings for output identical. - Index : Parameter settings for input identical. - Index : Parameter settings for input do not correspond to ADC type. A9 DAC parameters not set properly Cause - DAC parameters (P777 and P779) have identical values. OR - DAC parameters (P778 and P78) have identical values. Identical values would produce illogical results. Diagnosis & Remedy Check the following: - Output parameter settings. Ensure P777 and P779 are not identical. - Input parameter settings. Ensure P778 and P78 are not identical. A9 No load at the inverter Cause - no load is connected to the inverter. - therefore several functions can run differently than under normal load conditions. A9 JOG counter-clockwise as well as JOG clockwise are requested Cause - both JOG clockwise and JOG counter-clockwise (P55/P56) have been requested. This is the reason that the RFG output frequency has been frozen to the actual value. A95 Load fault detected Cause - load conditions at the motor indicate a load fault or mechanical fault. Diagnosis & Remedy Please check the following: - no braking, failure or destruction of the mechanical transmission line - if required, lubricate the mechanical transmission line. If you are using an external encoder, please check the following parameter settings: - P9 (delay time, load torque monitoring) If you are using a specific speed range, then please check the following: - P8 (load torque monitoring F) - P8 (load torque monitoring Ff) - P84 (load torque monitoring Ff) - P85 (upper torque threshold ) - P86 (lower torque threshold ) - P87 (upper torque threshold ) - P88 (lower torque threshold ) - P89 (upper torque threshold ) - P9 (lower torque threshold ) - P9 (delay time, load torque monitoring) A96 PID auto tuning active Cause - PID auto tuning (P5) is selected or is presently running. Diagnosis & Remedy - after automatic PID optimization has been completed, the alarm is reset. 6SE64-5BB-BP 9

320 Faults and Alarms Issue /6 6SE64-5BB-BP

321 Issue /6 Abbreviations 6 Abbreviations AC AD ADC ADR AFM AG AIN AOP AOUT ASIC ASP ASVM BCC BCD BI BICO BO BOP C CB CCW CDS CI CM CMD CMM CO CO/BO COM COM-Link CT CT CUT CW DA DAC DC DDS DIN DIP DOUT DS EEC EEPROM ELCB Alternating current Analog digital converter Analog digital converter Address Additional frequency modification Automation unit Analog input Advanced operator panel Analog output Application-specific integrated circuit Analog setpoint Asymmetric space vector modulation Block check character Binary-coded decimal code Binector input Binector / connector Binector output Basic operator panel Commissioning Communication board Counter-clockwise Command data set Connector input Configuration management Commando Combimaster Connector output Connector output / Binector output Common (terminal that is connected to NO or NC) Communication link Commissining, ready to run Constant torque Commissining, run, ready to run Clockwise Digital analog converter Digital analog converter Direct current Drive data set Digital input DIP switch Digital output Drive state European Economic Community Electrical erasable programmable read-only memory Earth leakage circuit breaker 6SE64-5BB-BP

322 Abbreviations Issue /6 EMC EMF EMI ESB FAQ FB FCC FCL FF FFB FOC FSA GSG GUI ID HIW HSW HTL I/O IBN IGBT IND JOG KIB LCD LED LGE MHB MM4 MOP NC NO NPN OPI PDS PID PKE PKW PLC PLI PNP POT PPO PTC PWE PWM PX PZD QC RAM Electro-magnetic compatibility Electromotive force Electro-magnetic interference Equivalent circuit Frequently asked questions Function block Flux current control Fast current limit Fixed freqeuncy Free function block Field orientated control Frame size A Getting started guide Global unique identifier Main actual value Main setpoint High-threshold logic Input and output Commissioning Insulated gate bipolar transistor Sub-index Jog Kinetic buffering Liguid crystal display Light emitting diode Length Motor holding brake MICROMASTER 4th. Generation Motor potentiometer Normally closed Normally open Negative positive negative Operating instructions Power drive system PID controller (proportional, integral, derivative) Parameter ID Parameter ID value Programmable logic controller Parameter list Positive negative positive Potentiometer Parameter process data object Positive temperature coefficient Parameter value Pulse-width modulation Power extension Process data Quick commissioning Random-access memory 6SE64-5BB-BP

323 Issue /6 Abbreviations RCCB RCD RFG RFI RPM SCL SDP SLVC STW STX SVM TTL USS VC Vdc VT ZSW ZUSW Residual current circuit breaker Residual current device Ramp function generator Radio-frequency interference Revolutions per minute Scaling Status display panel Sensorless vector control Control word Start of text Space vector modulation Transistor-transistor logic Universal serial interface Vector control DC-link voltage Variable torque Status word Additional setpoint 6SE64-5BB-BP

324 Abbreviations Issue /6 4 6SE64-5BB-BP

325 Suggestions and/or Corrections To Siemens AG Automation & Drives Group SD SPA PM 4 P.O. Box 69 Suggestions Corrections For Publication/Manual: MICROMASTER 44 Parameter List D-95 Erlangen Federal Republic of Germany documentation.sd@siemens.com From Name: Company/Service Department Address: Phone: / Fax: / User Documentation Order number: 6SE64-5BB-BP Date of Issue: /6 Should you come across any printing errors when reading this publication, please notify us on this sheet. Suggestions for improvement are also welcome. 6SE64-5BB-BP 5

326 6 6SE64-5BB-BP

327 6SE64-5BB-BP 7

328 Siemens AG Automation and Drives Group (A&D) Standard Drives (SD) Division Postfach 69, D-95 Erlangen Federal Republic of Germany Siemens Aktiengesellschaft Siemens AG,,,, 4, 5 Subject to change without prior notice Order No.: 6SE64-5BB-BP